c152 Manual

INFORMATIQN
MANUAL
1980
MODEL
152
For Flight Training Reference Only
NOTICE
AT THE TIME OF ISSUANCE.
ISSUANCE, THIS INFQR
INFOR
MATION MANUAL WAS AN EXACT DUPLI
DUPLI-
CATE OF THE OFFICIAl

OFFICIAL PllOT'S
PILOT'S OPERATOPERAT
ING HANOBOOK
ANO FAA APPROVED
APPRQVED
HANDBOOK AND
AIAPLANE FUGHT
AIRPLANE
FLIGHT MANUALAND
MANUAL AND 15
IS TO BE
ONLY.
USED FOR GENERAL
GENERAl PURPOSES ON
l Y.
Il
ANO,
IT WILL NOT BE KEPT CURRENT AND,
THEREFORE, CANNOT BE USED AS A
PllQT'S
SUBSTITUTE FQR
TH E QFFICIAl
FOR THE
OFFICIAL PILOT'S
OPERATING
HANOBOOK
HANDBOOK
ANO
AND
FAA
APPRQVED
APPROVED AIRPLANE FUGHT
FLIGHT MANUAL
INTENDED FQR
FOR OPERATION OF THE AIR
INTENDEO
AIRPLANE..
PLANE
CESSNA AIRCRAFT
COMPANY
CUSNA
II.IRCRAFT COM
PANY
JULY 19
1979
11 JUlY
79
INFORMATION MANUAL
CE5SNA
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
1980 MODEl
MODEL 152
f)
IO
. . . . . .of
. GUA
M.mb.r
GAMA
CESSN'"
CESSNA AIRCRAFT CpMPANY
COMPANY
WICH1TA,
KANSAS.
WICHITA, KANSAS, USA
1 July 1m
1979
IJWY
."'0-11-0.0_10000-"'"
D1170-13-RPC-1OOOO-12/79
iii
'"
PI':RI"ORMI\NCZ
PERFORMANCE-
CESSNA
CESSNA
SPEClFICI\T10NS
SPECIFICATIONS
MODE!. 152
1112
MODEL
PERFORMANCE - SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
' Sf1:I:D:
*SPEED:
Maximum at Sea Level
..
Cruise, 75% Power at 8000 Ft
CRUISE: Recommended lean mixture with fuel allowance for

engine start, taxi, takeoff, climb and 45 minutes
",. ""<JT'IJ
107 KNOTS
, "'" ",_"N
,,li""
reserve.
75% Power at 8000 Ft
24.5 Gallons Usable Fuel
75% Power at 8000 Ft
110
KNOTS
U~K~
Range
320 NM
Time
3.1 HRS
Time
~".
UHfUj;
5.2
HRS
~".
,,..
. '
Range
.n.~
Range
Maximum Range at 10,000 Ft
n_
Time
545 NM
415 NM
"5 "' ..
5.2
U HRS
Ilns
SERVICE CEILING
_"N
'"
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE:
Ground Roll
725
FT
~n
Maximum Range at 10,000 Ft

Han..
Range
n_
Time
,.
RATE OF CLIMB AT SEA LEVEL
690 NM
..,
HR~
8.7 HRS
715 FPM
".
IO ...... FT
..,.
14,700
,_n
Total Distance Over 50-Ft Obstacle
1340 FT
LANDING PERFORMANCE:
Ground Roll
,"n
475 FT
Total Distance Over 50-Ft Obstacle
1200 FT
=n
STALL SPEED (CAS):

Flaps Up, Power Off
48 KNOTS
.~=
43 KNOTS
~
KNO'I'lI
Flaps Down, Power Off

MAXIMUM WEIGHT:
Ramp
, ~~
1675
LBS
Takeoff or Landing
,~~
1670
LBS
STANDARD EMPTY WEIGHT:

152
1109
"". LBS
W:l8
152 II
,,.~ LBS
1142
n
n
L.I<!:I
MAXIMUM USEFUL LOAD:

~~,
566 LBS
152
.
.=
.,.
w~,
533 LBS
152 II
BAGGAGE ALLOWANCE
120 LBS
10.5
"" Ull>
WING LOADING: Pounds/Sq Ft
"'"
POWER LOADING: Pounds/HP
15.2
FUEL CAPACITY: Total
GAL.
26 011.1..
39 GAI..
GAL.
'III
Standard Tanks
Long Range Tanks
OIL CAPACITY
6 QTS
Q
. . . .1.2C
O-235-L2C
ENGINE: Avco Lycoming

110 BHP at 2550 RPM
PROPELLER: Fixed Pitch, Diameter
'"Speed
S_
po.,_......
69 IN.
,......
w,.,.
......
1...1.... oqulppod
p.
performance lo
is allO_n
shown ,for
an airplane
equipped with op~""""_
optional speed fairings,
which 'n
increas-3
the speeds ~1
by 'PP"""",."ll
approximately ~
2 1_
knots.
,.~"'"
....... ",.
. There is a corresponding
_pOn<I'n difference
'n ..."""
in range, while all other performance f;JY'"
figures "'"
are unchanged when .poood
speed fairings are
,~
'00II.
nlI,. ,."". _Il O",, "'''Q.mom""
.....
110<1.
installed.
"
n..... ,., ....
y,..".." ... ,...."
'."'n,.....
1979
I1 JJuly
uly .1179
CESSNA
MOOEI. 152
I~
MODEL
TABLE
TABI.E OF
OF CONTENTS
CONTENTe
T ABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE
SECTlON
SECTION
GENERAl.
GENERAL ............................ 1
1
lIMITATIONS
2
LIMITATIONS ......................... 2
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ............ 3

NORMAL PROCEDURES ............... 4
PERFORMANCE.
PERFORMANCE
............. ...... ... 55
WEIGHT & BALANCE/

BALANCE/
WEIGHT
EQU
IPMENT LIST
lIST ........ . .... .. .. 6
EQUIPMENT
AIRPlANE
AIRPLANE & SYSTEM5
SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS ................... 7
DESCRII'TlONS
AIRPlANE
HANDlING,
AIRPLANE HANDLING,
SERVICE & MAINTENANCE ........ 8
5ERVICE
SU
PPlEMENTS
SUPPLEMENTS
(Optional Systerns
Systems Description
& Operating Procedures) . .. ....... 9
n
iv
July IV19
1979
I1 July
CESSNA
CESSNA
MOO&L 152
11102
MODEL
SECTION 11
SECTION
G&N&RAL
GENERAL
SECTION 11
GENERAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
T",...,
Vi.w
Three View
1_2
1-2
I.;)
1-3
I.;)
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
I.;)
1-3
1-4
1-4
II!~uclion
Introduction
o...crlpllve Data
D.",
Descriptive
En .. l....
Engine
PropeUer
Propeller
,.".1
Fuel
0,1
Oil
Maximum
Certificated Weights
Mo.un""" C."Uiea~
Wel&"huo
Slanda.-d
Ah'plane Weights
We l.. bl$
.
Standard Airplane
1-5
I~
I~
1-5
CablI!
Anel Enl')'
Olmenslon. .
Cabin And
Entry Dimensions
Baggage Space 0I"'8nslon.
Dimensions
Sa&",..p
I~
1-5
Specific Loadings
S~!fIo
t.oadln,..
1-5
l-b
1-5
I~
Symbnlo.
Abbr."lalloD. And
Anel Terminolol()'
Symbols, Abbreviations
Terminology . . .
l-b
1-5
Gon
...1 Airspeed
Aln:p.od Terrnino!oKY
General
Terminology And BYllIbo!'
Symbols
I~
1-5
Meteorological
Terminology
MeIOKl't>lolllc&! TorminololD'
1-6
&nl(ln.
Pow~r Terminology
Tennlno!o&"l' .
Engine Power
Alrpl&lIo
Pcrfo",,,nce And F
U,h l Planning
Plann In, Tennlnolnc
Airplane Performance
Flight
Terminology
Weight And Sal.n""
Balance T.nnlnology
Terminology .
We1lhl
I1 July
July 1m
1979
}_7
1-7
17
1-7
1-7
1_7
I1-1
_I
SECTION 1I
SECTION
CESSNA
CESSNA
GENERAI.
GENERAL
MODEL
MODEL 152
1M!
n
n
----............---_.
_
... ". -----~-~~~ ----_ .. _--------- --_ ...
--_.,..
."""
,
1.
Wing span shown with conical camber wing
tips and strobe lights installed.
If standard
wing tips without strobe lights are installed,

wing span is 32' - 8 1/2".
2.
Maximum height shown with nose gear
depressed, all tires and nose strut prop
erly inflated and flashing beacon installed.
3.
Wheel base length is 58".
4.
Propeller ground clearance is 12'
-----
5.
-,.....
h-
',
u-
-_.".,,,-Wing area is 159 1/2 square feet.
Minimum turning radius [sfcpivot point to
_outboard wing
.... ....
tip) is ..
24' - r
8".
-,-,
,
I
n
n
-/
f - - - - - - n-. - - - -- '
H
n
n
Figure 11.
1-1. Three
Three V!ew
View
1'!8"'"
July 111711
1979
I1 Ju!y
1-2
CESSNA
MOD~L 152
1$11
MODEL
SECTION
S&CTION i1
GEN&RAL
GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
T"il
" ...<1_ contains
"""IaIII.;
...,UO"O....
<1 includes
in"i .. d.u the
III ..........
i.l require!
f'OoQ1l1,...
This handbook
9 sections,
and
material
to
also contains
Lo be
INI furnished
tun..." .... to
Lo the
<bI pilot
pilol by
b)" CAR Part
l'art 3.
3. It
Il &la<>
a>nWn. supplementa
IJUppl ....""1I.
<lall. supplied
""ppli..... by
b), Cessna
Ce..... Aircraft
Alrera./I Company.
Compen)'.
data
Secdoa
prov ..........
Ie cl
..... ancIlnfonn~ion
or general
,CI... nJ interest.
'aUo,...L II
Section 1I provides
basic
data
and information of
also contalnl
contains definitions
of symbols,
abbreviations, am
.Iso
deflnlllolll or
o. explanations
npllOaUo"" 01
.)'mbol. abb"",i.Uons.lD<
U1rmlnololO' commonly
oomlllo..l, UM.
terminology
used.
DES
CRIPTIV E DATA
D.t.TA
DESCRIPTIVE
ENGINE
ENGI
NE
,l.an:
Numbe. of Engines:
E ..
I.
Number
1.
,I.C'u"....,
E
.. Ii .... Manufacturer:
MIO ..
Avoo Lycoming.
L)'comin,.
Engine
Avco
O-235-L2C.
Engine
E"Ii
.... Model Number:
Numbe.: O
..!35. UC ..
Engine
direct-drive,
air-cooled,
Enflnl Type: Normally-aspirated,
Normall)' ....pl Ioed. di_'
.. dttve .
i . .. _led. horizontally
bori"'''laliy
oppoH<!.
burelO. equipped,
&qulpped. 10ur
.. oyUnd.r .n(lne
...lIb ~.3
cu.ln
opposed, c
carburetor
four-cylinder
engine with
233.3 cu.
in
displacement.
dllph.c."'
.... L
Ho'_powl. R.Ung
I::nglnl Sp_:
I LO ule<!
8HP.L
~ lU'M
Horsepower
Rating .nd
and Engine
Speed: HO
rated BHP
at 2550
RPM...
PROPEll
ER
PROPELLER
Propeller
PropeUer Manufacturer:
M.n"I""'" ..r: McCauley
Mc:Caule)' Accessory
"'""""aory Division.
Dlvilion.
Propello.
NumlNlr: 1A103/TCM6958.
IA I 03ITCM8~8.
Propeller Modo!
Model Number:
Number
Numbe' of
ot Biades:
BiAdeI: 2.
Pro~U.r DllmOIe
. Maximum:
Mulmum: 8~
IlIcll .
Propeller
Diameter,
69 inches.
Minlmum: 87.5111,,11
.
Minimum:
67.5 inches.
Propeller
Type: Fixed
pitch.
1'",,,,,lIe. 'l'ype;
"''':ed pllell.
FUEl
FUEL
Approved Fuel
P'uel O....s..
Grades (ID~
(and Colora):
Colors):
100LL
Grade A
Aviation
Fuel (BI".).
(Blue).
1000L Gracle
vl.1101I ""tl
100 (1"0""'1'1)'
(Formerly 100/130)
Grade AvllUoli
Aviation Fuol
Fuel 10
(Green).
ID" 130) Gride
....01.
NOTE
Non
lsopropyl
Isopropyl
~Icobol
alcohol 01
or e<byl."t
ethylene alycol
glycol moaODU"lllyl
monomethyl .!.ber
ether
may
to me
the fuel
supply. AddltLveoonoen,,"lIons
Additive concentrations
m.y be added Lo
tuel IUppLy.
....
11 ncM
' tor
1.5% lo
shall
not nCMd
exceed l
1%
for lsopropyl
isopropyl Iloolloi
alcohol or .15%
for
glycol monoml"')'.
monomethyl e.l>e.
ether. Refer
to SecUcn
Section 8
8 lo.
for
ethylene
<bl'bo"'lfIl'<'O!
Itotf.r Lo
Idd,tLonai
ln/cnn"dcD.
additional information.
I1 July IlI'7V
1979
1-E
SECTION 1I
SI>CTION
GENERAL
OI>NI>ItAL
CESSNA
CI>SSNA
MODEL
I~
MODI>L 152
Fuel
Fu"l Capacity:
C"p..,l~,
Standard
S
... nd.'"
Total
Tola.!
Tanks:
T~
k ",
Capacity: 26
gallons.
C.p""l~,
2$ ,.110""
To
... , C.paei'y
E""h Tank:
fan k, 13 gallons.
,o.Uon .
Total
Capacity Each
Total Usable:
24.5 ,".llo"'.
gallons.
fola.!
U.olI"" 2t.li
Long
Tanks:
Ulnll" Range
IUngll TankO'
Tola.!
3W,alJ01l
.
Total Co.pOCHy:
Capacity: 39
gallons.
Total C
Capacity
Tank:
Tol.'
..pocl~ Each
Eocll T
..... ~:
Total
37.5 gallons.
Tolal Usable:
Il b1.: 37.~
II".Uouo.
19.5 gallons.
IW.~
lfaUo" .
NOTE
Due
between
the
tanks
should
0"0 to
IO cross-feeding
orn ... I_Jn~bo.w
""n fuel
I"el tanks,
nk .. lh
.....
k. ob<>uld
be
refueling to
assure
bo re-topped
.... "'p"*'" after each
..,h !"&fuoUng
'0 ......
'" maximum
mulm\Om
o.p...,ily
capacity.
of",
OIL
011
Oil Onod.
Grade (Spoolllco..lonl:
(Specification):
MIL-L-6082
Grade SIc&lr'"
Straight Mineral
Oil: Use
to replenish
MIJ..L&oe:I Aviation
Avi ... ion O.-..d.
Min ..... ' 011,
U... '"
.... ple"'.h
supply dunnr
during first
at the
25-hour oli
oil ch
change.
auppl.y
ilI"$! 25
~ hours
Il,,,,... and ..
!ho first
tlnt 2S--h"".
.... "".
Continue
a total 01
of ~
50 hours
accumulated o'
or oli
oil
ConII
n". to
IO use
"H until
unUl .100ai
ho,," has
h . . o.ceu",,,lal<d
consumption has
stabilized.
"""tu"'pIlO"
h .......
bU''''''''.
NOTE
N~'
TIIO
.....
Iholaetory
The airp'on
airplane
was <iII"vo"""
delivered from the
factory whh
with a no,.".
corro
.10"
p...,v.."Uv
1r<:rafI ""glno
sion preventive
aircraft
engine ou.
oil. ThIO
This 011
oil obouJd
should bo
be
d,alo""
the
Ih. Il
...1 25
I!:I hours
h""ro of opo,allOo.
drained .n
after
first
operation.
MIL-L-22851
Oil: 11>"
This oU
oil must
be uoed
used .ne,Il
after first
),IILLZ285 1 Ashless
AIIhl ... Dispersant
Oiolpor. .,,' Oll:
m u" bo
... ,
50
or oU
oil cono"m">!o,,
consumption has
SO hours
ho,,'" o'
b.. astabilized.
bllI.ed.
~mm.ndOod
VI..,..."y for Tempor.'"
,," Range:
RAngo:
Recommended Viscosity
Temperature
MIL-L-6082
Oil:
MIJ..J.AOeIl Aviation
A,,'.Uoo Grade
O'ado Straight
a'ralr'" Mineral
Mlner.l O":
~ .bov.
18' C ($0"1').
50
above 16C
(60F).
SAli:
bo'WH D l'C
SAE 40 between
-1C (3O'p)..,d:lrC
(30F) and 32C (1iO'F).
(90F).
SAE:IO
bolwHn -18C
18"C (001'")
"C (7O"F).
SAE 30 between
(0F) LIld
and 2,
21C
(70F).
SAE 20
eo below
bol""," lIl'C
-12C (IO'P").
(10F).
MIL-L-2Ii8Ii' Ashless
AUlo .. Dispersant
Otopenan' 011:
MIL-L-22851
Oil:
SAli:
40 Or
SAI!: &O
oJ>ov. 16C
IS' C (M'p").
SAE 40
or SAE
50 above
(60F).
SAE 40 between
bOl,""" -1C
. ' oc (3O"1'")
d a2"C
(30F) ....
and
32C (9(I"i>').
(90F).
SAl:
30 or
o. SAE
SAE iO
bolw"" 18"C
" C (7O"i>').
SAE 30
40 between
-18C (001'")
(0F) an<I
and ~I
21C
(70F).
SAE 30 below
bOlolO Irc
10' 1'").
-12C ((10F).
SAE
01'
C.P""'Y:
Oil Capacity:
S"",p:
Qu&J"t ..
Sump: 6 Quarts.
10
1: 7 Quo.r\o
mIO' ;o
... l1od).
Total:
Quarts (U
(if 011
oil filter
installed).
,-,
IV7I
1I July 1979
1-4
SECT10N 1l
SECTION
OE
NERAL
GENERAL
CESSNA
CJ':SSN
A
MODEL
152
MODEL It>Il
MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED WEIGHTS

Ramp: 1675 lbs.
Takeoff: 1670 lbs.
Landing: 1670 lbs.
Weight in Baggage Compartment:
Baggage Area 11.1(or passenger on child's seat)-Station 50 to 76: 120
lbs.
1201bo.
' ~:,:~:~;:,":'.<.",.,...) "'""''.'''
See note below.
."0"
.. ~
I~IL Seo
BO," below.
bolO""
Baggage Area 2 - Station
76' ..
to .
94:
40 lbs.
See note
"~"
NOTE
The maximum
combined weight
capacity for
'fU
mudmum ""mblne<!
welKM cap"'''Y
lo. baggage
~Of:II:'a.ge
are
.. 1I aand
nd e2 la
areas
is 120 lbo.
lbs;
STANDARO
STANDARD AIRPLANE WEIGHTS
Slandar<!
l':mply
Standard Empty
W oli"h~ 152:
I~. 1109
1101111>11.
Weight,
lbs.
1152
Il, 1142 lbs.
lbo.
152 II:
Mu'm"",
U I.! Load,
Lc&d. 1M:
....
Maximum Useful
152: ~
566 llbs.
152
It>Ill!:
II: 533 lbs.
Ibo.
CABIN AND ENTRY DIMENSIONS

D1MENSIONS
Detailed
dimensions
and enl')'
entry d<>ocoptning
door openings
DeI. !!e<! dimona
lon" of the
Ibe ccabin
abln interior
lol.nor.."d
are
""
illustrated In
in S"""OII
Section 8
6..
11I.""ate<l
DIMENSIONS
BAGGAGE SPACE OIMENSIONS
Baggage area dimensions are illustrated in detail in Section 6.
SPECIFIC LOAD
INGS
LOADINGS
,.... / ....
Wl"5
," ... 10.5
,o. ~ lbs./sq. ft.
r~
Wing .......
Loading:
Pow., Loodln~
.... /hp.
Power
Loading: 15.2.1
15.2 lbs./hp.
SYMBOlS,
ANO
SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND
TERM
IN OlOGY
TERMINOLOGY
GENERA
L AIRSPEEO
ANO SYMBOLS
SYMBOlS
GENERAL
AIRSPEED TERMINOLOGY AND
c<>._
KCAS
Knots
airspeed corrected
Kno" Calibrated
Call b ....... Airspeed
AI ..p_ is
'o indicated
'M'C " ~ OlUJ>H<'
!or
I.Slrum. '" eerror
.ror .od
...... e<! in
ID 1<0""
for _'1100
position oOd
and instrument
and exp
expressed
knots..
KnO
.. Calibro,""
lnpHd is
i. equal
equa' to
to KTAS
K'l"AS in
ID .standard
'""dan;!
Knots
calibrated ..
airspeed
OImQ"ph.",
lovel.
atmosphere .,
at ...
sea level.
1'Ju!y
July 1979
,.,
1-5
SEC1'TON
SECTION I1
CESSNA
CEBBN~
aE
N ER~L
GENERAL
.S2
MODEL 152
KTAB
KIAS
teno
.. Indicated
Indi"" ..... Airspeed
~Irspeed is
,. u..
&Il"""" on 'ho
Knots
the spood
speed shown
the
ol
... peed indicator
,ndleato, and expressed in kno
....
airspeed
knots.
KTAS
K"" ... Tnt

Airspeed
.0.1 ..1'"" is
'o ,~o
I... ~ uP
........ in knots
knol.
Knots
True
the ..
airspeed
expressed
""p"'_
<'o'. "vo ..,

undLSlu,,*, ai,
whlh is
l. KCAS corrected
<:<>rncto<! lo,
relative
to undisturbed
air which
for
.""udo
altitude oM
and ,."']'>t'.'UnI.
temperature.
VA
Man
u_v.rIDl! Speed
S~ is
l. the
t.h. maximum
m ...dm"m .pN<l.t
""hleh you
y""
Manuevering
speed at which
may use
uN abrupt
r.brupt ",,~Irol
tnvel.
control travel.
Vpg
M".
I d","", Fl
op Extended
I!.donded SptOed
I. the
th. blgh.",
Maximum
Flap
Speed is
highest .pted
speed
pennl iblo ..
!lh w
lng flaps
nopo in
'n oa prescribed
p .... ..,"'".., ".
Iendo<!
permissible
with
wing
extended
poo\l!on_
position.
M""ln",m St,...Clurn
t.h. opeed
Maximum
Structural entlomi
Cruising Speed lo
is the
speed u..,
that
&IlQUI<I
o<! ex
In smooth
mooth al,.
u..n on
Iy ..
, ....
should not be exe_
exceeded
except in
air, then
only
with
""p'
eauUon
caution..
VNE
Vg
N
S.<eed
lo the
"'. opted
tn ..t may not
no, be
Never
Exceed Spood
Speed is
speed 11m"
limit that
.exceeded
xe_od ..att any time.
tlmo_
StalUnll: 8pMd
, the
tho minimum
mloim u '" .lo
.... ,. m
.. M speed
op_ ..
Stalling
Speed o
or
steady
flight
at
u. ;""1",,. t.
whieh the airplane is <>n'roU.bl

.
which
controllable.
"'O
Stalling 8peed
Speed or the minimum
flight speed
8t&1l1011:
",Inl", "", .steady
"'''''y fili'"
opeod .at,
whleh the
tlt. ,,""pI
.. n. I.
o in
In 'ho
10n,lIng ""nlll!"".
which
airplane
is ".,."",IIr.bl
controllable
the landing
configu
"uloo ..
tbo mo.'
l!"",,"!lyration
att the
most fono.n!
forward """"',
center of gravity.
V..
Bo
Angle-of-Climb
A"II _IClImb 8peed
whlc:lt ....
"1 lo
Best
Speed is the opeod
speed which
results
in
"'.11:.-",.1
~alo <>l.llil"dolo
giv"" horizontal
hori"""'lai distance.
dI"ano<.
the
greatest gain
of altitude in
a given
Vv
Beo'
~ .. of-Cllnlb S"",,
,. the
Iho oj>*<ld
whlch results in
In the
'h.
Best Rate-of-Climb
Speed is
speed which
g,..a",
.. ga,o
In oll:iv,,"
,Im~ .
greatest
gain in alllludo
altitude in
a given time.
,.Ut.
" . u"o
METEOROlO
GICAL TERMINOlOGV
METEOROLOGICAL
TERMINOLOGY
OAT
0"
..1.... Air
AI.- Temperature
TolApoOra ...... is
lo 'ho
.... al
t .static
. oUo ",m
p.o ... t" , oOutside
the Ifree
air
temperature.
It
is OXP"_
expressed 1.0
in oiU.oc
either d'JeT'"
degrees C.I.!
Celsius
or dO(IrMol'ol1
degrees Fah
I...
... O,
",obol<.
renheit.
Standard
!ltandard
TemperaTo
mpoO ....
Sland
. .... T.mpo
......... ia
I~ ' C a,..,a
....1 pressure
P'ti'u" "'U
Standard
Temperature
is 15C
at sea 1
level
altil""", an4
....... by
~y ","C
"m feet
feo' 01
tude
and 40<:
decreases
2C lo.
for o""h
each 1000
of a.lU'udoaltitude.
"
_
'"O
ture
Pressure
Pro
.... ..
Altitude
A
IU'"de
Pro"",,'" AIUlud.
'o 'h.
ad from
lrom ""
.. ~.
Pressure
Altitude is
the a.lliLudo
altitude ..
read
an ol,hn
altimeter
when
the "'tlm
altimeter's
scale
been ...
set '"
to 29.92
IO"n~n th.
.. o'. barometric
~m .. rlc so
.... has
h ... '-oD
~ .92
ineheo
merrury (1013 m~
).
inches of mercury
mb).
,.
l1 Suly
19'1Il
July 1979
1-6
CESSNA
Cr:SSNA
MODEL
152
MODEI.I~
S.a,:CTION
SECTION I1
O
ENERAL
GENERAL
ENGINE POWER
PQWER TERMINOLOGY
BHP
BH'
Br ...... Horsepower
Ho _ _ _ l,
Llle power dovolopfld
Brake
is the
developed by Ih"enel"a.
the engine.
RPM
n'M
Revolutions Per Minute is engine speed.
Static
8ta\1<>
RPM
~M
Static
engine
attained dI'M'.
during a fuUlII_tle
full-throttle
81&11 .. RPM
IU'M is
,
~lIh speed Gualn""
engine
runup
airplane
is ""
on 1.110
the cn"'nd
ground ...,d
and
o" s"..........
"" when
.. t..n the
Ihe &lrp,
..... la
al'Md
stationary.
.\ahOOe'l'.
AIRPLANE
AND FUGHT
FLIGHT PLANNING
AIRPLANE PERFORMANCE ANO
TERMINOLOGY
TERMLNOlOGY
Demon-
nc",oaou..1ed Crosswind
C..... wt .. d V~oc1l,.
I. the
Il... velocit)'
Demonstrated
Velocity is
velocity olth.
of the
strated
Crosswind
C..,.. ... lnd
Velocity
Veloolly
crosswind
for
which
adequate "",,1...,1
control ollb.
of the
~..,.. ... lncl component
oompOnenl 'o
...
McII ..!.quale
airplane
during u.k1Ol'1
takeoff ....
and
demonallllle"e duri",
" landing
landi .... was
w ... actually
o.ctulll!y de",,,,,
.U"&Ied during
"urina certification
OI" Uicalioa tests. Tbe
val .... showlIl,
strated
The value
shown is nOI
not
considered to be
1>1 limiting.
limlting.
U .. ble Fuel
l''uel
Usable
UMbla Fuel
,. .. al is
II the
\~. fuel
f ... l available
&vallable fo.
pl.t.llnln
Usable
for flight planning.
UIIII..tII..
Unusable
"'..
UnuMbI. Fuel
Filali.
U qu
.... tity 01
nOt bo
Unusable
is the
quantity
of f"cl
fuel th-.t"...
that can not
be saf"ly
safely
Fuel
used
in flight.
u~."
flillbt.
GPH
Gl'H
0 ..1100 0 Per
Per Hour
H o... is
\, the
tbe ..
molino of
al fuel
fu el (In
Gallons
amount
(in g:oJlon.)
gallons)
~_.
M""
00".'''''..... IO
'.n. .
fiI&!>'
OI'>nsume<t per
hOll.
consumed per hour.
Na .. llc&! Miles
MU .. Per
P Gallon
G..u"" is
,. the
Iho dl.ta.m:"
Nautical
distance (io
(in nautic&!
nautical
NMI'G
NMPG
mU ) which
.... hleh can
c ..., be
ba upvcl<Ki
p .. r gallon
lI.'allun l't
fu el consumed
""n.u me<!
miles)
expected per
of fuel
."111"" power
pow~, _Uua;
fila;!>1 configura
at a specific engine
setting &Dd/ot
and/or flight
., ..."",,;Uc
configu ....
1101>,
tion.
II" is
la acceleration
""""le IIOII due
due to
IO gravity.
IT&vlly
g
I"
g
WEIGHT AND
ANO BALANCE
BALANCE TERMINOLOGY
TERMIN OLOGY
WEIGHT
RefeAOCI Datum
O.lIIm is
I. an
Ul imaginary
Imt.(lury vertical
"'l'Ile&1 plane
plUl& from
Reference
wllicb all
.U horizontal
Il'''':OO1>1a1 distances
di.Ia ...........
",.aaund for
!or Il
..1... ,,,,
which
are measured
balance
Reference
Datum
Pllrpo-
purposes.
SI.aUon
Station
SI.aUon is
II a location
locall<>D along
1l10"11.be
Il1rpl&lll fuselage
r" ...11lp !Jiv
... in
n,
Station
the airplane
given
lennl of
01 the
.be distance
dlll_ from
hom the
.be reference
rtf~ ..... oe datum.
d.a..um.
terms
Arm
A..." is
la the
1111 horizontal
b .. ri&:lnlal distance
dlso.anoe from
from the
III. reference
"""d.a..WI>
IO
Arm
datum to
U,. center
ce"la. of
of gravity
VtvUy (e
Q .) of
01 an
al> item.
I~m .
the
(C.G.)
""'omenl
Moment
Mome .. t is
l, the
III. product
P,"""UCl of
of the
III. weight
W,"pl of
of an
.... item
11_ multiplied
muU.\plied
Moment
me...
July 1979
IWII
1I July
1.7
"
SECTION!1
SECTION
CESSNA
CESSN A
MOOl:LI!II!
MODEL
152
GENERAL
GENERAL
by its
i.. arm.
ann (Moment
(Momeflldlvlded.
by the
Ul.. constant
004"' ....1100.l1.
"_In
by
divided by
1000 is used
in
11>1. handbook
h..,dbook to
lO simplify
almpllfy balance
bal..,e calculations
ca.loulatlOllt by
b)' reduc
.-.duc:this
u.. ""m!>..
c.."... of
01 Gravity
O .. vi\)'
Center
ing
,nll the number of
ol digits.)
di.s'lL)
C
.. n ...... of
ol
Center
(c.c.)
(C.G.)
,. the
\h. point
pOmI at
al which
whicb an
.... airplane,
alr-pl ... e. or
o.
is
equipment, would
equlpm""l.
wouLd balance
baL...,co if
If suspended.
a,.51>""_. Its
l'' distance
dhl&llCG from
ltom
tbe reference
referenn<> datum
".,um is
1$ found
loulld by
by dividing
dlvldinC the
\ho total
100aI moment
mOmtnl
the
by the
Ih, total
lO-..J weight
welcbl of
01 the
!.be airplane.
alrplan ...
by
C.G.
Canla. of
01 Gravity
O nvlty Arm
Arm is
La the
11>. arm
ann obtained
nbl.lnod by
by adding
addlnl" the
Ihe
Center
C.avII)'
Gravity
Arm
.1r-pLarHI'. individual
ludlvldu ..1 moments
mom"nL . and
and dividing
dlvldlng the
Ih. sum
aum by
by
airplane's
\.Ile total
1O\lI.I weight.
we1l"hl.
the
00
C.G.
Limite
Limits
or
Center
are the
extreme
Ce><ter of Gravity
Or."lt)' Limits
Liml\ll. ""'
IIL ....
atrem" center
DeIIICt of
of gravity
I".."lil'
loeatlo". within
_lIhln which
"'bicI! the
Ch .. airplane
&.lrp!..., .. must
lDu5l be
Il<> operated
O~tatod at
at a
locations
... n weight.
weIC'".
Cl
given
Su.aliard
i:mpt)' Weight
Wa~bl is
'a the
!ho weight
".;Chl of
01.
IIlandard ..
lI"Standard Empty
a standard
air
St.andard
Standard
Empty
Wcia-Ilt
Weight
pian .....
dudin unusable
UDusabl. i'uel, full OPOTIIU"C
fluid ..,d
plane,
including
operating fluids
and
luU win.
full
engine oil.
oil.
Ba.slc Emply
Basic
Empty
Weight
W"!a-ht
Buie
Empi)' Weight
Wellhl is
il the
\.Ile standard
OI....dard empi)'
welgbl plus
plua the
u..
Basic Empty
empty weight
w .. LlhI 01
lo"a1 oquip""'nL
weight
of op'
optional
equipment.
Uselu!
Useful
Load
Useful '
Load
the dlfle~
difference between
and \be
the
U.lul
- " is
L.!.be
bo'wotIn ramp
rllmp weight
..... Llbl."d
buio
wellhl.
basic emply
empty weight.
Maximum
MaxLmum Ramp Well"II1

III .. maximum
m ... lmum weight
wollhlapproved
Maximum
Weight 18
is the
approved
Ramp
Inr
m~n.u"er. (lt
Ino1ud"'ll>e
lhl 01
for Cround
ground maneuver.
(It includes
the we1
weight
of 8\1\11.
start, \1\,..1
taxi
and runup fuel.)
fuel.l
"'"
Weight
Maximum
T&l<..,1f
Takeoff
W'II'"
ru.,. ruu
Muh
.. "m TaltltOl1
Che m
... i'I1Um weight
welghl ..
p.
Maximum
Takeoff Wel.lfht
Weight 1.0
is the
maximum
ap
provad
Ibe IUII1n!!he
rull .
proved lor
for the
start of the 1alr.e<>I!
takeoff run.
Weight
!II
..",mum
Maximum
LaIIdillll"
Landing
W
... III
Weight
Tare
,.,
1-8
Maz10nllm
LI !.b
.. maximum
m .... lmum ...
llhI "pMaximum LLodlna:
Landing W<tllbt
Weight is
the
weight
ap
P...,Ve<'l
.. IUldl~
.....
proved lor
for UI
the
landing ""'ebdo
touchdown.
Tare ia
is UI
the
weight
of ohocko.,
chocks, 1I1""lIa.
blocks, Istands,
etc.. ..
used
when
Tare
......
11"111 01
land.s."",
Md whcn
w
.. LlhlnC an .Irplane.
w !.be
weighing
airplane, &Dd
and 1.0
is illChldR.
included in
the ","alo
scale I"t'ad
read .
Inp.
..reading
..."II.11O
ings. TI""
Tare la
is <ieducted
deducted lrom
from \ba
the ..,al
scale
to oI)U.ln
obtain Ibe
the
""'ual
li",hL
actual (nell
(net) alrpLan.
airplane w
weight.
n
July 1m
1979
l1 hL)'
SECTlO, ~3
SECTIOi
LIMITATIONS
LIM1TATIO."~
CI>SSNA
CESSNA
MODEL 1M!
152
MOOEL
SECTION 22
LlMITATIONS
LIMITATIONS
TABlE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction
IDlrOduotlOQ .
Airspeed
Atnpeed Limitations
Um114U..".
Airspeed
AlrBpeed Indicator
SndS""IOT Markings
MaMn,.
l'u.... r Plant
l'lanl Limitations
Llmll.&t1on. . .
Power
Power
PoWUT Plant
Piani Instrument
IOMlrum ... 1 Markings
M&rl!inp
Wel,ltl Limits
Wmj<t
Weight
Center
Cen"'r Of
01 Gravity
0 .,,11)' Limits
Limita .
Maneuver
Manauver Limits
Limi" . . . .
,. ~
Page
Flight
l''llpt Load
Lo&<! Factor
1"000lOr Limits
LlmlUl
KlndB Of
Of Ol>"r
.\loo Limits
Llml t.
Kinds
Operation
Fu.1 Limitations
Llmlt.o.Uon .
Fuel
Other Limitations
Olber
LimUation.
Flap
PlI.p Limitations
Li",h .. I;"n.
Placards
Placant.
.,
2-3
,.
'"
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-5
U
2-5
2-5
W
2-6
,-,
,.,.,."
.,,.
2-6
2-6
2-7
2-7
2-7
2-8
,-,
' o,
:a.1 / ~-2 blank)

b1anlr.)
2-1/(2-2
1I July
JUl y 1979
limi
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
CESSNA
MODEL
152
MCDEL 153
INTRODUCTION
'O".,
Section 'I,,"lud
2 includes
limitations,
instrument
Sect10n
. . operating
operatl"lllmlt.
...
,,,,,,,,melll markings,
marlrln,s. and
!>MIe
plaeal"d...
_
...-y for
lor the
u.. safe
"""penIlOlloltha
its
I"enetne
basic placards
necessary
operation of the all"Jllan
airplane,
engine,
lLmitatlon. included
Include<! in
III
standard
1.aDdard systems and ,ta.ncIanI
standard equipma,,<.
equipment. 11>,
The limitations
IMa ....,IIOll
.... bw
.. approved
appro ... e<! by the
u.. Federal
Fede..!. Aviation
Avi ..tIon
this
section and in a.ctkm
Section 'tla
9 have
been
Administration.
Observance of these
AdmlnlaUaUon. Obeerv~
theM operating
oparatl"&" limitations
Umlu,.Ilou is
Is required
requi.n>d by
by
Federal
" .... ..!. Aviation
Avlallon Regulations.
Replallo"a.
0]'."....
NOTE
NOTE
ot
Refer
9 of this
Operating
Ref.r to
te> Section
SeeUon'
lilla Pilot's
PUoI"a O""
..Iin, Handbook
H""dboolr. for
Ior
amended
.......
dod operating
o""nlill&" limitations,
1Im1latlo.... operating
0po",U"1 procedures,
p,.".,... ......
performance
data and <KlIer
other necessary
""rfo'lIl&IIc. d&ta
n _ _ ry information
InformaUo" for
fo.
airplanes
all"9l",," equipped with specific options.
eq .. lpped wllh epeelflo opllolI"
Your Cessna
ee.,,,a is
l, certificated
~nln ... 1tOd under
Ulld.,.I'"AA
Type Certificate
C.nlflcar.e No.
No. 3A19
3AI9 U
Your
FAA Type
as
(;eMna
Moclei No.
No. 152.
1:11.
Cessna Model
AIRSPEED UMITATIONS
LIMITATIONS
AirapetKllinlita.llonl
Ulai. operational
operallona! significance
"Jnlficanca are
..... shown
!OhOWII in
in
Airspeed
limitations and their
figure
fl!l'u'" 2-1.
2_1.
Sl'UO
SPEED
VNE
'"
[xc..., l:pooII
Never Exceed Speed
M"'""'.. S,,,,,,,,,..
KCAS
~"
KI ... S
KIAS
145
149
... ...
".
",
~UI""~KS
REMARKS
..-..
. . . no'_.rio
_ '"
Do
00 not exceed this
"'~ speed in
any operation.
-_. ,.
.. -. . _-Opooo
,---. -....
,~
vN0
Maximum Structural
Cn.o,~", Speed
Spood
Cruising
108
111
00 not
" exceed
..- this
_speed
_
Do
except
and
....... ' in
1ft smooth
...... "' air,
........
_,Ion.
....... only
anIy with
wi'" caution.
then
'.
vA
Maneuvering Speed:
1670 Pounds
leM_
101
104
1500
Pounds
,~-
96
98
control movements above
91
93
this speed.
1350
Pounds
,~-
'
VFE
.... _
F.... Extended
h_
Maximum
Flap
Speed
Maximum Window Open
Speed
'"" "
" "
87
85
145
149
" "
,
'"
Do
not make
00 "'"
_ . full
"'" or
.. abrupt
l1li .....
_ u o l _ .. _
~.-
110 ....... _
..... , . Do not exceed this speed
......
00 ..... . . _ _ _ _
with flaps down.
Do not exceed this speed with
windows open.
l'"lpnt 2-1.
21. Airspeed
A.npNd Limitations
L lmltatto",
Figure
,.,
Jul)' 1979
11179
1I July
2-3
SECTlON 22
SECTION
CI>SSNA
CESSNA
\..IMITAT10NS
LIMITATIONS
MODEL 152
1f1,2
MODEL
AIR S PEED INDICATOR

INDI CATO R MARKINGS
MARKINGS
AIRSPEED
Al.ap"<! indicator
iDd.i~.lOr markings
markil1p and
....,d their
1.IIel. color
eolO' code
oode significance
.1",lli~a,..,. are
a ..
Airspeed
111(\1....
N10WD in
In figure 2-2.
1-1
shown
W.~!UHG
MARKING
White
Arc
WII" ....
'"
KIAS VALUE
V ... LIiE
KIAS
SIGHI~'C"'NCI:
SIGNIFICANCE
Oft RANGE
ft ... HGE
OR
~ - 85
35
0"..""",
Full
F" Flap
FIoo> Operating Range.
ft ....
wolG/1'
Lower
limit
is maximum
limi,,,
""'. ,"""" weight Vg
Vs" in
io
,-
_'''II
landing configuration.
conl .....500.
Upper
1I_ limit
lim i.
............ speed
_
...mil!li:llo with
wTlh
" maximum
is
permissible
_... . ,,-. motI_

Il'''',
1101>1 .. _
flaps extended.
G ........
Green Arc
.j(\.- 111
! Il
40
Normal Operating Range.
Lower
Lo..- limit
io maximum
.....,....., weight
....... ' Vg
Va"
is
at most forward
c'G
III flaps
lIapo retracted.
_.
C.G....
with
~ limit
M...it
Upper
io
........... cruising
""""" speed.
__
is _.:..-.
maximum structural
V.. _
.....
Yellow Arc
111 1
48
111
- 149
,.
Red Line
~,-
149
l'I",,,,, iL
Figure
2-2.
Opo<_ _ bo _U<lwolh
Operations must be conducted with
...
.............
Iy II>
_
aIr
caution
and only
in smooth
air.
"
....
_ . -speed
; 1 1.,..
_Maximum
for ...
all operations.
... I.... peed Indicator

IndIcato. Markings
Markln,.
Airspeed
POWER PLANT LlMITATIONS

LIMITATIONS
Enll'lne Manufactu
...: Avco
"'v,,", Lycoming.
[.ycomlne:.
Engine
Manufacturer:
Enllna
Numbwr: O~L.2C.
Engine M<><lwl
Model Number:
O-235-L2C.
Engln~
Engine Operaling
Operating Iolmll'
Limits to.
for Tak",,{f
Takeoff U1d
and Con';nuou.
Continuous O"",'&\lon&:
Operations:
Mn[mum
Maximum Power: 110 BHP .alinlr.
rating.
Mnlmum
Engln8 Bpe-ed.;
Maximum Engine
Speed: 2:;5()
2550 RPM.
NOTE
Tt..
.....<I. (carburelOr
The .talle
static RI'M
RPM ""p
range a'
at full th
throttle
(carburetor but
heat oIf
off
"",cl
....,1Ml1D
and ",,,Uuno
mixture 1
leaned
to mUllmum
maximum RPM) I._IO
is 2280 to l::I8G
2380 nPM
RPM.
Muim
~m 0.1
..lu..: 2eF
Maximum
Oil T~",~
Temperature:
245F (llIl"C).
(118C).
Ol!
....uu..... Mln!wum:
Oil P
Pressure,
Minimum: 25 paio
psi.
Muimum.
Maximum: 115 p.i.
psi.
PropeUe'
Propeller Manufr.c.urer
Manufacturer: MoCauley
McCauley Acssory
Accessory Dlvl.lon.
Division.
PropeUe'
l03/TCM(l9.",8.
Propeller Model Number
Number: lA
1A103/TCM6958.
Propel1er
. M."lmum:
Propeller Dlamete
Diameter,
Maximum: 6IIlnches
69 inches.
M!nlmum:
Minimum:
71
I1
2-4
n
r
1!7.~
67.5 Inchu,
inches.
,.,
July 1979
-n
SECTION
CESSNA
~
2
l.lMITATIONS
LIMITATIONS
MODEL
152
MOD E LI~
POWER PLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS

Power plant
and their
significance
""we.
plani instrument
1ll.lU',u"enl markings
mulLl.D,I. &Dd
lI>el. color
ooLor code
oode slenlflo
...""
.....
1.0.... in IiIlUf'I
are shown
figure 2,3.
2-3.
INSTRUMENT
IHSTRUMtNT
RED
LINE
AlO LINI
GftlEN
AAe
GREEN ARC
AtO UNt
RED
LINE
MINIMUoM
MINIMUM
L.M1T
LIMIT
NOAIIolAL
NORMAL
OPlAATING
OPERATING
IIolAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
llMIT
LIMIT
-,.
-,.
Tachometer:
T _ , ....
Sea Level
~~
8000 Feet
~"~
1100 - 2450
~51) RPM
R,...
1900
1100 -_ ~
ft""
1900
2550 RPM
100",- 245F
~5",
100
25
~ psi
~-
Oil Pressure
,Fuel
... Quantity
tII.oPouw
~-
2550 RPM
..
..,
Oil Temperature
~,-
,~ - 2350 RPM
1900
--
4000 Feet
.~,
245
F
60 - 90
~
~ psi
115
psi
115 ...
---
---
(0.75
Gal. Unusable
1O,1~a..,~
Etd>T
..k)
Each Tank)
4.5
- 5.4 in. Hg
4 . ~U"'-
...
Suction
a3.
~'lloluf'l 2-3.
Figure
---
powe . Plant
l'I .. nllll.llru,ruml
Marklnp
Power
Instrument Markings
WE IG HT LIMITS
UMITS
WEIGHT
Maximum
Mulmum Ramp
Il .. mp Weight:
W.l r hl, 1675
UI7S lbs.
Ib .
W.lgh!.!
Lt.ndillg
Mailmo.uu Weight
Welrhl in
ia Baggage
B.rr~e Compartment:
Comp.t1&neo>l.
Maximum
Baggage
Area 11 (or
on child's seat) - Station
50 to 76: 120
IIq,"pArn
(or passenger
p ...enp'O>lIeh!ld''''''I)
SIalloaOOw71l:
120 lbs.
Ib .
Maximum
Muunurn Takeoff
T .. k."rr Weight: 1670
1S70 lbs.
Ib .
Maximum
Mulmum Landing Weight:
W~i lhl' 1670
1870 lbs.
III .
s...
note below.
belew.
See note
s...
1I&g~ Area
A ..... 22- Station
SUllon 76
7e to
IO 94:
i4: 40
-ti) lbs.
lb . See note
noloe below.
belo.. .
Baggage
N""
NOTE
The
Th. maximum
m .. x lmum combined
eombl ned weight
w.l,hl capacity
oo.pachy for
fo. baggage
b.. " ..,o
...... 1I and
.nd 2t is
l, 120
111:0 lbs.
Ib .
areas
CENTER OF GRAVITY
GRAVITY LIMITS
UMITS
CENTER
Cea... of O,..... \ly R.... 'e!
Forw .. nl' 31.0
31.0 inches
!nelle. aft
II/t of
of datum
d.l.. m at 1350
13l5(l111&.
or less,
lesa. with
wlll> straight
.....1"" line
li"'"
Forward:
lbs. or
uri.llo .. to
IO 32.65
:Ia.Mllle"'
" of
or datum
deWm at 1670
1e'70 lbs.
III&.
variation
inches...
aft
Center of Gravity Range:
I.,
I.,
1I July
Jul)' 1979
1979
2-5

SECT10N
2
SECTION 2
L1M1TATlON8
LIMITATIONS
CESSNA
CESSNA
MODEL 152
152
MODEL
atr.
lI.h: 36.5
36.$ inches
11101108 aft of
0 1 datum at all
ali weights.
... III'U.
Aft:
Relot."". Datum:
Datum: Front
"""'nt face
lace of
olllrewaU.
Reference
firewall.
MANEUVE R LIMITS
LlMITS
MANEUVER
Tbil airplane
.. lrpl&lle is
18 ...
rtll!calOd in
la the
1.IIe utility
uUUIy category
caw.soI"Y and
anello.
d ..lsnod for
lor
This
certificated
is designed
limited
aerobatic
certificates such
UmL1ed ..
""baUe flight.
fillbL In
III the
\ILe acquisition
.equtslUoa of
01 various
vtonou s""rtlllca_
sucb as
...
""",me
..<:IaI pilot
pllot and
&lId flight
n1lht instructor,
t"tuue<or ....
rt.o.ln maneuvers
m ...... v .... are required.
.-.qulred..
commercial
certain
All
maneuvers
Ali of
01 these
tbeu """
.... ve .. are permitted
parmlllOd in
Ln this
1.111.1 airplane.
.. Irpl ..... .
No aerobatic maneuvers are approved except those listed below:
MANEUVER
~UVER
RECOMlolZNDIlD ENTRY
BNTRT SPEED*
8PEE!)'
RECOMMENDED
Chandelles
Cbandel1" .
Lazy
t.o.zy Eights
Elgbu
... .
S_pTUms
... .
Steep Turns
Spino.
. . .. .
Spins
SUlbl
Wblp 810.11.)
Stalls tE:.c.pl
(Except Whip
Stalls)
. . . . l1li
knnta
95 knots
95 knots
. . . . .l1li
luwU
. . .l1li
95 kn<IU
knots
ti.. Stow
Doc~!~ .. at.ion
Use
Slow Deceleration
Slow
Use
tI'Ie 81e
.. Deceleration
Deceleratle"
'HlIb~r apeo<ll
uMd if
il ..
brupl use
UN olth.
le avoided.
avolded.
"Higher
speeds C&lI
can be used
abrupt
of the conlrole
controls is
The ball:lI:"II:O
baggage oomp"r"ll"l"Lent
compartment ....
and/or
child's fJe"
seat must
occupied
Tho
dloT clltld,
mU8' not
noi be """,upled
durl"
.
during ~hIIl\o
aerobatics.
A.mballc. \haI
Il,,_v high
IIllb loads
lealll .bould
"CI be ..attempted.
ucmpted The
Tbc
Aerobatics
that m"-,ll
may impose
should not
imp"rU.nlth'nlllCl
nlrhl maneuvers
manouvors is
ISlbat
Ibo airplane
alrplA"e is
18
important thing to bear 1rL
in mlnd
mind in flight
that the
ele...,
io design and wl11
wltl>lhe
n020
clean ll'I
in aarodynlJJl
aerodynamic
will bulld
build up _peed
speed /[ulclrly
quickly with
me nose
Prepor apoed
An
nnll..1 requirement
"''1ul ...u''e''l for
fOT ex"",u!ion
down. Proper
Speed 'lOntrel
control le
is an
essential
execution o
of
..any
ny maneuver,
m&n~ver. and Cat
should
bn"ld .1w.ya
b. n,..,I
d to
I<> .vuld
... iv
care
always be
exercised
avoid u~
excessive
which in
turn CAn
can [mpa
impose
excessive lo
loads.
execution 01.11
of all
speed
peed wblch
In tUnl
.. uce"'ve
.. d. In the
Ihv ulICul,ou
man.uv
.... avoid
avold abrupl
" 01
maneuvers,
abrupt use
of oont...,ll.
controls.
FLlGHT
A LlMITS
FLIGHT LOAD FACTO
FACTOR
LIMITS
Fl
llI:h.!.o1l.(!
Flight
Load 1"acle...:
Factors:
1"1 .. ps Up:
,(.4R
1.70R
*Flaps
+4.4g,.-1.76g
'l'1ep.
*Flaps Down: '3.&8
+3.5g
"The de&LplO&d
design load lo.clCl
factors
of Ihe
the abov
above,
and ln
in eli
all ~
cases,
'T".. are 150%
l~ 01
.. an"
..... the
th
meets o
or
exceeds dellgn
design loads.
structure
'rucl"re _eia
r excee40
load.t .
KINDS OF OPERATION UMITS

LIMITS
The IIJ
airplane
is tqUlpJMd
equipped lord&y
for day VFR
equipped fo.
for alibI
night
TIIe
rp\ane \.I
VI'"R and may
m&y be equipped.
VFR &lIdie.
and/or 1m
IFR oper"",,"L
operations. 1"AR
FAR l'tori
Part Q\
91 uw.blisblll
establishes \be
the nUnlm"",
minimum
VFfI
required 1...unrum.nlAllon
instrumentation and equlp"'t
equipment
for \beN
these epet
operations.
The
referR<I"lrtod
n, fo.
..tlon,. n
e reler
I1 Jul7
IliJ711
July 1979
2-6
CESSNA
MODEL
MODEL 152
162
SECTION
8ECTION 22
LIMITATIONS
L1MITATIONS
ence
on the operating limitations
.n~ to
111 types
lyP'" of
01 flight
fIi,M operations O"
limi ....';""" placard
plte.n!
oper.li03t
ili, opera,;",
",nOClt equipment
oqulpmenl installed
Ineu.lIed at the
Ule lime
Alrwon/lln ..... Cenlflealo
time or
of Airworthiness
Certificate
Inu ...oe.
issuance.
reflects
Flight into known icing conditions is prohibited.
FUEL LIMITATIONS
LlMITATIONS
2
Standard T&.I>lI.a:
Tanks: 13
each.
2 Sta.Ddard
13 U.S.
U . 8 . gallons
,al1ono eacl>.
Tou.l
Fuel: 26
U.S.
U .8 . gallons.
pllon .
Total Fuel:
Usable
(all flight
Usa\>I, Fuel
""tl (ali
mpt conditions):
colldl1io".~ 24.5
:K..! U.S. gallons.
lallo .....
Unusable
Unuaohlt Fuel:
""ti: 1.5
l''' U.S.
U .S. gallons.
'&110 ....
gallons
each.
2 Long
Lonll' Range
R.ur.p Tanks:
T&tlka: 19.5
lUi U.S.
U .S . fI'aI1o"
.....
h.
Total
Tolal Fuel: 39
39 U.S.
U . 8 . gallons.
...11".,.,
Uoablo Fuel
Jl'ue 1 (all
(aU flight
ni,,,, conditions):
_ .. d,Uon.l< 3'1.'
lUI. gallol>ll.
Usable
37.5 U.S.
gallons.
"".1:
Unusa\>l. Fuel:
ru.l: 1.5
1.$ U.S.
U.S . gallons.
lfoIlon .
Unusable
NOTE
Due to
\O cross-feeding
croH letdlnl between
ber...... tu.L
ta.DQ. Ulel&nb
fuel tanks,
the tanks ohould
should
",.",pp...:! after
tll'\et each
.ae~ refueling
",.linl 10
maJL:l mu m
be re-topped
to ....
assure maximum
. ...
u"'
c.paIIl
ty
capacity.
Takeoffs have
demonstrated ",llh
with 1
less
than 2 ,allo".
gallons 0
of1 1<>",llu
total fuel
Taktoll.
have not
noi been
_n d.mo"'lra\e<l
... \11""
el
(1 gaHnn
per tank).
.... nkJ.
gallon per
Fuel
remaining in
after UI.
the luel
fuel qullnllly
quantity indicator
empty
F""I ",malnllli
In the
\he tank
1&IIk "'''''
Indi"""" reads
~e empI)'
(~lIno)
ulely used
ueed In
(red
line) Cannot
cannot be safely
in fiI"'t.
flight.
Approved Fuel
""'el Or""
(and
(""d Colors):
CoLo ):
Grades
lOOt.L
Avl,UolI Fuel
h.l (Sl
ue).
100LL G."".
Grade Aviation
(Blue).
100 (l'onno.ly
100/130) Or&olt
/wl.lioll Tutl
100
(Formerly 100/130)
Grade Aviation
Fuel (0,,"11).
(Green).
OTHER LlMITATIONS
LIMITATIONS
FLAP LLMLTATLONS
LIMITATIONS
Approved Tueoff
Takeoff Reale:
Range: O'
0 \O
to lO".
10.
Approv!ld
Landing Range:
0 \O
to 30"
30..
Approved 1.-cllI'l
n.nre: O"
1 July 1!mI
1979
2-7
-"
SECTION 22
CESSNA
CESSNA
MOOEL 152
152
MODEL
LIMIT ... TiONS

LIMITATIONS
PLAC ARDS
PLACARDS
dl.playod III
The
of composite
Tbe following
lo11ow1n,. information
lII/orDaIi.... must
mllil be
be displayed in the
Ihe form
/o.m O/
rom_,1e
pl&O&l'd .
O' individual
Indlvldu&l placards.
or
lo
1.
plloc
fuU view
v _ of
0/ the
..... pilot: eTII.
... YNIOHTVPRI!'R- .nlfy
In full
(The O
"DAY-NIGHT-VFR-IFR"
entry,
shown
howo Oa
\b. example
u&DIpl. below,
belo ... will
will vary
yr.t}' .........
L.
on the
as the airpL&n1
airplane is
equippeod).
equipped).
Th"
m ....klllp &nd
plo.canll installed
]... t.lJ.lod in
III this
\bI .uv!!
..", conllr.m
The markings
and placards
airplane
contain
operating limitations
operall0l!"
limlllr.do .. , which
_lI\oh must
mll~ be complied
oomplled with
wltb when
who:u operat
"IM''''~
ing
airplane in
the Utility
operating limita
IIIl!" this
thl. alrpL...,.
In III.
UtlllLy Category.
Caloe/rOry. Other Ope"'llnl!"
limll&.
tlon ...
lIleh must
mUltbe
compllod with
.1111 when
wllen operating
opendlnr this
Ih'- airplane
.lrplaoe
tions
which
be complied
In this
lh1. ca"'gof}'.'"
.... 'nod in
In the
lhll>Jlot.
Opendlnr Handbook
Han<lbook
in
category are con
contained
Pilot's Operating
and FAA
~'AA Approved
Apprnvod Airplane
"'i.,.L"". Flight
Yhlll' Manual.
Nanual.
,-
MANEUVERS APPROVED
M'PRQVEO EXCEPT THOSE
NO ACROBATIC MANEUVERS
LISTED BELOW
8ELOW
LISTED
Rec. Entry
Maneuver
Speed
Cbandollu
KIA8
Chandelles ......... 96
95 KIAS
La~y 8
............ 9G
Lazy
8's
95 KIAS
Steep Turno
Turns ........ ~
95 KIAS
Sl<.'ep
K IAS
Rec.
R.ec.. Entry
Enlry
Maneuver
Speed
Spins
Slow
Spl"
............ Slu
.. Decel.
u..:.l.
Stalls (ElL'
(Ex
Slall.
cept Whip
oepl
Whlp
Stalls) ...........
sl.n.)
Slow
Slo
.. Decel.
~l.
Inlenllonal .plnl
prohlbUod ....
!l1I flaps
n.p. ex.ondod.
Intentional
spins prohibited
with
extended.
YlIghlln\.O
know n icing
IClng condllion.
lblled.
Flight
into known
conditions proh
prohibited.
This "'.pl"n"
airplane is
certified lor
for the
operations ...
as of
1"11"
,. CI'U/,Ift!
Ih. following
luUowing flight
111",111 OplTlhon,
ddate
.. te ..of/ or,,,i,,"]
rlbl,,~~~ c~rt,lic
.. ""
original airworthiness
certificate:
.,rw..
DA
Y- NIOIIT_ VI'"R- IPR
DAYNIGHTVFRIFR
2.
In the baggage compartment:
MAXIMUM
BAGGAGE "'NO/OR
AND/OR AUXILIARY
PAS
120 LBS. M
... XIMUM S"'OO"'GE
AUXIUARY SEAT P"'S
SENGER. FOR
!'"OR ...
ODlTI ON ... I. LO
... 01NG IN!>1"IiUCT10NS
ADDITIONAL
LOADING
INSTRUCTIONS SE.;
SEE
WEIGHT "'NOB"'UNCE
... T ....
AND BALANCE D
DATA.
,.
July 1979
l1 July
2-8
CSSSNA
CESSNA
MOO
EL 162
MODEL
152
3.
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
Near fuel shutoff valve (standard tanks):
FUEL
FUEL - 24.S
24.5 GALS _
- ON-O""
ON-OFF
Near fuel shutoff valve (long range tanks):
l''\Jto:L
ON-O F!"
FUEL- 31.5
37.5 GALS
GALS - ON-OFF
44.
Near
tank filler cap (lt&Qdo.rd
(standard tanks):
Nn. fuel
fuol...,.1o:
",,,10:1);
ro<e
FUEL
100LL/100 MIN.
GRADE AVIATION
GASOLINE
100LLllIIO
MIN . GRADi':
AVIATION GASOLINE
CAP. 13
CAP.
13 U.S.
U.S. GAL.
GAL.
Near fuel tank filler cap (long range tanks):
'"'C
FUEL
100LL/
100 MIN.
100LI../100
MIN. GRADE
GRADE AVIATION
A VIATlON GASOLINE
OASOUNE
C A I', 19.5
Ig.3 U.S.
U . 5 . GAL.
GAL.
CAP.
\3.0 U.S.
U ,S, GAL.
GAL. TO
TO BOTTOM
BO'ITOM OF
OP' FILLER
P'ILLER COLLAR
COLLAR
CAP 13.0
5.
On the instrument panel near the altimeter:
SPiN RECOVERY
R&COVERY
SPIN
1
1.
V ERI P'Y AILERONS

AlLERONS NEUTRAL
Nto:UTRAI.. AND
ANO THROTTLE
THR01TLE CLOSED
CLQSED
VERIFY
3.
:l.
MOVE
MOV E CONTROL
CONTROI.. WHEEL
WHEEL BRISKLY
8fUSKLY FORWARD
l''Q1\WARD TO
TO BREAK
BREAK
4.
4.
NEUTI1AL1ZE RUDDER
RUDDER AND
ANO RECOVER
RECOVElt FROM
ntOM DIVE
DIVE
NEUTRALIZE
It.
2.
APPI..Y FULL
l''ULL OPPOSITE
OPPOSITE RUDDER
RUOOi':R
APPLY
STALL
5TA LL
,-,
1m
1I July
Jul)' 1979
CESSNA
MODEL 152
,1It
MODEL
BECTION'2
SECTION
LIMITATIONS
Il.
6.
ot
.. ion """"
p..,vldocl '"
indio." the
Ib. a<:<lu"",y
1Il.
A .,.Ubn
calibration
card I.
is provided
to indicate
accuracy of the
magnetic
compass in
30 increments.
mo.gnot!o ccmp&llll
In:lO'
In""""'."'"
7.
OD 011
rtllo cap:
"P'
On
oil filler
IL
8.
On """lJ'<>llool<:
control lock:
"
CON'l'ROL
I.OCK - REMOVE
REMOVl! BEPORE
ENOINE
CONTROL LOCK
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE
9.
Near airspeed indicator:
MANEUVER SPEED
11>1 I(lA8
SPEED - 104
KIAS
2-10
210
1I JuIy
July 1m
1979
SECTION 3
~MEROENCY PROCEDURES
PROC~DUR~S
EMERGENCY
CESSNA
MOD&L 152
la:!
MODEL
SECTION 3
3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE5
PROCEDURES
TABlE
OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF
Page
loU'Oduclion .
.
............
Introduction
Airspeeds
A rrepeed.a For
"or Emergency
~m.r"lI."")' Operation
Opot r .Ii~..
...... .
3-3
3-3
OPERATIONAL CHECKLISTS
CIIECKLISTS
EI1I1'iP<> Failures
F ltJhu.,
Engine
El1lrll1e Failure
,. .. II"re During
Durin. Takeoff
TaltiOOll Run
I\un . . .
Engine
Engln. Failure
,.1tJ1"re Immediately
Imm~I ..~I)' After
Alle. Takeoff
T.keoff
Engine
Engine
F.ngin. Failure
F .. i1u .... During
Durinlr Flight
FUlrbl
1'0reMi Landings
L&ndinl{ .
Forced
..... .
.....
Emergency
Emetjene)' Landing
L.&ndlnlr Without
Wllboul Engine
Enlrlne Power
Pow.r
Precautionary
P~ .. ullon .. f)' Landing
L&n~lnl" With
Wlth Engine
El1l"lo. Power
l'o .....
Ditching
Dllehlnl" . . . . . . .
Fires
!'"I ... ~
........
During
lJudnlf Start
SI .. tI On
O" Ground
Ornund
Engine
Enlfi,," Fire
Flno In
In Flight
FU,hl .
Electrical
Eleo!rl"..1 Fire
!'"Ire In
In Flight
FUl"b!
3-3
,~
3-3
3-3
3-4
,~
3-4
H
3-4
,-,
,~
3-4
3-4
3-5
3-5
H
3-5
3-6
"'O,
,.
..
36
3-6
3-7
..... .
3-7
Cabin
Cablo Fire
Fire
Wlnl" Fire
!'"Ire
Wing
Icing
Telnl!
.
.
'"
'o,
,-,
'o,
'o,
Inadvertent
Inadnritlnl Icing
Idnl{ Encounter
E"e""nl"
Landing
I...I.ndlng With
WUh A
A Flat
"1.1 Main
M.ln Tire
TI..
,.
"
,.
,.
3-7
Suppl)' S)"I&m
Ammeter
;"mme~r Shows
SII" .... Excessive
Exc...in Rate
1\0.1& Of
Of Charge
CII .... p
(Full
(F"Ll Scale
Sc.l~ Deflection)
o.tl<lclion) . . . . . . . .
Low-Voltage
Lo", Vol\.~ Light
Lijlll Illuminates
IUumin"," During
Ounn/( Flight
Filrllt
(Ammeter
(/unmewr Indicates
Il,<11<:.,,,. Discharge)
Ohlcll .... ' .) . . . . . .
EI...,I.;e ..1 Power

l'owe. Supply System Malfunctions
M.U"ncllonR
Electrical
3-8
3-8
H
3-8
3-8
Landing
LandI"" Without
W,Ib",.1 Elevator
EI.~.l<Ir Control
Conlrol
..,
Fires
Vin:oI
3-10
310
AMPLIFIED
AMPLIP'IEO PROCEDURES
PflOCEDUflES
Engine
EnguuI Failure
".11" ..
Forced
Vo reeod Landings
Lllnd"'If'
. . . . . .
Jul)' \878
1I July 1979
,-o
3-9
3-10
3-10
310
3-1
SECTION :I
3
SECTlON
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
EMEROENCYPROCEDURES
CESSNA
MOOEL
MODEL 1.5Il
152
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

TABlE
mergency
Operation I"
In CIOllds
Clouds CV...,II"'"
(Vacuum Syn"m
System 1"&11
Failure)
",
.. rytney OpenUon
.... )
Executing A .
180
_ TU
Turn
.... In
'n Clouda
Clouds
.
ExecU.1nl
Emergency
Through Clouda
Clouds
Y.mlrpnc)' Descent
o..oooni Thr<>urh
.
Recovery
Spiral DIvo
Dive . . . .
Hec:OVlry From
"ram A Spirai
Inadvertent
Into ICi",
Icing C""dIUOlit
Conditions .
In&dve_n. Flight
Yllgbll"La
Spins
Spin..
...........
.
Rough
Operation Or Lo
Loss
RuuWb Engine
En,lnO Oporallon
.. Of Power
Po .......
Carburetor Icing
CarburOlOr
101111"
Spark Plug
Plul" Fouling
roullne
Magneto Malfunction
Marone\(>
MaUuncllon
Low
Oil Pressure
t..ow OH
"......... .
.
Electrical
System Malfunctions
Eleclde&l Power
f'ow Supply SY'IO'"
MaUUDctIo".
Excessive
Charge
E""" .... v. Rate
R.t.t Of Charyo
.
.
Ina .. lllel'n' Rale 01 Ch .... l"" . . . . . .
''''
Page
33-11
11
.u
.U
3-11
3-11
,.~
3-12
,~
3-12
3
12
3-12
'"
3-13
'l3
3-13
3\3
3-13
314
3-14
314
3-14
314
3-14
33-14
14
3 1~
P
n
n
n
3-2
"
Ju1y 1979
1W1!
11 July
CESSNA
SECTION
SECT[ON 33
MODEL 152
1M!
l'.:MEItc,a;NCY PROCEDURES
PJI.OCEDI1RES
EMERGENCY
lNTRQDUCT10N
INTRODUCTION
Section 3
checklist and amplified
SectLon
3 provides
provlde. (J.heekU.\...,d
o.mpUl[ec! procedures
prooodu~ for
fo. coping
oop~ with
wilh
emergencies
engine
""'
... pncles that
0. .. may
ma)' occur.
(M)(:ur Emergencies
Emerpnaltll caused
""uoed by airplane
"''l'la~ or
or ~n~~
maltuneUon .......
nl .. maly ....
Il proper
P""I"" preflight
p .. mclll inspections
InspecUons and
&Dd
malfunctions
are extremely
rare if
maintenance
are practiced.
weather
m ... "te"...,.,. ....
prae1l<*1. Enroute
Enroute .....
th emergencies
amerpnc'" can be
be minim
mlnlmized
eliminated by ........
careful
iZC!'CI or
or eHml",,1ed
' ul flight
mllli planning
pL ...... ml and good
LrOOd judgment
jud/l"menl when
... lIan
unexpected
encountered.. However,
emergency ....
arise,
u .. ,,:rpeeled weather
.....""h... is
L. encoun\.erecl
Ho_ve . should
abauld an emerlc-ncy
ie.
tha basic
buie ...
I... U.... d....,tlbecI
In this
thl. ,""",Uon
be considered
eonslderecl &Dd.
the
guidelines
described in
section Mould
should be
and
applied as
correct the
"ppl'-<l
... necessary
n_ ..o.ry to
IO oornct
th. problem.
p""blam. Emergency
E .... rpnq procedures
procodu ....
asaoo::i"ted
w,th ELT
El.,T and a""'.
...1 systems
ay ... ",. caa
Sect.ion iii.
associated with
other opUu
optional
can be found in Section
9.
OPERATION
AIRSPEEDS FOR EMERGENCV
EMERGENCY OPERATION
EniLue
Uu .. After
Ahe. Tak
...1f
Engine ...
Failure
Takeoff
Manauvetlnl SpeecI:
Maneuvering
Speed:
11I7II!..be
1670
Lbs
IMIO!.be
1500
Lbs
13&I!.be
1350
Lbs
MLdmw:n
Maximum OLlds
Glide
..... .
Precautionary Landing
Engine Power
P"""ullo""ry
lM.odio, With En''''a
Po .....
LMdlnlL'
Eu,1I>o PowOr.
Landing WlIhoul
Without Engine
Power:
Wh'I
P1apa I1p
Wing Flaps
Up . .
Wl", Flaps
P'laps Down
DoWll . . . .
Wing
60 KIAS
!IO
104
11>4 KIAS
KIAS
98 KIAS
\18
KlAS
93 KIAS
93KIAS
60 KIAS
!lO
KIAS
55 KIAS
:I:IKlAS
65 KIAS
11:1
60 KIAS
!IO
OPERATIONAl
OPERATIONAL CHECKUSTS
CHECKLISTS
ENGINE FAILURES
ENGINE FA'LURE
FAILURE DURINO
DURING TAKEOFF RUN
I1.
Tbrottle
[O(.,E.
Throttle ..
-- IDLE.
2.
BnLl<
AI'I'L Y.
Brakes
-- APPLY.
W'''II'I
..p
IlETI1ACT
Wing Flaps
- RETRACT.
M,.,I,,",
IOU: CUT.OI'I'.
Mixture -- IDLE
CUT-OFF.
lau,tioD
.. OPP.
Ignition Swil<:b
Switch -OFF.
Mute.
Master SWLlCb
Switch ..
-- OF'F.
OFF.
3.
4.
5.
8.
6.
ENGINE FAILURE IMMEDIATELV

AFTEA TAKEOFF
IMMEDIATELY AFTER
l.
1.
2.
A,",,,",,
Airspeed
-- !lO
60 KIAS.
Mi"."
....
IO(.,E CUT.OI'I"
Mixture
-- IDLE
CUT-OFF.
I1 July 1!179
1979
3.3
"
SECTION3
SECTION 3
EMEROENCY PROCEDURES
l'ROCEOUIIl':S
EMERGENCY
li.
3.
~
4.
~.
5.
&.
6.
CESSNA
CESSN"
MOOEL I~
MODEL
152
,."..1
Vo.lvo
Fuel EOhutoll
Shutoff Valve
-- orI".
OFF.
IpIUo~
Ignition Sw!~b
Switch
-- orF.
OFF.
Wl
.. ~ Flaps
n_IMI
A B REQUIRED.
tu:QUIRt:O.
Wing
-- AS
M
....., SwllCh
Master
Switch
-- 01'1".
OFF.
ENOINE fAILURE
T
ENGINE
FAILURE DURINO
DURING fUOH
FLIGHT
I.
1.
2.
3.
4.
:I.
5.
'"
6.
Alnperi-- GO
Airspeed
60 KIA.S.
KIAS.
Carburetor H
Heat
-- 01'1.
ON.
C.,burotor
..'
Primo
,-- IN
[N and LOCKED.
Primer
Fu.l
Val'M
Fuel SbUlO1f
Shutoff Valve
-- 01'1.
ON.
Mb.lu,o
RICIL
Mixture -- RICH.
IgulU<>.o Swlt*Uo, is
lo ""pped).
Ignition
Switch
-- BOTH (or ST
START
stopped).
FORCED LANOINGS
LANDINGS
EMF.RGENCV
EMERGENCY LANDING WITHOUT ENGINE POWER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
II.
6.
1.
7.
!I.
8.
g.
9.
Alrapeed
Vp).
Airspeed
-- lI:i
65 KIA!)
KIAS (n"J>*
(flaps UP).
80
60 KIAS (fl"pt
(flaps DOWN).
M,~.u ...
tOLE CUTorF.
Mixture
-- IDLE
CUT-OFF.
1".. 01 Sbulolf
Vo.lvo
Fuel
Shutoff Valve
-- OF?
OFF.
19uUlon
Ignition S.,llCb
Switch -- OFI'.
OFF.
Wlo; Flaps -- AS
AS REQUIIIED
""",mm.n_~
Wing
REQUIRED (30"
(30 recommended).
n_pii
M... "" Swit<b

1"1".
Master
Switch
-- 0
OFF.
000,..
UNLATCH Pf!.IOf!.
Doors ..
-- UNLATCH
PRIOR m
TO 1'OVCHDOWN.
TOUCHDOWN.
Touth<lO'On
LOW.
Touchdown
-- SL10HTLY
SLIGHTLY TA[L
TAIL LOW.
Br
......
tLY.
Brakes
-- APPLY HEAV
HEAVILY.
"
PRECAUTIONARY LANDING WITH EN

GINE PQWEA
ENGINE
POWER
I1.
e.
2.
3.
Airsl>"'l - 80
IUAS.
Airspeed
60 KIAS.
W;nK
Flop W.
Wing Flaps--20.
S.lo<<od.
I. ld
n.Y OVCR.
M'Io, "',
.... in ...
d obsinletlon
... then
Ih""
Selected T
Field
-- FLY
OVER, noting
terrain
and
obstructions,
.........
Ilap. upon
"pon reaching
.. &chio&" .....
10 o.llltud.
retract flaps
a safe
altitude and ai",poood.
airspeed.
i4..
d Eloo'I"1O&.I
.. 't<h.o
Radio ....
and
Electrical S
Switches
-- DI'F.
OFF.
5.
!I.
6.
Wing
-- :lO"
30 (".,
(on "no.l
final "ppro&ch~
approach).
Wln"" Flaps
l"oP' .
AI"I>"'I
~ KIAS.
KIAS.
Airspeed
-- 55
1.
7.
M
...., S
.. ,k:b -. . DI'F.
Master
Switch
OFF.
!I.
8.
000 ..
Doors
-- UNLATCH PRIOR 1'0
TO mUCHDQWN.
TOUCHDOWN.
TQucMQwn
Touchdown -- SLiCHTLY
SLIGHTLY TAIL LOW
LOW.
1&"0,,"""
Ignition SWIk:h
Switch -- OPI'
OFF.
Brok.
, ..
Brakes
- APPI,YHEAVILY.
APPLY HEAVILY.
g.
9.
lO.
10.
Il
11.
11179
1; July 1979
3-4
CESS~A
CESSNA
SECTIO
N3
SECTION
l'ROCEDURE$
EMERGENCY
MODEL 1&2
152
OITC
HING
DITCHING
1.
Radio -- TRANSMIT MAYDAY on 121.5 MHz, giving location and
2.
3.
intentions and SQUAWK 7700 if transponder is installed.

Heavy Objects (in baggage area) -- SECURE OR JETTISON.
Approach -- High Winds, Heavy Seas - INTO THE WIND.
Light Winds, Heavy Swells -- PARALLEL TO
4.
Wing Flaps --30.
5.
Power -- ESTABLISH 300 FT/MIN DESCENT AT 55 KIAS.
,,
,
SWELLS.
,
6.
Cabin Doors -- UNLATCH.
7.
Touchdown - LEVEL ATTITUDE AT 300 FT/MIN DESCENT.
8.
Face -- CUSHION at touchdown with folded coat.
9.
Airplane -- EVACUATE through cabin doors. If necessary, open

windows and flood cabin to equalize pressure so doors can be
opeOo<l.
opened.
Lit. Vests
V..... ...,d
lh
INI'LATE.
Life
and Raft
-- INFLATE.
IO.
10.
FI
AES
FIRES
DURING START ON GROUNO
GROUND
CONTINUE.
",hioh
""""umulo"'"
fuol through
thmu!\"h the
tho corburo\(l
, ."d
tho ongino.
accumulated fuel
carburetor
and in\(l
into the
engine.
C,.n~i"l'
" which wo~ld
"c k the
tho flames
n..,....
Cranking -- CONTINUE, \(II.'
to get ......
a start
would .
suck
1.
and
If onglno
engine ........
starts::
mlou ....
2.
"","0<
KI'M lo,
Power '.
-- 1700 RPM
for o
a low
few
J.
3.
EnlJlno-- SHUTDOWN arulloopec'

Engine
and inspect lor
for dom",o.
damage.
If
If
minutes.
engine fails
start:
onll"l""
I.n. to
'" ...
'"
,
4.
5.
Cranking -- CONTINUE in .ft

an effort to
\(I obtain a start.
Fire Extinguisher -- OBTAIN (have ground attendants obtain if not
6.
Engine -- SECURE.
offon
"bIO'" .... " .
installed).
,,
7.
8.
a.
Master Switch -- OFF.
b.
Ignition Switch -- OFF.
c.
Fuel Shutoff Valve -- OFF.
Fire - - EXTINGUISH using fire extinguisher, wool blanket, or dirt.

Fire Damage -- INSPECT, repair damage or replace damaged
components or wiring before conducting another flight.
ENGINE FIRE IN FllG

HT
FLIGHT
I.
1.
MII
'U ..
tDLE CUT
01'1'.
Mixture
- IDLE
CUT-OFF.
1I July 1979
3:5
SECTION ~3
EMEROENCY
PROCl'OIJRl'S
z.
2.
lo
3.
4.
~.
5.
01.
6.
CESSNA
MODEt.l~
MODEL
152
l'v.1 Sbvlofl
Fuel
Shutoff Valv.
Valve -- 01'1'.
OFF.
Muto<
Swltcb
.....
Master Switch
-- Ot
OFF.
Cabl~
H.., ""
~ Air
AI,
wlnll" root vents).
v&nLa).
Cabin Heat
and
-- 01'1'
OFF (axe<rp'
(except wing
AI,"P"d ..
I. not
no' .~Unlul""od.
Inc", ... I"HIIo
Airspeed
-- M
85 KIAS (U
(If fI,..
fire is
extinguished, increase
glide
opM<l
nnd an al,..p"od
whlch will
.. 111 provide
provi"" ""
speed lo
to find
airspeed which
an lnoombulltlble
incombustible
J"<l(J'
ml"uN).
mixture).
l'ome<!
LaDdlng
EXECUTE ((as
... 110..,,1_111
Emo'lr"ney LAndlng
Forced Landing
- - EXECUTE
described in Emergency
Landing
Without En
Engine
Withou'
g"'" Power).
Po ..",).
ELEC
TRICAt FIRE IN
IN FLIGHT
FUG HT
ELECTRICAL
l.
1.
M... .." SSwitch

.. lIch .
Master
-- or,.
OFF.
lo
3.
V'"I0/Cobin Air/Heat
AlrIHoa'
Vents/Cabin
-- CI.OSEO.
CLOSED.
l'I
.... Extinguisher
E ~ llo""l.h", .
ATE ur
Fire
-- ACTIV
ACTIVATE
(if ovaUablo).
available).
z.
2.
-I.
4.
Ali
All Q'h.,
Other
s""",nos
Switches ((except
.~""P' ignition
'1""''''' ....
switch)
I ..h)
-- ON'o
OFF.
I WARN ING I
dl.<t,uI!".ng an nun",loho, "Ubln o
AI\ .. discharging an extinguisher within a 010_

After
closed eobln.
cabin,
, ... m.,. the

_ .abin.
ventilate
cabin.
If
appears
out and electrical power
continuance of
Il fire
rl ....
pp '" avI
PO"" is necessary
n..,. O<)' for
lo,,,,,ollnuanceof
aod .1""";.01
I.
h' ,
flight:
mil
~
5.
M... I<, SSwitch

wll<h
Master
-- 0:-1.
ON.
".
6.
C'reuu
H.--lto .. - CHECK fo
no' "'
.. ~
Circuit Breakers
for, fau!Oy
faulty c,,,ml1.
circuit, do not
reset.
7
7.
RadloIElte<rlc.1 5"I"'h
. . .--. QN
Radio/Electrical
Switches
ON .....
one at a time, with dOl.y
delay art.,
after
8.
I.
each v
until
short "i",un
circuit is
.""Il
... il olto'"
I. localized.
Joo;.llwd.
Vents/Cabin
Air/Heat -- OI'~N
OPEN when
is ascertained "'o,
that Il
fire
Va"lOICobl .. Alr/Hea'
...!>e" it
1\ l._.ml,,'"
.. is
I,
""mple
.. ly .~t!ngul.bed.
completely
extinguished.
a' . "me....,'"
n
n
CABIN FIRE
FIR E
1
1.
2.
a.3.
M
... ,..Swl""'
Master
Switch - 01'1'.
OFF.
Vents/
Cabin Air/Heat
CLOSED tu>
(to avo!d
avoid d,al
drafts).
V~n
... ICobln
AlrIH '-- CLOSEO
... ).
F"ire Extinguisher
E ~ .lnguiaher
ACTIV ... TE (II
Fire
-- ACTIVATE
(if avalloble).
available).
| WARNING
'
After dlochUj"lnilao
discharging an
At"r
ventilate the cabln.
cabin.
...,n"l.", ,h.
4.
extinguisher
closed
cabin,
.~<!0il"i.he, within
w"b lu a .10
.... cabi,,-
Land the airplane as soon as possible to inspect for damage.
3-6
1
1 July Un9
1979
CESSNA
BECTION3
SECTION 3
15I!
MODEL 152
EMEROENCY PROCEDUI\.ES
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
WING FIRE
I.
1.
NavIJ"Uo" Light
LlJhL 8",1
.. 11.
Navigation
Switch
-- OFF.
a.
LIJ~L S
.. I"'b (If
'n ....Ued.j
Light
Switch
(if installed)
-- O".
OFF.
2.
SLlObo
Strobe
3.
pjlO' Heat
HO.L S
.. I.. b (II
'nlIlalled)_
Pitot
Switch
(if installed)
-- OFF.
0".
"=
NOTE
Po,fOrni.a side
01110 slip
o!lp to
IO ,,"p
!bo l1omo.
Perform
keep the
flames "w"Y!rom
away from !b.
the I"",
fuel
.....
k and
onel "..bln
...d ...
_o!bl.. with
"Ilb flaps
nopo
tank
cabin,. ....d
and ,land
as _n
soon ...
as possible,
",',aeLod.
retracted.
ICING
INAOVEA
TENT ICING ENCOONTER
INADVERTENT
ENCOUNTER
1.
I.
pitot heat
switch
ON (II
(if il>olllllod).
installed).
Turn l'IlO'
b .......
''''b 01'1
Turn back o,
or cbo.np
change altitude
to abili'"
obtain .0
an o"uld"
outside .....
air temperature
Tum
oIL''''do IO
~po'''\u,""
that is
less
conducive
to icing.
"'al
lo le
...
."due'"" IO
33. Pull
Pu.!I o
.... 'n heat
b control full
fUll 0'"
IO obLaln
. . .air
1r
cabin
out to
obtain m""""um
maximum 1Iorr.,.,
defroster
oempo'uu,"".
!'Or greater
lJf9&oe, air
01, 110
.. at reduced
rIUd ..
,.,pota'"",. ad)uo'
temperature. For
flow
temperatures,
adjust
the c.bio
cabin ai,
air """""\
control ..
as ,..quic.<I.
required.
"'"
4. Opo.,
!bromo",
. . . engine
oD.III"" 01'"'1
mlnlmlMl""
Open the throttle
to lw;",
increase
speed and minimize
ice bun~
build
up OD
blad ...
on ",""pollo,
propeller blades.
~.
W.... b for
lo, signs
01"", 01
0.","",100' a"
mIO, ice
ieo &Dd
5.
Watch
of carburetor
air filter
and O.PPll'
apply oubu",_
carburetor
heat
required. An unexpected
engine opo<ld.
speed """",
could \IO
be
b. . . .as. requlnHI.
""",,p''':led. Iloss
.... in
In .o~""
o.uoe<\
ru ... , 1<>0.
Lot." the
.... mixture
mlnu ..
caused by 011"'''",1<>'
carburetor '''''
ice o,
or a.1'
air "'talte
intake filter
ice. Lean
lo, maximum
"'''lmU''' RPM.
Il.,,,,,,,'''<0'
'0 used
"00<1 ""nUouou.ly
for
RPM, if
carburetor 110.1
heai is
continuously..
p,." a landing
l .. rullnl!" .L
1M nearest
""0"''' o.'rpon.
o.n uextremely
.... "'.ll' rapid
npld ice
'00
6.
Plan
at the
airport. Wltb
With an
1""I~up ....
Ioet.a suitable
0"'1.1.11.10 "off
-otf o.)rpo,,""
lo.odlng site.
0'10.
build-up,
select
airport" landing
Wltb.n
_ ul.llo" of
ot 1/4
Il t inch
!o.h or more on the
Lbo "'n,loadln,
7.
With
an 100
ice _
accumulation
wing leading
ed"o.
lo, olplfic.oUy
bI,bo' ,"U
edges, II..
be _p&red
prepared for
significantly higher
stall opeeod
speed..
8.
Leave
a .severe
LoHve wing
wl"J flaps
no.po retracted.
""... 10<1. With
Wltlt .
.""'" ice
lcoot build-up
b"Ud"p on the
tb<I
horloonlllll&U.
<be obanE"
in, wake
.. alo. o.lrf1o
.. ",,,,,,uon
horizontal
tail, the
change In
in ..
wing
airflow
direction e.~00<1
caused
by wing
..-Ln, n.p
~I. In
flap OX,".,.iOD
extension """Id
could ....
result
in a 100.
loss 0""'."10'
of elevator .nocti"..
effective
b"".
a.2.
"'' 'LI".
a.
o,,,,,,n,,,,
'.
_
.
ness.
9.
10.
'C
u11..
12.
Op.on
lon ..
lndO .......
d. !f
P''''''''.\' OCf
.,. \c.
portion
porlion oflho
Open left
window
and,
if practical,
scrape
ice !rom
from a
of the
..
1..""hI.ld for
(9< visibility
v .. !blllty il>
windshield
in lb.
the laDdlnlloppro&OlI..
landing approach.
f'orfOml
landing
l.ndiollappn>&Ob
Iorwonl.llp.
Il necessary,
neee .. "I")'. for
lo,
Perform a
approach ".loJo.
using a forward
slip, if
lmpn>vod
vl. IlII'l<f.
improved visibility.
Appro&Oh
IO 1$
"P"O the
!bo amount
&moun' of ice
,"'"
Approach
at 6!S
65 to
75 KIAS depondlq:
depending upon
"""umul.hon
accumulation..
Pt!rfor"m
Perform o'a"dln,
a landing In
in
",~Ol ",tu"dO.
level
attitude.
,.,
1m
1l Ju,y
July 1979
3-7
CESSNA
CESSNA
MODELIU
MODEL 152
SECTION 3
BJ:CTION
EMIi:RGENCY
LANDING WITH A FLAT MAI

MAIN
N TI
TIRE
RE
1.
I.
WI,,
Wing Flaps
II'L .. pa
-- AS
AB DESIRED.
DESIRED.
2.
J.
Approach
-- NORMAL.
App..,...,II .
Touchdown
- - 0000
GOOD TIRE FIRST,
hold .Irpl
airplane
off
flat
tire
as Iong
long
3. Touobdo.,,
II'1RS'r. nold
.......
" n
..1Il
.....
as possible
with .Ue.on
aileron contn>L
control.
&II
p<>aaib.ie wlth
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

MALFUNCTIONS
AMMETER SHOWS EXCESSIVE RATE OF CHARGE
CHARGE
(Full Scale
SC31. Deflection)
C,tlecllonl
2.
1.
\.
Alternator
-- OFF.
Alle"""\O'O"II'.
Alternator
Circuit Breaker
11.1,-......10. Circuii
B.....loer -.. PULL.
PULL.
3.
3.
4.
4.
Nonessential
OFF.
Non ... " ..Il&l Electrical
EI..,tric&l Equipment
Equipmcn' "-- O".
Flight
TERMINATE as
soon ....
as practical.
Plllbl -. TERMINATE
... eooo.
pnu:'Ic&l.
LOW-VOLTAGE
FLIGHT
lOW.VOLTAGE LIGHT
Ll GHT ILLUMINATES
IlLUMINATES DURING FLlGHT
(Ammeter
(Ammlll.. Indicates
Ind ic.l" Discharge)
Dllch.rgel
N=
NOTE
Illumination
lIIumln ..llon of
or the
Ule low-voltage
low. Y.. I~ light
Il,,111 may
..... y occur
_u. during
durln,
low
load
lo.. RPM
"'l'M conditions
OCIlldlllo"" with
wllb an
0U1 electrical
elecl1ic .. llo
..... on the
Ule system
eyelOm
such
a low
these conditions, Il
the
.ucll as
.1 during
durl"V"
low RPM
RPM taxi.
ta,,!. Under
Undertheaeoondllione.
light
out at higher RPM. The
master switch need
not
L11h1 will
wlll go
,00uu.lblgherRPM
Thema.ot.e,.w'ltll
nlHldnc\
be
bo recycled
reo~led since
elno. .an
. n over-voltage
ov. r. ,"Oltage condition
condltlon has
Il ... not
noi
llom ..
yawJU.
occurred
alternator
system.
oocurncl to
lO de-activate
d.o.cUv .... the
th
lO
1.
\.
2.
2.
Radios--OFF.
Rad.!o ... OFF.
Alternator
11.11..... &10. Circuit
ClrcuLI Breaker
areake.-- CHECK
CHECK IN.
IN.
3.
3.
4.
4.
5.
~
Master
N ... Ie. Switch
8w1lCb. -.. OFF
O", (both
(both sides).
.I~ ... ) .
Master
-- ON.
M&II'-r Switch
Swlldl
Ot'! .
Low-Voltage
\,.(no.Voltq;e Light
Wghl . CHECK
CHECK OFF.
OPF.
6.
I.
Radios
-- ON.
R..tl<>l
ONo
n
n
If
Il low-voltage
low.vol~ light
U,hl illuminates
!lI"... I.... _ again:
aplll:
7.
7.
8.
8.
9.
\I
Alternator
Allenlr.lO. OFF.
OPI".
Nonessential
Nonen.nll .. 1Radio
Radio and
And Electrical
El""bc&l Equipment
]Equip",.m - OFF.
01"1".
Flight
"'111M --.. TERMINATE
TERMINATE as
... soon
IOOOn as
&II practical.
practlc&l.
,.
July 1979
111711
1l July
3-8
CESSNA
C~;SSN'"
SECTION
5ECTlON 33
]';M],;HO~NCY PROCEDURES
PHOCEOURES
EMERGENCY
MOOEL 152
1&2
MODEL
AMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
HJGINE FAILURE
ENGINE
u..
If
an engine
occurs
during the
Il ....
net ... failure
laU".. 000
..... <luriIIl
11M takeoff
I&IleoII run,
"'". the most
III<HIt important
Impona.nl
thing
to do
do is
stop
on the
runway.
Those extra
tI\l" ....
I.....
p the airplane
alrpllo.lleoa
lIMo remaining
remalaluarv.a
... ~. 'IbOM
uln items
I......
011 the
th.o checklist
,,'-1<11.1 will
wllI provide
pro"l/h added
&ddecI ...rel)'.ne,
DI this
thllo type.
I)'PII.
on
safety after e
a failure of
u..
leu....
Prompt lowering
IDwe .. Ln .. of
ot the
tha ...,..
IO maintain
mall>laln airspeed
al ..p"<! """
. labllell aaallde
Prompt
nose to
and .
establish
glide
attitude
response
engine failure
attlCucie is
Ilo the
11M first
111111 ...
po .... to
lO an
&D e"gI".
1.11...... after takeoff.
tak ... rr. In
111 most
"''''1
cases, the landing
should be
ahead
with
UN"
i&lldlI IbIIW only
0111), small
ema.\1
eh
...... In
lO avoid
.YOI<I obstructions.
o_U'\I~lIona. Altitude
Aiutude and
&Dd .....
~ ...
changes
in <llrecUon
direction to
airspeed
are
seldom
sufficient to
necessary to return
the
Id"," ."Inclanl
lO execute
uecUIe a 180
1110" gliding
.. Ildlnl turn
t\lnl_M.ly'"
rellU'D to
tGth.o
nLIlW&)'.
proced ...........
ume that
thal o.d.6q
....1e time
Urne ul
... IO
runway. T_
The cnecl<lu.t
checklist procedures
assume
adequate
exists
to
SOC"re
h ..1 and
-.nd ignition
tgnttio...systems
)'alamo prior to
lO lOualldo
.... .
secure the fuel
touchdown.
.n...
u..
u..
After
an '''l'h,,,
engine 1.tI
failure
in flight,
glide apem
speed aa
as .........
shown in
... fler &li
.... Ut
mlll1- the
Ute best
but,llde
In figure
nl"'re
3\ .lIoul<l
boli .e<&blilobod
pOtI.ibloo. While
WIlU. alldlnl'
3-1
should be
established ...
as q"iekl)'
quickly ...
as possible.
gliding 1O'III'ard
toward a
...
ita.bl. landing
landlnl' ........
_ made
... &<1& to
IO identify
IdGIIUf)' the"
. . . . oIUte
suitable
area, an ellon
effort .Ilo\lld
should be
the cause
of the
1.i1 ..... If
tI 11m.
PllmllI.....
" erolifle
l'fII~t ,1Io
.. 1d ~
.bown in
In
failure.
time permits,
an
engine restart
should
be alle..,pLed
attempted aa
as shown
the
checklist. 111M
If the a"et".
engine "",,Dol
cannot be
restarted,
a Ion:e<i
forced landing
Ib. chM:ldial.
ile re
.... rto<I ...
landin, without
..!tho.. t
pow ... m
.. al Ile
power
must
be compla'-d.
completed.
IVJOO
12,000
u-
<
LLI
O
<
~
h
:0.000
10,000
8000
ft*
6000
~
4000
* SPEED 60 KiAS
2000
* PROPELLER WINDMILLI NG
* FLAPS UP
A
10
12
*ZERO WIN D
14
16
18
20
O~OUfID
GROUND D'ST..o.HCE
DISTANCE - HAIlTlCAl
NAUTICAL MlUS
MILES
Figure 3-1.
Maximum Glide
l1 J"I)'
July 1l17li
1979
3-9
SECTION
3
SECTIONJ
EMERGENCY
EN.6f1G!:lNCY PROCEDURES
Pl!.OCSDURE5
CESSNA
MODEL
152
l~
FORCED
LANDINGS
FORCEO LANOINGS
a'I<""p"
If
11 all
.Il attempts to
Lo
m'a
restart
the
engine ll
fail ..
and a 10'_
forced 1&n4L.o.,
landing 'o
is
.....
LlLe on,m.
imminent,
select
and prepare
the laodJ.n8
landing &O
as <11..,..._
discussed
1mm1 .. on<. ..
,.." a suitable
.~lLab'o field
n old &Dd
prepa .. for
lor "'O
u"Mr the
'bo Emergency
Emo,pney Landing
!.aDdl"i' WllllQu'
Powor cb
.. kll.~
under
Without E0i'lo.
Engine Power
checklist.
Before
attempting
an
"off
airport"
landing
with
engine
power
available, one should fly over the landing area at a safe but low altitude to
inspect the terrain for obstructions and surface conditions, proceeding as
discussed under the Precautionary Landing With Engine Power checklist.
Prepare
ditching by ....
securing
or )"Uloonln8
jettisoning h_vy
heavy obi"""
objects Ioc&ted
located
l'r1Ip ...,, for
/or dllcblni'
,,, l''lI Or
.r
10<""'''
0.-
_U_
in
the baggage
and collect fold<>d
folded ""
coats
occupants'
In "'"
baggage area ond
.... for
/0' protection
pro"""lo" 0of1 """""pont.'
face
I..,.
at touchdown.
Transmit M
Mayday
IO"".. ""...... 'l'raolUlllL
..yd&)' message
m .... p on
.121.5
2'-11
MHz i'IVln8
giving
MH~
location .nd
and intentions,
squawk
7700 if
is 'notallod.
installed.
'o .. ntloo and
a"" oqu.w
~ '1'11)0
LI a.. transponder
"~.pcndO, lo
'.Ddln ~ flare because
U... <>l'
'o judging
Ju4l1n. height
b.llhL "".
r oa water
w .... '
Avol<! a landing
Avoid
of dUlieulty
difficulty in
over
n.r.. _ ..
surface.
.urh.oo.
LANOING
L
LANDING WITHOUT ELEVATOR CONTRO
CONTROL
Trim for horizontal flight (with an airspeed of approximately 55 KIAS
and flaps lowered to 20) by using throttle and elevator trim controls. Then
do not change the elevator trim control setting; control the glide angle by
adjusting power exclusively.
AL flareout,
no_u~ the
"'" nose-down
o..-.dow" ",omon'
/rom power
pc ..... , _"oLloo
At
moment ",o"ltlni'
resulting from
reduction lo.
is
..:l'''',...,/''''''', ....
an adverse factor and

airplane may
hit on ilio
the ""
nose
Consequent
&li
d the
'ho o'<plano
IDoy htl
.. wheel.
wb .. l. eonNlluon'.
ly. at
o, flareout,
n."",,,~ the
Ihe 'rim
""l "",ould
bo ..
ilio lull
Llo" ....
<1
ly,
trim """
control
should be
set, o'
at the
full n.,._up
nose-up "..01
position
and
..:IJ"...... """'
the
rotate
to ,the
.no power
PC"M adjusted so that the
ili airplane
l'1'lano will
wlll "''''
.. '''
.... horizontal
borbonLal. oattitude
..l,,,do
lor "'"Ohdowo.
..... 'hO
I1l1"QttI. at
aL "'uell.down.
for
touchdown. c
Close
the throttle
touchdown.
"
FIRES
AlLhoUi'h engine
oni'''o Il
..... .are
... ULl"Omo'y
ra,.., in
In nigh~
topo <>l'
Although
fires
extremely rare
flight, 'bo
the .steps
of Ihe
the
.ppropri .... "h..,kU

should
ohould be
bo followed
10110",000:1 if
II ono
IO 0"00"""'_.
AI"',
appropriate
checklist
one is
encountered. After
comp'oUo"
proood"ro. ""oculo
I"",od 'andl"l.
D<> no'
IO
completion 01
of "'lo
this procedure,
execute
a forced
landing. Do
not o.L"'m".
attempt to
onrlne.
,," ", ~n the

,h ~ engine.
restart
no.
!ftd!oo'lO" 01011
u ... lIy "'"
The In!".!
initial indication
of an .'"""lOoIU,..,I.
electrical fire is usually
the odorofbumlni
odor of burning
lou'a 'i"o. Tbo
.. for
fo, "H.
insulation.
The ehoekJi
checklist
this p"'blom
problem slt<>uld
should ",.ua
result in
in oUmtna'ion
elimination of
of
ilio Il .....
the fire.
33-10
10
'Ju'y
1 July 1979
CESSNA
CESSNA
SECTION
SEC'l'ION 33
MODEL
MOOELI5t
152
EMERGENCY
PROCEDIJRES
EMERGENCV OPERATION
QPERAT1QN IN CLOUDS
CLQUOS
EMERGENCY
(Vacuum System Failure)
Failure)
In
In the
III ......
event
nI of
01 a& vacuum
v&Cllllm system
ayetem failure
f.il ...... during
d""'ng flight,
ni"IIL the
11M directional
dinoc:lion.1
i nd lC&lOr and
a.nd .111
...... indicator
iAdic.lOr will
...iII be
b40 disabled,
diUbh.d .....
d the
ilio pilot
pilol will
w.lI have
ban to
lO
indicator
attitude
and
noI)' ""
0.1>. turn
I... n c00_I.0<
it he
ba inadvertently
1tIad,,~rwntl)' flies
!II.. into
lotO clo,,1b.
Tbe
rely
on the
coordinator if
clouds. The
following
assume that
electrically-powered turn
follo ... lnll instructions
ln.lruodona ......
0.1>", only
onl)' the
Ule eleclrtcaU)'-poweNld
m.
".m
coordln.lO'
l.8 operative,
o.,....Uv .. and
end that
Ih.IUla
pllo. is
u. not
no< ""m
pl... l)' proficient
pmnclenl in
In
coordinator is
the pilot
completely
instrument
flying.
"'
..,rum.ftI ")'In.
EXECUTING
EXECUTING A 180
180 TURN IN CLOUOS
CLOUDS
Upon inadvertently
inacl"o""olly enterlnllUl.
entering the olouda.
clouds, &olmmedl.te
an immediate plan
pIan should be
be
mado to
tO turn
rum back
bo.ck as
... follows:
fOllo"II:
made
l
1.
II.
2.
3.
4.
5.
~.
6.
G.
Note the
III. comp
.... heading.
Il ....lIna.
Note
compass
u..
Note
No .. the
tll. tlma
time of
01 the
\ba minute
min .... hand
"""d and
..... observe
tIb ........ the position
_iti"n Dr
of the
\ba
....
Hp second hand
..... d on
OD the
th. clock.
sweep
Wholn the
Il aw
...p ftInd
Il ... d indicates
Indie.... 1110
.. te.
When
sweep
second hand
the ~1I.n>S\
nearest hall-mln
half-minute,
;,,111&te a ~standard
.... d.&td n
.. left
101. turn,
t .. rn. holdlne
tbe turn
tu ... coordinator
COOrdin .. lO'
initiate
rate
holding the
aymboUc ..
Irpl."a wing
wl"l1 oPpollle
\.balowe.
le!! index
lndex mark
m..-k for
lo. 80
symbolic
airplane
opposite the
lower left
60
seconds.
roll bacio
back to
the miniature
oo<:onda. Then
Thcn 1011
IO level
1.,,01 flight
fIlllhl by leveling
levellnlltho
mio; .. ,,,,",,
airplane.
al,pla"e.
Check aecunoy
accuracy of
of the
compass
Check
Ille turn
lum by observing
ob.. rvlnll the
' he eomp
..... heading
headlne
...
hlch sho"ld
boIlha
,eclproc .. l of the
\h. orlalo
.. l heading.
h.adlne:.
which
should be
the reciprocal
original
If
adjust heading
with
skidding
!f necessary,
n_ .... y. !WIj".1
h..... i"l1 primarily
IIr,m ... Uy ...
ilh ok
iddiolJ motions
mo"on~
rather
so Ilo
that
compass will
read more
... th~. than
Ihan rolling
rollinlr motions
motion"o
..1 the
'he compui
w\ll ..,ad
mc ....
,,,,,,
... atel)'.
accurately.
Maintain
altitude
and a.lrapeod
airspeed by c
cautious
application
of elevator
Mal"I
.. ln .l
litude ADd
..ullnuo "p
pUlla.\ion 01
elevatOr
conlro!.
Ir..,pln ; the
'ho hands
h.. ndo n"lhaeonlrol
control. Avoid ov,roontrolllneb)'
overcontrolling by keeping
off the control
wh..,l &8
mllo" ....
nd .te
lng only 101111
ruddu.
wheel
as much
as posalbl,
possible ..
and
steering
with rudder.
EMERGENCY
EM
ERG ENCY DESCENT THROUGH CLOUDS
II
ude reestablishment
.... tabU.hmenl of VI'lI
ntChl by
by.a 180
180" lurn
If condltlon.
conditions precl
preclude
VFR flight
turn,...
a
da_c.n,
t.hrougll ..a eloud
VI'tI. cond
ltJon. may
m&)' be .pproprl
.... If
Il
descent through
cloud deck IO
to VFR
conditions
appropriate.
possible,
obtain rad.o
radio cl
clearance
for
an emergency
clouds.
po
,bl . cbU""
... ranca fu
......
m pnc)' ddescent
..c.ml through
thmu!!"" c1oud
.
guard
against ..
a s
spiral
dive, ellooH""
choose an ......
easterly
westerly
to
To ...
anI "I(.,nol
pl.aI di"a.
\.y "or...
n .... rly "heading
..... iDM: IO
...
iniml,.. <:o.
npa~, card swings d"l
IO cll.",lnl
.... In addition,
add.liu,,minimize
compass
due to
changing beak
bank ."M'I
angles.
kkeep
... p Ilhands
.... <lI ott
... l ...
hC(OI &od
a Istraight
....e /,hl _....,
111> rudder
off \.be
the cool
control
wheel
and __
steer
course ...
with
conlrol
. ~ioll&lly
\be
control by mooitorl",
monitoring lI>e
the IUro
turn coordinalO
coordinator.
Occasionally ch""lt
check the
compass heedln,
heading Wld
and malte
make m"'o.
minor oo
corrections
to bold
hold en
an .pproJ:lma
approximate
eompan
....,Uo", lO
....
eou"'
. Before
Be!ore d_ndlnC
lIIe cclouds,
' ouel Hl
course.
descending InlO
into the
set up ..
a aleblllUld
stabilized le1--do"",
let-down
condilion
condition &II
as follo"'5:
follows:
.wiD,.
1.
I1 July
Apply
full rk:II
rich mblure.
mixture.
App'Y fUll
1m
1979
3-11
'H
SECTION 3J
I>ME HCENCY PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY
2.
CESSN A
CESSNA
MODEL
MODEL 152
I~
U .. full
(ull carburetor
cu!;n. . .lOr heat.
Mat.
Use
R<I<I,,,,..
3.
3.
power to
IO set
H l up
llp a 500
IO 800
800 ft/min
fll ", in rate
, aW of
01 descent.
dHCW"t.
Reduce power
500 to
4.
4.
5.
5.
8.
6.
Adjust
elevator
a stabilized
descent
70 KIAS.
AdJ"'" the
.be ..
lov"lOr trim
trlm for
lo .......
b IUzecI. de
..... nl at
0.17'0
KIAS.
K ... p hands
110.1148 off
nrt control
"""1.01 wheel.
... h. .l.
Keep
M"",IO, turn
luno """nll"'lOr
~ make
malie corrections
co,...,lIo,,& by
by rudder
rudd alono.
Monitor
coordinator and
alone.
7.
Cbeck
lreDd of
01 com
p6'" ...
nI movement
movelUCn! J.nd
malul cautious
ca.uUoua
Check trend
compass
card
and make
noddar
corrections
with
stop turn.
co""",,'lon ....
1111 rudder to
IO atop
"'m.
8.
or
u"""
Upon breaking
resume normal
cruising flight.
b .....ld nl 0out
.. \ of clouds,
cloud ......
DOnnal crul.1nl
DI;!>I.
RE COVERV FROM
FR OM A S
PIR A l DIVE
O IVE
RECOVERY
SPIRAL
If a spire!
spiral is
encountered, proceed
as
Il.
la eoooUDlered.
p l'OXlHCl. .
. follows:
folloWII:
l.
1.
2.
t..
Close the
lbe throttle.
lllronl
Stop the
coordinated aileron
and nollde.
rudder control
SIOP
u.. turn
... m by using
.. ,In& ooorcllnlUed
.11...... J.nd
CODINI to
IO
Rllp the
Ille omboUe
hl 'lle
,U", coord.lnalO,
.Im the
\be
align
symbolic .Irpl.ne
airplane in
the turn
coordinator with
m ......... llne
horlson reference line.

horizon
J.
3.
~.
4.
6.
5.
6.
7.
8.
C.. utlo .... ly .ppl)'

..... 1", back
buk p
.......... to
IO .10
....1)' reduce
.oduoe the
lIIe
Cautiously
apply .1
elevator
pressure
slowly
al"'~
IO 70 KIAS.
KIAS.
airspeed to
Ad..J
.... 1 the
III~ eleva",.
malnl.'""a 70 KIAS
K IAS ,11"".
Adjust
elevator trim co"lmllo
control to maintain
glide.
K..... p b&lldo
",<Id., "control
.. nlml to
IO hold
hald a..
Keep
hands ort
off Ihe
the cooll'Ol
control wllOflI
wheel,.....
using rudder
alral.1II
lIeadllllf.
straight heading.
"'iI"
'"If
1.
I\PI>I)' c.rburalO'
...
Apply
carburetor Il
heat.
Clear en~ne
engine oocuioo.U)'.
occasionally, but
avoid using
enough power
Cre.r
bUI ."old
u.lni" ollough
"" "'., to
IO
dlSlurb
Ibe ttrimmed
rlmmod glide.
rllde.
disturb the
out o,
of ..
clouds,
cruising flight.
Upon breaking
bre... klnr OUI
Ioud . resume
'&II"m. normal "",15lnl
flIgtlt.
"
INA
D VERTENT FLl
GHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS
INADVERTENT
FLIGHT
t'hghl
In'o icing
ICIOIl" condltiona
la prohibited.
proll lbitod. An Inadv
.....",.neo"n"'r
Flight into
conditions is
inadvertent
encounter
w.lh IlIe
... ""
.. d,U"n. C&ll
handlad Il.Ini
Ih. eh.ekll
.. , procedures.
pmcedores
with
these
conditions
can boia'
best bo!
be handled
using the
checklist
The best
procedure,
course,
is to
or "h.nlf'l
change a1
altitude
to uc"pe
escape
TIle
b<:iIll>l"<JC1tdu
. of ""u"'
. i.
lO turn
tura back
b&ck Of
tilud. la
ICIII
icing ",,"dIOII~.
conditions.
SPtNS
SPINS
inadvertent
spin oooOf.
occur, III.
the follo
following
recovery prooochue
procedure
Should an Inad"'
I"<$'" .pln
.. lne I"fICOvery
.Ilould
bo! IIIed:
should be
used:
1.
I.
Il
2.
3.
3.
PLACE AIW;;RONS
AILERONS IN NEUTRAL POSITION.
"!..ACE
Rt:TAKO THRCl'ITLIi:
RETARD
THROTTLE TO IDLI!:
IDLE f'OSmON
POSITION.
APPLY AND HOLD l'UI.t.
FULL nUDCEI!
RUDDER OI'POSrn;
OPPOSITE TO THE DIREC.
DIRECTION 01'"
OF ROTATiON.
ROTATION.
3-11
3-12
I1 Jul)'
July
1m
1979
CESSNA
Cr.SSN"
SECTION 3
3
MODEL 152
U2
MODEL
4.
4.
EMERGENCY
8M8ROENCY PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
JUST AFTER
AlfTIUt THE
TH I!: RUDDER
RUOOER REACHES
RE"CHES THE
THE STOP,
STOP. MOVE
MOVE THE
THE
JUST
CONTROL
CONTROL WHEEL
WHEEL BRISKLY
BRISKLY FORWARD
FORWIl1\D FAR
F"R ENOUGH
ENOUGH TO
TG
BREAK THE STII.1.L.

el .... lOr m.y
requ1red a'
oe"ter
rr.vlty loacll"","
u ... optlm"", .-.co""rt......
5.
HOLD TI1ESE
INMFT'S UNTIL ROTATION
ROT"TION STOPS.
STOPS.
5.
HOLD
THESE CONTROL INPUTS
Pnom.tu.....
,.,..Ilon of
IIfthe
l nputa may
"'aJ' .","'nd
tha recov
nK;OV'
Premature
relaxation
the ",,"tml
control inputs
extend the
BREAK THE STALL. Full

down elevator may be
F'ul.l <Iown
be required at aft
a!t
center 0
of1 gravity loadings to
assure optimum recoveries.
\o ...
.ry.
ery.
6.
So
AS
"8 ROTATION
ItOTATION STOPS,
STOPS. NEUTRALIZE
NE UTR.ALlZ& RUDDER,
RUOCER. AND
ANO MAKE
MII.KE A
THE RESULTING
RESULTlNO DIVE.
DIVE.
SMOOTH RECOVERY FROM THE
NOTE
If
determination of the
U disorientation
dlsorlen",t"'n precludes
p..aludH a visual
'11.".1 """'rmln.tlon
the
u..
dlNello" 01
tOtalio ... the a)'lTlbollc
'n the turn
tu",
direction
of rotation,
symbolic .Irplana
airplane in
coordinator
referred
to for
coordln.l-O' may
m.y be
ba ..
ru.-.cll-O
lor this
Ulle information.
1" (onn.IIDI!..
rtIvery.
FOt
\o/o...... tloll 011

.pia recovery, se-e-lhe
For IlddLtionai
additional information
on .pial
spins .IMI
and spin
see the dlscus
discus
aiOll.
unde. SPINS in
III Nnr",Ll
4).
sion under
Normal Prooedu,,"
Procedures (SeeUo"
(Section 4).
ROUGH ENGINE OPERATION OR lOSS

LOSS OF
R
POWE
POWER
CARBURETOR ICI
NO
ICING
A
gradual
loss 01
of RPM ..
and
eventual ~"II"L"
engine roughness
from
l'L i(rwlu
.. llo~.
,,~ ~v~Ulu.l
ruu]j"hnu"" may
mo.y result
, ... "lt ["'m
\he
.. rburCl-Ot le
. To el"
tb. leG
a,,~ pull
the lermallon
formation 01
of e
carburetor
ice.
clear the
ice,. apply lulllhroUlu
full throttle and
Iho ot.!"burOlOr
he.\ knob
kDOb full
fU1I out until
"IlIU the
\ho cnllln~
'llIooll,ly: then
IhcIl
the
carburetor heat
engine run.
runs smoothly;
remove eerbUl'fllOr
carburetor h
heat
readjust the throUle,
throttle. 11
If condltlons
conditions require
rcmove
.... t and ."adju.'llle
n-qulre the
tbc
continued """
use 01
of "etbul'fIl-Or
carburetor hUll11
heat in ornl"
cruise flight,
use the
amount
conlln,,""
nll'hl. U"
Ihe minimum
ml"lmnm emonnl
of heat
to preven
preventt 101
ice from
forming ....
and
the mixture
slightly
01
Ilnl nnecessary
..... ~nry IO
Ir<lm forml"l'
d llean
..." Ihl
mlxtnno ~1ll'btly
lor .m""t~e.t
for
smoothest '"gln.
engine """.etlon.
operation.
SPARK PLUG FOU

lI NO
FOULING
A aUi(hl
slight <l''lIlDl
engine "'''
roughness
flight
be eaullOd
caused by o
one
or IDO
more
.. h ..... in Ili
.. hl may
lnay ba
... Dt
...
spark plup
plugs Ileool"iD]j"
becoming I""l..t
fouled by ".""'IL
carbon Or
or lead
deposits. Tbi.
This may
sp.rk
I~ad d"po.itw.
",ey be
verified by tunLl"ltlut
turning the II1"lllo"
ignition ...
switch
momentarily lrom
from BOTH to
either L
verltled
l'''h m"mcnl&rUy
lO~ilhet
or R po.llion.
position. An obvloue
obvious power
single ignition
operation
is
o,
po_' loss
lo" in
l" .iDllll
l""ll1o" ope",.
I"" 15
evidence
of 'peri<
spark plUI
plug or magneto
spark
are
.vlde
...... 01
m ..... eu. trouble.
trouble. Assumingthat
AuumLnlllbat $p
.. rII plugs
plnlsere
the more likely
cause, llean
the ml
mixture
to "'O
the recommended
setting
for
'ne
Uk.lycaulH.
..... ,h,
....u ... loti
reoomme"ded lean
lu" ....
mnl'lor
crui.inl"
.. 1\01
In ....
""..1 minu
.....
cruising ml"~l.
flight. II
If "'.
the prollle",
problem do
does
not el.a.
clear up in
several
minutes,
determine if
richer mi"tn
mixture
setting
will p
produce
smoother DJMLl"UlmL.
operation. 11
If
d.letmi"a
LI ..a ""he.
....
IUnli .,lI
....... LLCOI _m"""'et
not,
proceed
to "'e
the n
nearest
airport fo
for
repairs
using
the BOTH
position of
no~ p
....... IO
....et .Irpon
...
p.lra ...
lnl' ULa
HOTH po~itiOD
11 JuJy
July 1l17li
1979
3-13
SF.CTION 3J
SECTION
EMER(;ENCY PROCEDURES
PI!.OCEDURES
EMERGENCY
CESSNA
CESSNA
MODEL
MODE!. 152
1.5t
1FI111""
the
dictates the
!ho ignition switch
nrll<lh unless
"nl.... extreme
ulreme roughness
ro",lIne .. dlctaln
w use
" ... of
Df a single
aingl.
19n1tlod po.llldn.
ignition position.
MAGNETO M
Al FU N CTl ON
MALFUNCTION
.udde"
A
A sudden en,l".
engine roughness
rourh_ dr
or misfiring
mlsfirln, is
~ usually
".,,&11)' e-vLokdC9
evidence dI
of
magneto
either L
switch
m
.""lO problems.
protll"", . Switching
S .. I\ellln, from
tn>nI BOTH
80TH to
lo elUla.
L. or
or R ignition
lplllod swlleh
poSl,lon will
wlll identify
Id.dllt)' which
wlllell magneto
macne!<> is
I. malfunctioning.
malfunetlonln,. Select
SelllCl different
dlff,,~dt
position
po_r ~Unl.
tlle mixture
ml""'~ to
lo determine
de\ennlne if
U continued
DODllnued
power
settings and enrlellen
enrichen the
operation
If not,
switch
the good
o""
.. tlon on BOTH
nOTII magnetos
magna\.M is
lo practicable.
praet\eab". If
nOI. ...
n,,11 to
'" Ule
,00II
m
. . . .oo ..
nd proceed
p ...... e<t to
00 Ula
n ......, ..
Irport for
lor repairs.
"'paL,...
magneto
and
the nearest
airport
lOW
l PR
ESSU R E
LOW Cl
OIL
PRESSURE
Il low 011
p ....W"O is
\ti accompanied
-.npronlood by normal
lIorm&l oil temperature,
lempent"..,. Ille,..
If
oil pressure
there ..
is
the 011
oil pressure
gage or ,..Ilel
relief valve
leak
a possibility
poUlblllly III.
prosa .. " ,aceOr
yalva is
Le malfunctioning.
mallUnctLolllnfr. A le
....
In
Ille Ilne
00 the
Ule gage
,.~ is
le not necessarily
_
......tly ....
u ... for
lo. an immediate
Immedla'"
in the
line to
cause
preca"'lon .. ,y landing
l.. ndlng because
...., .... ". ..
n orifice
o.lll.,. in
ln this
IlIleUne
.. HL prevent
p ..""nl ....
<Iden
precautionary
an
line will
a sudden
lloss
..... Dr
.. mp. However,
Ilo .........a landing
LandLn&" ..
ne",..ol ..
lrport
of DII
oil !rom
from lhoo
the .n~n.
engine a
sump.
atIUle
the nearest
airport
wDuld be
bo! ad.yill&bl.
'" inspect
inapal the
u. ......
,...,. 01
IIL .
would
advisable to
source
of trouble.
= ..
II
If
Il
... or
p ........... is
l ..,OOmpanlo<l
L"" in
In oLi
a IOlal
total lo
loss
of 011
oil pressure
accompanied by
a
rise
oil
temperature,
is good reason
to e
suspect
an
imminent.
lempe."'...... there
tll ... 18
... aeon '"
.. opeot ..
n ..engine
nlflne failure
I.. U..... is
l.lmmlnenl
IlMuoe .engine
ngln. power ImmodlaleL)'
l"",t a ...
Ilabl" forcod
landln&,
Reduce
immediately and ..
select
suitable
forced landing
Use
U... onl)'
only the
'he minimum
mlnlm"m power required
""",1,0<1 to
lo ,....,11
reach IlIe
the des!rod
desired
IDuchdnwn
field.
f;~ld.
touchdown opol
spot..
ElECTRICAl POWER SUPPLY

SUPPl Y SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL
MAlFUNCTIONS
MALFUNCTIONS
Malfunctions
in the
electrical
supply
system .......
can be del<l<:l00
detected by
Malfunctlode In
Ille .leotrl
....1 power
po .......
pply ,y'l/Im
monitoring
of Ih
the
ammeter
and lowYOllAie
low-voltage "'.mln&"
warning light;
monlto.
llI&, 01
.....
"'.ler ~"
Ii&"h~
hDw"ver.
...... olth
... maUunctlone
I......
&lly "tnlcult
however, Ule
the c
cause
of these
malfunctions is
usually
difficult '"
to determ1n~.
determine.
A broken
b,..,kon al
.. m ..",. drivo
..... or
alternator
drive ..,.1\
belt or "'Irln,
wiring lo
is mool
most Hkel)'
likely Ule
the ca
cause
of
alternator failures,
although oUl
other
could
cause th.
the prnblem.
problem. A
al"',..,.IO.
lail ...... &11.110"111
.. factors
'..,00.. co
.. Ld ca,._
periodic
periodle
damaged or Impn>pad)'
improperly &dj
adjusted
alternator
control unlt
unit can alan
also c
cause
dam&"ed
... I.... alle
......"'. COlIIn>!
......
mallunell""
malfunctions.
. ProbIOIll.
Problems or
of Ulla
this n.t
nature
.... con"it
constitute
.. t<o an .1""ldeal
electrical eme~ocy
emergency
~d
.. ld be d&alt
mall .. ncliollil
and ol>o
should
dealt w\tII
with ImmlldJ.lel)'.
immediately. E10Clrlcal
Electrical power malfunctions
usually
fall IlIlO
into 1"'0
two O&Ie&"Qrl-=
categories: uooulye
excessive '.Ie
rate olcb&rJean4inwtticicDI
of charge and insufficient
...
".lIy r.ll
....
'" or
p.r'4!".phl belO"
rate
of eha..,..
charge. TII.
The paragraphs
below deoscrlbo!
describe Ule
the ~ndo<l
recommended ffrnedy
remedy
ro,
for .",,1>
each 8l1Uallon.
situation.
EXCESSt\l
E RATE OF C
HARGE
EXCESSIVE
CHARGE
...
After engine starting and heavy electrical usage at low engine speeds
3-14
I1 July 1979
"
.J
C~SSNA
CESSNA
MODEL 152
152
MODEL
SECTION
SECTION 33
PROCEOURES
EMERGENCY
(.ucb as
lUI extended
uLel1dod taxiing)
'"",lI".1 the
!.bit b&11.ery
ooodltlon will
wUl be
~ low
1_ enough
cnough to
\O
(such
battery condition
""r1",
accept
charging during the
....,.,pt above
tobOve normal
nonn.1eharrl"l
~h. initial
1n!tl.1 part
p.n of
or aa flight.
fll~l However,
t1"",,,v,, .
after
indicating
..ne. thirty
!bl"y minutes
mlnuloOB of
0 1 cruising
c ... lstlll flight,
mlM. the ammeter
AfrImal<lr should
ab""ld be
IHIlndlc"lng
11>"" ,.....
u..
less
widths
charging current.
the charging rate
IMe than two needle
n_l ...
,d\h. of
orebUS"'1[I:
cUrNnL If
Itlbe"b.arJ{IDlJ
rate were
... no
\O remain
rem .!.. above
o.b<>ve this value
val ... on
OQ a
.. long
iWl' flight,
mlbl. the
~ battery
ballery would
...... ldovcmutarul
to
overheat and
tb,.
&v .. pon.to. the

lhe .1",,11'01)'1<1
al ....
. .!ve rate.
re~.
evaporate
electrolyte at
an u",
excessive
Electronic
components in
system can
adversely
EIec1n>Dlc OGmpone,,1a
lo the
lbe electrical
el...u1oal ayaUlm
<1&1\ be
be ..:ive"",l,.
r.ttO'Cloed
hlpe. than
lhan normal
nonna' voltage.
.. 01...... The
,.,.., aI"'",&t<>r
1...1 unit
unlt
affected by higher
alternator ......
control
includes
sensor
which
shut
!nelud... an over-voltage
o".... Yollalf'l ..
".., ...
hlch normally
IIOnnally will
..ili automatically
.ul.om~Uy .IIul
''''",alO'
alternator if
the charge voltage
31.5 volts.
down the
1.11
lllhechal'fla
voI".. reaches
.....11. . approximately
appru.r.iIn .. I.lly31.3
vult&.
u..
Il the """.yolla
., ..
m.or malfunctions
m.Uu .. Clloa. Or
i. improperly
,mproperl)' &dju~led.
If
over-voltage
sensor
or is
adjusted, lUI
as
evlllc ...::ed by ....
rele of
01 ebu,e
00 the
Ibe ammeter,
~""r. the
\be
evidenced
an oiCOlSsLve
excessive rate
charge ,bo."
shown on
alternator
should be
off,.
alternator
nones.11<:
..... 10. ahould
be turned
lumed on
Llarn."'. "circuit
1,,,..11 breaker
b... aker pulled,
puUfId. nones
sential
electrical
off and the
terminated lUI
as soon
as
....
" 11.1 ol...::u1"
... equipment
equlpmeno turned
lumed o"."d
!he flight
nllh< "'""In.te<!
"""" ...
pr..rueal
practical.
INSU
FFICIENT RATE OF
OF CHARGE
CHAR GE
INSUFFICIENT
,,>'"
NOTE
llIumln ..Uon 01
Uli low-voltage
1"",.YoUo.c- light
1I1hl ..
noi ammeter
ammelorc dis
d!~
Illumination
of the
and
charge
occur during
conditions
eh
.. r,e indications
!nd!e.. Unnl may
mo.,y <lCeu.
duri"l low
lo ... RPM
RPM ""od,l!onK
with
an el
electrical
on the
system,....
such
as durlnl!.'
during a
... tlh .0
.. tl'1ul load
10101 un
Iho Iyllorm
ch Il
I low
lo ..
RPM taxi.
conditions, the
go out at
t.'... Under
Unde, these
11>... """dltlono.
tho light
IIght will
... LUgoDul.t
bl"hlc RPM. Tha
mu~r,wJlch
n..od not
0(11 be recycled
ro<:yclod since
.lnoo
higher
The master
switch need
over-voltage oond!ttoll
condition has
occurred to
de-activate
an nycr.yollAi\e
b not ocou~
l<> de.cUva\e
the .ltornMor
alternator oyltern.
system.
tho
If
over-voltage Hn""r
sensor ohould
should o.hul
shut down Il
the
alternator, DC
or if
Il the oVlr.voltlg<l
altern.toT,
Il the
Ula
alternator
circuit
should trip,
a dl..,lu"/f1
discharge rate
on the
~!
... rnatnr elreu
Il breaker
breako, ahould
trop .
ralu will
.... 11 be shown
ahownon
<h.
amm.L1'
.llumln.lioo of the
lh~ low-voltage
low.yol!.ail~ warning
.... mlog light.
lighl. Sioc.
ammeter foHow.,!
followed by illumination
Since
Ibla may
m ..y be
boe _a "au,no"""
t.lpout, In
l<> reactivate
Nac\lVlt.l
this
"nuisance" trip-out,
an ll\empl
attempt ,hOuld
should bo
be mld<:
made to
the
alternator Iynom
system.. To d.o
do this,
the radios
off, Che<lk
check thlt
that the
t.bc l11ero.l<>r
lhl . turn
tom lho
ridio. 0(1.
.1\eI'1l
..t(lr el!'O,,!t
b.... ker is
I. Iin,
n, then
!han turn booth
<hl master
mutoT .wl\l:"
alternator
circuit breaker
both .t""~
sides of the
switch 0(1
off
and th.n
then ....
on "If.!n.
again. lf
If <hl
the problem
exists,
alternator
IOd
prGbllm no longer
loog.r ...
1.10. normal
DO ..... al alLlrnal<>C
charging w.1I
will ..
resume
and the
light will
go off. Th.
The radios
may
cha'8".n8"
~"'" .nd
\b. low-voltage
10.... vol1"1(it ligbl
... 111 ""uf:!.
rwlloo mo.,y
\beo
Il the
\be light
h llhl llLumu.atl'll
mMfuucuoD is
IO
then be luruN
turned back (IO.
on. If
illuminates AIIalo
again,.
a malfunction
confirmed.
this <>venl.
event, 11>0
the flight
should be terminated
and/ or the """
current
""
.. I.. med. In \l,II
nilbtll!>ould
lermio_tod. ..,d/or
...."
drain 00
on llle
the battery mtnlmt.ecl
minimized beQ.UM
because the battery
can lupp
supply
the
drlto
bau.ery Catl
ly Il>e
el...,tr!ca!
Urne. Il
electrical Iyltem
system lor
for only a Umlted
limited per!od
period or
of time.
If tbeemerlenCYOl>Oun
the emergency occurs
uat nlCh
t. powe.
muJt be oonM,...od
l.tor UM
IlOdln, Urllt
night,
power must
conserved lor
for later
use ollhe
of the landing
light &Dd
and
napa
flaps dUMne
during 110<1111'
landing.
l1 July 1!1'711
1979
3-15/(3-16 blaok)
blank)
l-IS/(l-18
CESSNA
CESSNA
MODt;t.1U
MODEL
152
SI':CTI0N 4~
SECTION
NORMA t.PKOCEDURES
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
4
SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
TABlE OF CONTENTS
TABLE
Page
IJlI.l'Od ~cIIOJl.
..
Introduction
Speed .!'"or
NOTmal Operation
OperAlloli
Speeds
For Normal
CH.I!CKLlST PROCEDURES
PROC.l!OUttES
CHECKLIST
.....
Cab",
. .
Cabin
Empenn''1t
Empennage
n1Clll Wing,
Wlng. T,.,.mng
Edg.
Right
Trailing Edge
mCIII Wing
WI .. C
..
Right
No..
. .. .
Nose
lAfI Wing
Wlnll
... .
Left
Left
tAli Wing,
W,nll. Leading
t..oadinl Edge
Ed""
I..<rll Wing,
Wln",. T
.... mnll Edge
Ed~
Left
Trailing
Belo
.... S1II.rUnr
Enrtne
Before
Starting Engine
4-5
4-5
4-5
4-5
,-o
4-5
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-6
"
4-6
Starting Engine
(Temperatures
SUor\lnc
Fonrln. (Temperatu
.... " Above
Abov. Freezing)
"reuln!)
fler......
....
TalodUft

Takeoff
Non'I",1
.
Normal TOllwoff
Takeoff
Sborl
Fltld Taloooff
Short Field
Takeoff
EnrtlUlb
Enroute Cllmb
Climb
Crulse
Cruise
..,.,.
..
,.,.
..,.
,-,
1'.-.f1lgllllnapocuun
Preflight
Inspection
.. ko<>ff
Before "I"
Takeoff
4-3
4-3
,-,
,-,
4-7
4-7
,-,
,-,
4-8
,",-,.
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
..
,-,
De_II'
Descent
Ile/o
... 1Landing
.......111111
Before
4-9
,-,
4-9
......
mhnK . . .
Landing
NOl"InN
.
Normal L.amI,ng
Landing
Sbor\
Short Flold
Field Landl"l
Landing
8a1ked
ndi.o>r
Balked ......
Landing
After ......
ndlnr
Landing
Seeurlnc
....
Securing Alrpl
Airplane
4-9
,-,
,-,
4-9
4-9
4-9
4-10
410
4-10
410
AMI'LJ
I' Um PROCEDURES
f'RO~.I!UUttJ:;S
AMPLIFIED
Starting
8U01U"1
Engine (TQll>peralures
(Temperatures Above F,.......lnl)
Freezing)
E"lIi,,~
Tullnr
Taxiing .
4-11
411
4-11
4
!I
,- ,
L
1 July \979
1979
4-1
SECTION 44
SECTION
NORNAL PROCEDURES
I"'ROC KDUR ES
NORMAL
CI>SSN A
CESSNA
MODEL
MODE L 152
I~
TABLE OF
OF CONTENTS (Continued)
(Continued )
Il,,1,,,," Takeoff
Ta!<..,lr
Before
,.~
Page
413
4-13
...
Wa<m_Up
Warm-Up
M.I'M'O Check
Ch.ek
Magneto
AI~rn.lo r Check
ChOoCk
Alternator
413
4-13
413
4-13
ro .....
c.
lAanlnl' With
Wl th A
A Cessna
na Economy
Econom y Mixture
M ' XL..... Indicator
lod",.",. (EO'!')
Leaning
(EGT)
l"Uel Savings
S ... 'nlrl Procedures
l'roc:edu ..... For
Pu. Flight
Fllgbt Training
Trainin, Operati"n.
Fuel
Operations
S.... Ll.

Stalls
SpIno . . . .
Spins
Ul.Dd.ng
Landing
SIIoM
Fleltl Landing
Lo.ndlnl'
Short Field
CTO$swlnd Landing
(..ondine"
Crosswind
B.lk~ Landing
!.A.... lne
Balked
Coiti
w
O.,.
hon
Cold Weather
Operation
No'" Abatement
Ab ..... 'n.OII
Noise
u.
4-13
413
4-14
411
4-14
414
4-14
41~
4-15
Taktolf . . . . . .
Takeoff
Chllt"k
Power Check
I>.'mjl Flap
Plop Settings
S~U1na:i
Wing
Cro.. wlnd Takeoff
To.Ilool!
Crosswind
En"'''10 Clln,b
Enroute
Climb
CrolSG
Cruise
....
41S
4-15
4 1~
4-15
4- 18
4-16
417
4-17
4'18
4-18
418
4-18
4-20
4-20
4-20
4-21
4-21
4-22
._m
._m
'_m
,-a ~
'"
n
H
"
L
1 July
July 197'9
1979
4-2
CESSNA
MODEL
MODEL 152
1!>lI
S ECTION 44
SECTION
NORMAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
Section 4
checklist and
Sec.lo"
4 provides
provlde. checklltc~
""d amplified
""'1'1111"" procedures
1'"-,,",,, for
lo. the
tII. conduct
cond" ..,
ot
norma! o""r.~lon
pto<ledure. .associated
.oocla\ecl with
.. ttll optional
DptlDnal systems
")'5lem8
of normal
operation. Normal procedures
ean be
be found
fOUnd in
In Section
S<lCtlon 9.
g
can
SPEEOS
NORMAl OPERATION
SPEEDS FOR NORMAL
Unless
speeds ano
are based
a maximum
Unl_ 0otherwise
1Il00 ... ' . . noted,
111118<1, the
tII. following
followin, .PHCb
bue<! on
ollelll&ltlmum
W.~I ol
187'() pounds
_lido and
ud may
m..,. be
ti. used
u&ed for
lor any
...,. lesser
ItMer weight.
... tl&l:I,weight
of 1670
T:ak..,II:
Takeoff:
Normal
Climb Ou.
Out
NOrDIal Cllmb
..
Short
Speed at
50 Feet
Sbo
... Field
Fiold Takeoff,
TtoIIooN. Flaps
na"" 10,
lO". SpHd
a':SO
.......
65-75
KIAS
~~KIAS
....
54 KIAS
~
!<IAS
CUmb. nep"
Climb, Flaps Up:

Up:
NOml.1
........ ...
Normal
Bee' Rate
n.,1e 0of1 Cllmb.
. . Level
!Ani . . . . . . . .
Best
Climb, S
Sea
Be., Rate
!tale 01
10.000 Feet
,......
Best
of Cllmb.
Climb, 10,000
Angl ...
Climb. S
.. Level
lAvtl thru
\1:11'\1 10.000
P'~t
Best Angle
of, Climb,
Sea
10,000 Feet
a..,
70-80
87
67
61
Hl
.... !>5
55
KIAS
KIAS
KIAS
KIAS
KIAS
KIAS
K IAS
Landing
J..a,ndlllg Approach:
Appro""b:
Appt<>Acl>.. "Iap"
Normal Approach,
Flaps Up
Normal Approach,
Nurmal
Approanl:l. Flaps
l'lapa 30
30"
Short
Field Approach,
Sito
... l'lold
Approanb.
KIAS
1"1."" 30"
5:i.~
55-65 KIAS
l.".
M
!<IAS
55 KIAS
Flaps 30
Ba!kod Lo.ndlnl':
Mulmum
Po_er. Flaps
l'lape 30
Maximum Power,
20 . .
Maximum
Turbulent
Air
Speed:
Maxlmum Recommended
11.eoomm.n~.d Turb
..
Alr Penetration
P, ,, utt,,,, 5"
...d:
Balked Landing:
6().711
60-70 KIAS
lH711 Lbs
Lb.
1670
1&00
Lb.
1500 Lbs
1360
Lbol . . . . . .
1350 Lbs

. ...
Maximum
Crosswind Ve""'''y
Velocity
Maxlmum Demonstrated
o..",ollalr.led Croaswlnd
54 KIAS
~KIAS
104
\04 KIAS
98 KIAS
9S
KtAS
MKW;
93 KIAS
12 KNOTS
12
I1 Jujy
July 1979
4-3
CESSNA
I>IOOF.L 152
1~
MODEL
SECTION 4
SE!;TION
NORMALPROCEDVRES
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
n
n
n
n
n
NOTE
NO''"
Visually
Viau&lly check
check airplane
.irJIllolle for
for general
IWnet&l condition
oo"dillO!> during
duri",
w&lk round inspection.

111 .,..,llon. In
In cold
l'Old weather,
wu!he . remove
",movo even
walk-around
am&ll accumulations
""",UW UI"liolll of
01 frost,
lroll. ice
Ice or
O' snow
IliO .. from
from wing,
wlll&. tail
wl
small
and
LII<I control
oonlrol.ur!lC(lt.
surfaces. Also,
AlIKI. make sure that
!h.l control
OOIlU'O\5ur!aeos
surfaces
contain
no internal
accumulations of
"""11110110
lIItern"llC(lU.tllulallonl
01 ice
Ice or
o. debris.
debrlo. Prior
Prlor to
IO
mahl. check
cheol< that
1h.lpllOl
h Ie. (if
(lflnsw.II.c1)
18 warm
... rm to
IO touch
\OUch
flight,
pitot heater
installed) is
within
.. Ilhln 30
30 seconds
oeoondll with
wllh battery
balte,.,. and
.nd pitot
pllol heat
~ I_II"h
switches
on.
DD.
If
l fa. night
nl&l>l flight
ntrhlla
is planned,
plLlln.cl. check
check operation
0!M' .1'Dn of
o/.n
all lights,
hllhta.
and
a flashlight
is available.
LIId make
make sure
""","
OullUpll.
availabl .
mu. "u"'
Figure 4-1.
Preflight Inspection
Jul)' 1!7111
~.4
4-4
1I July 1979
SJ,;CTION 44
SECTION
NOKMAL?ROCEDURES
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
CESSNA
MODEL
MOOP.L, 152
1M!
CHECKLlST PROCEDURES
PROCEDUAES
CHECKLIST
PAEFLlGHT INSPECTION
PREFLIGHT
(!)
CABIN
(T)CABIN
1.
I.
!/.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
H...,dbook- AVAIW\Bt.E IN THE AIRPt.ANE.
Pilot's
Operating Handbook -- AVAILABLE IN THE AIRPLANE.
rU"'-.OptT.ll",
Con.FO! Wheel
WlMoIllA<:k
REMOVE.
REMOVE.
Control
Lock -I~,u"" Switch
Sw,LCh - OFF.
OFF.
Ignition
M ..\er SwilCh
. ON
Master
Switch -ON.o
I WARNING
""'Ie....
When
switch,. ...
using
Wben turning
lumini on
oa the
!he master
,..,..steT .....-ilCh
inl an external
at
poWOT ao
.. roe. or
OT pulling
pUlli"r the
ULe prop.ll
through
Ihrou!!,h by
b)' hand,
h.nd.
power
source,
propeller
treat the
the igniliou
ignition ...
switch
were
on. Do
not
'Le'
1IL. propeller
prop"IIIT as
.. if
"Ih
ilCh ..
Ino ono
OU noI
stand,
allow
anyone Il
else
to 11&<Ld.
stand, within
the arc
of the
I ... nd. nor
nOT .Uo
.. ""')'_.
... IO
wilhln .h
......, ol!he
pmptU....
,nge ea loose
100M Or
brollon.wino. or.
propeller,
since
or broken,wire,
or a OODlpoueM
component
malfunction,
could cause
the propeller
rotate.
malio..ncllon. oould
""u.. ULe
propelleT to
\O TOt&le.
11.
5.
6.
7.
FUll Qua.nu')'
indicatori"- CHECK Q
UANTITY.
Fuel
Quantity Indicators
QUANTITY.
M...... Switch
S wJtch -. OFF.
OFF .
Master
FUl l Shutoff
Shutol! Valve
Vah'G"-- ON.
ONo
Fuel
@EMPENNAGE
@)
EMPENNAGE
1.
~.
2.
3.
!\ud<llT Ou.t
!..<>tl< REMOVE.
REMOVE
Rudder
Gust Lock
T.il
DISCONNECT
Tail Tl.-U<lwIL'
Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.
Con.rol
.
CHECK Ir.ldom
mo .. ~m~IL'ILILd
Control Surl"""
Surfaces
-- CHECK
freedom o!
of movement
and ""uril)'.
security.
@
i1ingEdg.
(3) RIGHTWINGT
RIGHT WING Trailing
Edge
1.
I
Aileron -- Cltt:CK
CHECK freedom
of mO
movement
and
Anemn
I.... dom 01
... men' "",d
security. *
aa<:urj~.
0(?) R1GHT
WING
RIGHT WING
I.
1.
W'D&"
Wing T1IOoWII'
Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.
Main Wheel
Tire -- CHECK lor
for proper Inn.tlo".
inflation.
2. Melo
Wh",,1 TI...,
Before
first flight
of the
and al\.eT
after e..,b
each l"CLfUeUnl.
refueling, U$e
use sempler
sampler
Beto
tlnil
mlhl 01
!he day
:le)' end
cup eod
and dnola
drain amali
small qu&.nth)'
quantity 01
of luellrom
fuel from fUel
fuel ..
tank
sump
quick-.
"up
alt sum
p qui""
dr.la
.. for
IOT ....
leT. _Ime,>!
and
nd propeT
drain ve'v.
valve 'LI
to <lh..,
check
water,
sediment,
proper lUel;rade.
fuel grade.
44... Fuel Quandty
.. CIlECI{ VISUALLY
..... Ilevel.
.... el
Quantity--CHECK
VISUALLY fOT
for desl
desired
~
JPueI
P"1l1er Cap
5.
Fuel Filler
- SECUItl{
SECURE.
3.
1!1711
1 Jul)'
July 1979
4-5
n
C:ESSNA
CESSNA
SECTION"
SECTION 4
NomllAL
NORMAL PROCEOURES
PROCEDURES
MODEL 152
l&a
MODEL
@NOSE
5)I\IOSE
.:':O:;.;':'ii::;,::' wllll lH' llIan lo." n
Engine Oil Level -- CHECK, do not operate with less than four
2.
Before first flight of the day and after each refueling, pull out
1.
~,,;:::"'
quarts. Fill to six quarts for extended flight.
strainer drain knob for about four seconds to clear fuel strainer of
possible water and sediment. Check strainer drain closed. If water
is observed, the fuel system may contain additional water, and
,,
3.
4.
,.
,,.
further draining of the system at the strainer, fuel tank sumps, and
fuel line drain plug will be necessary.

Propeller and Spinner -- CHECK for nicks and security.
Carburetor Air Filter -- CHECK for restrictions by dust or other
foreign matter.
5.
Landing Light(s) -- CHECK for condition and cleanliness.
6.
Nose Wheel Strut and Tire -- CHECK for proper inflation.
7.
Nose Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.
8.
Static
Source
Opening
(left
side
of
fuselage)
--
CIiECl<
lO,
CHECK for
.lOppoge.
stoppage.
@
LEFTWI
NG
LEFT
WING
,.
,.,.
1.
Main Wheel Tire -- CHECK for proper inflation.
2.
Before first flight of day and after each refueling, use sampler cup
and drain small quantity of fuel from fuel tank sump quick-drain
valve to check for water, sediment and proper fuel grade.
3.
Fuel Quantity -- CHECK VISUALLY for desired level.
4.
Fuel Filler Cap - SECURE.
0LEFT
NG Leeding
(?) LEFT WI
WING
Leading Edge
Edge
I.
1.
3.
2.
3.
4.
p,,,,,
REMOVB iUld
"~.~k eponh'l
lO' '",ppo.go_
Pitot Tubo
Tube Covo,
Cover -- REMOVE
and check
opening for
stoppage.
Slall
j[
, ....
Stall Wamuli
Warning O~nln
Opening
-- Cl/ECI<
CHECK lo'
for ''''PIIK't.
stoppage. "1"0
To _k
check the
system, place
clean
handkerchief ovo<
over the
vent 0""""'$
opening am;
and
ayotem.
piace a cl
. ." han<lko",hiol
Ilo. v.n'
apply suction;
...,1100, a""uDd
lrom the
th. warning
wa mln~ 110m
IO llI """lInn
a sound from
horn will
confirm oyotem
system
Ol"'raUcn.
operation.
Pu.1 Tank V."'
fu" .toppap.
Fuel
Vent Opo"I"&"
Opening -- CHECI<
CHECK for
stoppage.
Wlng TloDown
Wing
Tie-Down
-- DISCONNECT.
NG T,.illn9
(?) LEFT
LEFT WI
WING
Trailing Edg,
Edge
I.
1.
Alloro,,
mov~mont and
..,u,lty.
Aileron
-- CHECI<
CHECK 1"-",
freedom 01
of movement
security.
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE

ENGINE
I.
1.
p",milhl Inspection
[11'pecLlQI1 .
Preflight
-- COMPLE"TE.
COMPLETE.
Hl
4-6
1l July limi
1979
'
CII:6SNA
CESSNA
MODE!. 152
1:12
MODEL
2.
~.
SECTION 44
NORMA!. PROCEDURES
PROCEOURES
NORMAL
Seats,
~ .. ". Belts,
a~I". Shoulder
SlIoulde. Harnesses
[I .. m ..... -0 0 ADJUST
AOJUST and
o.nd LOCK.
!.OCK.
J.
3.
~'uol Shutoff
511""'11 Valve
V .......--o ON.
ONo
Fuel
..
4.
5.
5.
Electrl~o.1 Equipment o.
Radios, Electrical
-- 0f'F'.
OFF.
6.
6.
Cl",,,11
Circuit
Radio ..
Eq"lpmllnl
Br ....." TEST "",d BET.
Brakes -- TEST and SET.
e ......
k.... - CHECK IN.

IN.
Breakers
STARTING ENGINE (Temperatures Above Freezing)

STARTING
NOTE
NOTE
For cold weather starting procedures, refer to page 4-21.
l.
1.
~.
2.
3.
3.
4
4.
5.
I..
6.
7.
6.
8.
;9.
10.
IO.
Il.
11.
'-h1lI ......
RiCH.
Mixture
-- RICH.
Ct.tb
....."'. Heat
H lo.
Carburetor
-- COLD.
PTIm.
AS REQUIRED
REQUIREO ("p
IO 3 Itroku
nO" .. if
U engine
.nli... is
I" warm).
WLrm).
Prime -(up to
strokes - none
Tllroule
III !NCH
(CI.QSED if
Il engine
enpn~ is
I
"mI).
Throttle -- OPEN 1/2
INCH (CLOSED
warm).
f'1oopellerA
........
CU:AR.
Propeller Area
-- CLEAR.
M.."te.
Master 6",",,11
Switch -- ONo
ON.
1IIIIIlon
.... 1......
hon ."g1no
_11..11).
Ignition S_IL"h
Switch -- START ((release
when
engine starts).
Throllie
lo. 1000 RPM or less.
leu.
Throttle --. AOJUST
ADJUST for
o
.0
Oil
Oli
Pressure
PrH~ ..... - CHECK.
Flashing
Beacon Uld
and Navigation
Lights --. ON
as required.
l'
..... Mng Ou.oon
Nulla!!on !.llbts
ON"
tf>quircd.
Radio. o.
Radios
-- ONo
ON.
BEFORE TAKEQFF
TAKEOFF
SET.
S~:T.
1.
l.
Parking Brake
[''''I<ing
llrak"
2.
3.
4.
CLI>in
000'
I .oS~:D and LATCHED.
LATCIIBl>
Cabin Doors
-- C
CLOSED
FIiW-bl
~'RI!:I!: .nd
Flight COI1II"OI
Controls
-- FREE
and CORRECT.
Flight
Instruments -- SET.
FUlhllllllrumonlloo
55.
6.
Mixture -- RICH (below 3000 feet).
7.
Il.
8.
-o.
Fuel
Shutoff
ON.
F'uel Sh
.. ",11 Valve
VaI" --o ONo
"'1"lu ...
(belo" 3000 I",l.
Tr1m TAKEOn'.
Tltro'tI.
1700 RPM.
III'M .
Throttle o
--' 1700
..
M.gD&lOo
noluc_
a.
Magnetos
-- CHIi:CK
CHECK {HPM
(RPM dl"Op.hould
drop should not
exceed 125 RPM on
either "'"'11"0&10
magneto or 11(1
50 RPM
differential
elth.r
RPM dlrl
.... ntlal between
b.tw_n magnetos).
magn"_J.
EI~valO.
Elevator Trim o.
-- TAKEOFF.
b.
Carburetor H
Heat
-- CHECK (lo.
(for RPM dl"Op).
drop).
b CubLirelOr
..I
c.
Engine Insuumen,..
Instruments &nel
and Ammeto
Ammeter
-- CHECK.
e..
Enlflne
. ..
d. S"ellon
Suction Ollp
Gage "-- CHECK
CHECK.
e.
..
Throttle ..
-- 1000
RPM OR LESS.
Tltrollte
'ODO HPM
U:SS .
Radio.
Radios -- S"-"T.
SET.
9.
10.
lO.
Strobe L.i"bu."
Lights -- AS OESIREO.
DESIRED.
8lz01M
Il.
11.
12.
12..
1111""01\1&
FriC\.Lon Loock
Throttle Friction
Lock ..
-- ADJUST.
Brakes
-- RE1.EASE.
RELEASE.
Brali
... o.
11 J"ly
July III?SI
1979
4-7
"
CESSNA
MODEL1~
MODEL 152
SECTION 4
SECTION
PROCEDURES
NORMAL l'ROCEDURE8
TAKEOFF
NORMAL TAKEOFF
NORMAl
1.
Wing
Flaps .-- 0".
0- IO".
10.
l. Wi
.... P1.po
2.
Carburetor
-- COLO.
COLD.
2.
C.rb
...... \.cIr Heat
3.
3.
(4..
5.
5.
Throttle OPEN.
Thro!;\le
" FULL
!l'ULL OPEN.
Elev .. \.cI. Control LIFT NOSE
NOSF. WliEgL
Elevator
WHEEL al
at SO
50 "IAS.
KIAS.
CUmb
Spee<I -- 65-75
lI!i.7!I KIAS.
KIAS.
Climb Speed
SHORT FIELD
FIElD TAKEOFF
1.
l.
Wing
Wln, Flaps
Flap* "-- 10.
IO" .
2.
3.
3.
Carburetor Heat
COLD.
C.rbu.reto.
Hoat - COLO.
4.
4.
5.
5.
Throttle Tbro!II.
FULL
FULL OPEN.
OPEN.
Mixture
-- RICH
(above 3000
LEAN to
obtain madmum
maximum RPM).
MilulI ...
RiCH (.t>ove
3000 feet,
fee'-LEAN
\.cl oblaln
RPM).
86..
77..
8.
(I..
Brakes -- RELEAS&'
RELEASE.
Elevator
- SLIGHTLY
LOW..
Eleva\.cl. Control
ConU"OI
SLIOHTLY TAIL
l"AIL LOW
Climb Speed
obstacles ....
are 101
cleared).
CUmb
SpeoI>d - 54
&4 KIAS
"IAS (until
(IIOtU all
ali obalaCla
...-..1)-
9.
iii.
Wing
after
60 KIAS.
Wl'" Flaps
napa - RETRACT
Rt."TJlACT slowly
aln .. ll' aI1a
. .reaching
..ebl". 50
KIAS.
Brakes
- APPLY.
8ralo..
APPLY.
S.un
ENROUTE
ENROUTE CLIMB
ClIMB
1.
lo
Airspeed
-- 70-80
Alnpee<1
7tJ..80 KIAS.
KIAS .
NOTE
NOTE
If
speeds
Il a maximum
m&Ximllm performance
p-orlonn ...."" climb
cUm~ is
il necessary,
noce..ary. use
" I e.peedoo
shown
Section 5.
. hn .. n in
[n the
Utl Rate
Ralfl Of
Of Climb
CUmb chart
ehwt in
In SOClIOll
3.
2.
2.
3.
3.
Throttle
- FULL
T broUlt
FULL OPEN.
OPBN.
Mixture
maximum RPM
Ml;r;!III"I
RICH
RICH below
belo. 3000
3000 feet,
~ LEAN
Lt;;AN for
fDrm&xlmum
RPM above
a_
3000 1_.
3000 feet.
CRUISE
CAUISE
1.
I
Power
!'D..... -.. 1900-2550
UIOO~ RPM
RPM (no
(ne more
mn .. than
th..., 75%).
7!lIIO).
2.
~.
Elevator
Trim -- ADJUST.
Elev .. \.cI.Trlm
APJUST.
3.
J.
Mixture
-- LEAN.
Mb!u,...
I.KAN .
,-,
July 1979
11179
1l July
4-8
SECTION t4
CESSNA
CESSI'!"
MODEL 152
I~~
NORMAL
NOllJolI<L PROCEDURES
PlIOCEOUlIES
OESCENT
DESCENT
'1.
2.
3.
M'x'u""._
lor om.,.,.n
lor idle
Idi. power).
power)
Mixture
-- ADJUST for
smooth OJ)e'.t!on
operation (fu!!
(full rl<:n
rich for
"'
... ,
DI\S!lIED.
Power
-- AS DESIRED.
C.rtlu,..I<I,
HOa< ..
f'UL.L HEAT
HEA T AS
Alj REQUIRED.
lIEQUillED.
Carburetor Heat
-- FULL
SEFORE
BEFORE LANDING
1.
t.
2.
:I.
3.
Soa
... Belts,
0.1"'. Harn"
..... _ -- "I)JUST
Seats,
Harnesses
ADJUST and UlCK.
LOCK.
JoIixtu,",
Mixture -- RICH.
Corbu~,
lull b.o'
belo," Teductn,
_'l,
Carburetor Hu.
Heat _.
-- ON (opply
(apply full
heat before
reducing power).
LANDING
NORMAl
NORMAL LANOING
LANDING
I.
1.
AlnPft<l -- (I()-'I'O
DI'),
Airspeed
60-70 KiAS
KIAS (nop.
(flaps UP).
3,
3.
85
~ KIAS).
KIAS),
Al .. ~ __
M8Z KIAS
KIAS (nop.
UOWN~
Airspeed
-- 55-65
(flaps DOWN).
2.
Wing Flaps
-- AS DESIRED
(below
t.
WIDi
l'la",,
OESUlEO ("'10"
t4..
li.
5.
8.
6.
ToucMo
.. " __
Touchdown
-- MAIN WHEELS l'IRST.
FIRST.
LandlngRo!! -- LQWf:lI
WHf:EI. G
E!<."'T!. ....
Landing Roll
LOWER NOSE WHEEL
GENTLY.
B' .k'ng-.'
REQUIRED,
Braking
-- MINIMUM REQUIRED.
S
HO RT FIELO
LAN DING
SHORT
FIELD LANDING
I.
1.
2.
3.
t.
4.
5.
AI .."",, .. 1lO_?<l'KtAS
Airspeed
60-70'KIAS (flapo
(flaps Uf).
UP).
WlnJi Flaps
l't.po ..
... t.... 8lI
KIASI,
Wing
- 30"
30 ((below
85 KIAS).
"lnpoed
KIAS,
Airspeed ..
- M"INTAIN
MAINTAIN 54 KIAS.
PQ,.e,.l, cl
_
Power
-- 1I8DOCE
REDUCE 1<1
to l<Il,
idle a'
as obao.el.
obstacle is
cleared.
Touchdown -- MAIN
WHEELS FIRST.
TouohdoWB"
M"IN WH88!.S
l'tIlST
e.
6.
B,ok
.. __
APPL'" HEAVILY.
_"VIL"'.
Brakes
-- APPLY
7.
WIOK Flaps -- 1I.ETRACT.

Wing
RETRACT.
n.p. __
8AlKED
BALKED LANDING
t.
2.
Tn...,Ul*
Throttle ..
-- FULL OI'EN.
OPEN.
C
.. TbUTOLO' Heat
H ... __ COLO.
Carburetor
COLD.
:I.
3.
Wl"g Flaps
l'lap ...
1<1 20'.
Wing
-- R!:TRACT
RETRACT to
20.
"5.
Wing Flaps
-- RETRACT
(slowly).
Wl",
l'lapo ..
Rt."'TRACT (otowty
).
l1.
4. "',"po""
_. M55 KIAS.
Airspeed -11 July limi
1979
,-,
4-9
SI!:CT10N 44
SECTION
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PROCEDURI!:8
NORMAL
CESSNA
Cl!:8SNA
MODEL
MOOEL 152
l~
AFTER LANDING
I.
1.
~
2.
Wln~ Flaps
"1&~ -.. UP.
UP
Wing
C
...bu.....,. Heat
11.... - COLD.
COL.!).
Carburetor
SECURING AIRPLANE
1.
I.
2.
~
3.
Parking
-- SET.
Parll1nC Brake
Orale
St:T.
Radios,
-- O".
OFF.
Radl_ Electrical
Elee,rlcaJ Equipment
t:qutp"",at
Mixture
-- IDLE
(pull full
out).
MI"''' ..
IPLE CUT-OFF (p~U
f ..ll OtIt).
4.
4.
Ignition
Switch 01'1'.
-- OFF.
19n>Llon Switcb
5.
:\.
Master
Switch
-- O",
OFF.
M&'lIe .. 8w!lch
6.
8.
Control Lock
-- INSTALL.
Conlrol
Locll:
lNST .... LL.
n
n
n
n
410
4-10
July Ill7ll
1979
I1 Jul)'
C
ESSNA
CESSNA
MODEL 152
Lsa
SECTION4
SECTION 4
NORMALPROCEDURF~
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
AMPLIFrEO PROCEOURES
AMPLIFIED
PROCEDURES
..,
STARTING ENGrNE
Freezi"g )
ENGINE (Temperaturas
(Temperatures Above Freezing)
OU""g onglno
lIlo\l1ro'U
wro~im.I<oLy 1/2
L I~ I"cb.
ID
During
engine ''''rtlng.
starting, opeo
open the
throttle
approximately
inch. In
warm
one otroko
stroke ol
of the primer
sufficient. lo
In tempera
.... '" weather,
",,'bo,. ODe
prlmer should
.hould be ."fflclonl.
mpera_
u..
'"n. Dnr [,""Oi". "p 1<13 .Ilk. . ollil. p,lmor m"y bo ...".,o"'l'. Aa \110
tures near freezing, up to 3 strokes of the primer may be necessary. As the
o"i"'''''o'uIo.
ly adjust
od) ... , the
I.bo throttle
1Il ...>uI . .as. requlro<l
lor 1000 RPM
RPloior
engine starts, olow
slowly
required for
or 1_.
less. 11
If
lIlo onlJlM
t. oUII
w&rm from
lrom previous
pnvlo",op".'l"n.lt
moy be .",ne.!
w llb ,Ite
the
engine is
still warm
operation, it may
started with
the
IhroUl. 010",""
primi",.
throttle
closed .n<l
and no priming.
WMk
lntMm"'''o. "rlnll:
.... od by putlo
b ,..,k o"'ok.
Irom the
,~.
Weak intermittent
firing lo!lo
followed
puffs Of
of black
smoke from
oxho".'
..,k indie
.... ovorp'I"'lng
Or flooding.
nOOd!o,g. Excess
f: ~ .... 1"01
bo
exhaust ...
stack
indicates
overpriming or
fuel e~
can be
elu""
ohmbon by Utelollow,ol"pn:>e..:I,u",
RII'"
cleared 1m'"
from U.ocomb"otlo"
the combustion chambers
the following procedure; set
the
mixture
control
idle cui..,
cut-off
full open.
open, ood
and cro"k
crank
m [x," re ""n
'",I in
In the
u,. 1<11.
ti position,
_1110". the
!ho throttle
U,roIUolul!
tho
UuoulI"b ..
vo,o! revolutions
""valullo,, . ..
llil the
!h starter.
, ..... '. Repeat the
tho
the ."g;o.
engine through
several
with
ot.orting
.. Itboul.ny
starting procedure without
any oddJUOD.I
additional prlmlnlJ.
priming.
Re_,
11th.
lo underprimed
u"d .. prlmed (mo",
IIkoly in
In ",,1<1
.. Ihor ..
lIh a .,.,Id
If the ongLne
engine is
(most likely
cold ",
weather
with
cold
onlllne)
l. will
w Lll not fire
Il ....
loul priming
prlmllll" will
1'1'111 be D-..
..ry
engine) it
at1 all, ...,<I
and oddl.
additional
necessary.
no'
.n.
Ah"r
. no'
.. pressure
p ..... u .....
[lhln:JO
After slOrllng.lltho
starting, if the oU
oil Sogo
gage _
does
not ,,"gin
begin ","o
to show
within
30
tMeOnd.
UI summertime
u"'''' lI'''O O"".()(Iul
'y ""Id
..... h.r.
seconds In
in the
and about h.Leo
twice lh.llonrin
that long in very
cold weather,
stop the engine
investigate.
of "il
oil pressure
can cause
ooglno and
Md (ov
... I1' .... Lack
Loc~ O[
p~"uro u"
o.~ . . .serious
.,I"".
engine doml4['t.
damage. After
starting, ovOld
avoid the
of <ubu,OIo,
carburetor heat
unless
oorl""
An.. OIO'''''g.
Ih. use
u .. o(
boa' uol
...
icing
conditions prevail.
lo,nll OQndillo".
provul
""p''''
NOTE
Detall. ocn~rnlng
o ' ''''rli"'_Dd
"'lon al
Details
concerning ""Id
cold "'."'~
weather
starting and ope
operation
at
temperatures
may
under Cold
I" .... below
bolo,. freezing
1.....
moy be
bo found
("uad "ndor
W~.Ih.,
Weather O"",,,UOn
Operation puunpho
paragraphs In
in Iht.
this ...,UOD.
section.
"'""po..
In'
TAXIING
1m"",.,...,.
When taxiing,
that
and use
of brakes
Whon
Inll"Q:. it
Il is
I. important 1Il
speed
~ ."d
UN 01
b ... 1<00 be held
bol<! to
IO"a
mlnlm"m
.hOl .11
Dlo,ram. figure
Il,,,,,, 4
minimum .ad
and that
all ooD'rolo
controls Ilo
be u'III09<1
utilized (uo
(see Tulln,
Taxiing Diagram,
4Z)
lO maintain
molntaln dl
... "'I,," ,,1 <:nlml
Md b.I."
...
2) to
directional
control and
balance.
1 July 1979
4-11
~
CESSNA
S~:cr!ON 4
4
SECTION
NO~~ALPROCEDURF.5
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
MODEL 152
l(;!!
MODEL
n
n
USE UP AILERON
USE UP AILERON
ON LH WTNG AND
ON RH WING AND
NEUTRAL ELEVATOR
NEUTRAL ELEVATOR
USE DOWN AILERON
USE DOWN AILERON
ON RH WING AND
B ON LH WING AND
DOWN ELEVATOR
DOWN ELEVATOR
-n
n
CODE
WIND DIRECTION
OIRECTION
_n
NOTE
,.,.01"' ....
Avoid
Il>'014
'oli
"'.11.
,)0"'" ......
sudden bursts of "'.

the ",
throttle
and sharp
.....
p
braking
when the li
airplane
is In
in "'l.
this ,",'lIudo.
attitude.
.....
,'" .........
....... I.
Il
......
,and
_.
- , IO
Use
the "H,abI.
steerable _
nose _
wheel
rudder
to
..
1OI_n 41.ocUon.
maintain
direction.
Figure 4-2.
Strong
quartering
winds
$1
.... "'.,1
.-1 .. tail ..-I
.... require caution.
U ....
Taxiing Diagram
,1 JIII)'
July ,!1?11
1979
4-12
SECTlON
SECTION t4
N OIlMAL PROCEDURES
PROCEDURK/l
NORMAL
CE$$N
A
CESSNA
I~
MODEL 152
n..
boa ' oon<rollmob
pu.hod full in
lo dmlng
a"
The CAl'M,..u..
carburetor heat
control knob aJtoul<l
should ...
be pushed
during all
ground op"u.uo'"
operations unI
unless
absolutely necessary.
the Imob
knob is
",,"nd
... heat
hoat is
l. oMel'u"ly
" .....oH)'. When
Wbon 1M
,O
pulled
out IO
to the
air ."
entering
engine is
not f1I
filtered.
puU
... oat
'M heat
h." position,
pooluon. a"
.. rlng the
tno ,ng'no
lo no'
..,.....
Taxiing aver
over 100M
loose a-rovol
gravel or el.o>\lon
cinders ou~~
should be
done
at'10'"
low enll"'''''
engine
TuU"S
~ don
apeed
.. lon ond
.m.~ \o
'he propeller
prol>"lIe, tips.
'II>".
speed 10
to nold
avoid obr
abrasion
and 010<1,
stone d
damage
to the
.,.n""
n.n<"',
n
, m'3f,
.. l is
,. dUI,"
... to
IO .ulOm.Uoally
The
nose wh
wheel
designed
automatically center .'n.1l1ht
straight ahood
ahead
when "'o
the n"""
nose otnll
strut is
strut 1.
is av
overwhon
l. fully
lully .extended.
. .. ndod. In the
'he event the nose
n""" "'""
.....
inflated
and the "'l'luo.
airplane is
loaded to a rearward
center of gravity
Inn ..... ona
lO loodod
"'..... _""M"rolll'
... vity position,
po''''o''.
be necessary
partially ""'"
compress
strut to
steering.
This
it may bo
,,_...ry to ponlally
p ..... the
"'O ."",
IO permit
",rm" ....
"",. Th
..
e&O
pnor to
IO [Un",
[ho .l'l'l"".
can bo
be acoompllohod
accomplished prior
taxiing by d'l'noN'".,
depressing the
airplane <>OH
nose (by
band) O'
bo'l'ly opp.1yl"l1
brolr ....
hand)
or durlDi'
during tul
taxi by .sharply
applying brakes.
t""
BEFO
RE TAKEOFF
BEFORE
WAA
MV P
WARM-UP
MOOi' 0.1
.ho warmup
.,Ill have
bove been
_o "",,~uetod
lUI. a.nd
Most
of the
warm-up will
conducted <larln"
during taxi,
and
oddUlon.1
.... rm"p before
bol" .. I&.lroofl
bo restricted
... o"le,"", to
IO "'.
additional warm-up
takeoff ohould
should be
the chookll
checklist
pl"OCMur .... Slnoo
ilio .engine
"Eino is
l. elo
.. ly ""
.. lod for
'or e'llelon.
In .n!i'ht
procedures.
Since the
closely
cowled
efficient in-flight
.""lIn"
p...,ou"ono .hould
bo tai"o
I1eMIn, on ,bo
(mond.
cooling, precautions
should be
taken IO
to nold
avoid OV
overheating
the ground.
MAGNETO CHECK
The magneto
check
should be
at
1700 RPM as
follows. Move
Tb.
m.",oto ob
.." .1>ou16
bo made
m......
' I?OO
.. lollo"'.
Movo
l81'lUon
,"neh first
IIn' to
IO R position
_IUc" .od
""le RPM. Next move switch
iIob"..,,,
IO
ignition ,switch
and note
back to
aOT!!
IO CIO
.. "'e
pl '4l'. no"
mov' oswitch
... ll<b to
IO lho
L position,
_11100,
BOTH to
clear
the olbo,
other o"
set 01
of plugs.
Then move
the L
no"
I~
"'!I<h to
IOI.hO
RPMdrop
no'
note RpM
RPM a.nd
and relum
return the
switch
the BOT!!
BOTH _"100.
position. RPM
drop ohould
should not
oxe<!od
Ulo .. 50
~ RPM
Rl'M dlfl
.... "
exceed ,2:1
125 RPM OD
on either ",",,,,'10
magneto or show greater than
differen
tial bo'_"
between magnetos.
concerning operation
of "'.
the
\lo..!
"'.81''''''-. If
Il there
I.h.", is
la doubt
rIoubt oo"""m'oll:
0110 ...10" 01
(11:";'\011
... m. RPM C
..... U ..
MlhO! '''I!'l1>&
w!ll usually
"oool1y ""ofilm
ignition oy
system,
checks
at higher
engine .po<dO
speeds will
confirm,
whether
deficiency exists.
...
h ......, .a d.liel.""y
U'-\e.
""""",V....
."b.,
.ho", ,.......,
A"
",",y bo
Ir>dleallon 01
laully grounding
sround.l .. ., 01
An ollM"""
absence 01
of RPM drop may
be u
an indication
of faulty
of
ono
.. ld be
bo .0
.... for
Ior ."p
loloo 'h
the
bo
one .id.
side 01
of \ho
the lpillon
ignition oY''''''
system o'
or obo
should
cause
suspicion
that
magnoto
l" odv
...... 01
magneto '''''in,
timing lO""
is set in
advance
of ,h.
the "'l\l"K
setting "p..:llio<!.
specified.
ALTERNATO R C
HEC K
ALTERNATOR
CHECK
ptior IO
ntghu where
... h..... verification
vo"lio"loD 01
d 'l"molOr
Prior
to flights
of proper altorna..".
alternator .....
and
alternator
ooo'rol
.....
"Ilo..! {(such
... Ch ..
n; ..~' Or
ln ..... m.". flights),
nl .. h .. ~ a
control un"
unit ol>","t(o"
operation lis
essential
as night
or instrument
PO'ltlvo
rlllo ;oo 0011
loa<!i"ir 'bo
positive ....
verification
can bo
be mad..
made by loading
the .l.ottioa!
electrical oyolom
system
n'om.nl>.rI[y
\o ~5 oocoll<lol
ilh tiro
landl"" light,
.li~b1 . o.
"'
momentarily (3 to
seconds) ..
with
the landing
or by ol>"raUoB
operating the
.,l.o>,.
nOl'O durloi'
u.. o"lIlno
Th. &mm
.... will
.. 111 remain
",moln
wing flaps
during the
engine ",0"1'
runup (1700 RPM),
RPM). The
ammeter
4.3
4-13
1l July 19'7\1
1979
~
SECTION 4
NOI\MAL PI\OCEDUHES
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
CESSNA
MOCEL 152
'!02
MODEL
..
wilhi.n a needle
~_'o width
t~,~ <>l
Il the
'ho olL.,..,O<or
within
of U.
its ;mLlol
initial "".iU04
position if
alternator .od
and 0.1""'01<1'
alternator
control unit
operating prol"'r'y.
properly.
conw'
~nl' are
U"o openllng
TA
KEOFF
TAKEOFF
POWER C
HEC K
CHECK
It
IL is
IO trnponon'
important to
'" ~b.~1r.
check full
full-throttle
hrottl. ~ngt""
engine "l'
operation
....""" U,ly
early in
In Lhe
the
takeoff run.
Any 01
sign
of ""'gli
rough ongtn.
engine operation
or olonl,h
sluggish engine
takoofl
N n. AIIy
... 01
OPO"'''O" .".
good c,u,.
cause fo.
for d
discontinuing
If this
occurs, y",o
you
_acceleration
o'..oLlo" "is .ro<>d
'-oont.l..o oln r the takeoff.
takoofl. il
'h lo "",,uni.
are jWlUned
LI"b full-throttle
lul''bn>ul. ota
,Ic nmup
bolo .. ",n,h.,.
justified ,,,
in maklnll"
making a IhO"'"
thorough
static
runup before
another
takeoff
is ,attempted.
The engine .should
smoothly .od
and turn
.....
oofll.
' .. mp"",,. Tbo
bould run
nI" .moo'hly
tu'" aapproxi
ppro,l.
m
... ly USO
'" 1!380
",,,,"IO. heat
ho"ott
nd mixture
mb,u", leaned
I.,nod to
'"
mately
2280 to
2380 RPM wllll
with ..
carburetor
off a
and
mnlmum
maximum RPM
RPM.
'"m.
'u
' "IfI""
F\,
il throttle
'bromo runups
Nn"pO 0"'"
. ]<:lo.Uy barmlul
IO
Full
over 100M
loose fIn",,1
gravel ....
are .especially
harmful to
Whon
"uvo'.uri..,.,.
propeller
takeoffs
over a gravel surface, it
p,""poU.r tips.
Ljpo. When ta
...... lf. must
"'Wl' be
bo made
rna4<tovoro.
il is
l. very
vory
lmportan'
\brom. be
bo advanced
o.dvonced .Iowly.
... the
LI airplane
,Irplo ... ",
important 11>.,
that Lhe
the throttle
slowly. n".
This olio
allows
to
.ta
... rollll'LI"
bolo ... h1ih
ta devoloped.
ond the
tbe gravel
f'"'v OI will
IOlU be
boblo"'"
start
rolling before
high RPM is
developed, and
blown
b..," 01
p,..,pellu rather
... IM, than
'han pulled
pulloll into
InlO it.
IL When
Wh<Ib unavoidable
u""""ldabl. omall
back
of 1M
the propeller
small
d.n
la .appear
ppo or In
bl ...... o. they
tboy oshould
ho" ld be
bo 'mmed'
. .. ,y ",,""octo<L
dents
in "'"
the propoUe,
propeller blades,
immediately
corrected
...
... _ in
In S60""n
Propoll C
....
as """"
described
Section 6
8 und.,
under Propeller
Care.
p,,,,,
Prior \O
to takeoff
fields &bo
above
3000 foe'
feet 01'''01104
elevation,.
the
takOOfJ from
rro", n.,,..
.... :lOro
ho mixture
,,",'uro
should be
to L!"lvo
give maximum
RPM in
a fuU'broUIo.
full-throttle, otaLlo
static runup.
.bo"1d
bo leaned
lo ... od \o
"""im"1D HPM
iD'
"mup_
After
adjust 111.
the throttle
clockwise
AI .. , full throttle
,~,..,"l . Iis
applied,
ppllod. ~Ju.'
,,,,..,,,1. friction lock
lock'""kwl
..
full
f,!c"on
IO prevent
P"''MnL Lhe
bo<>k fr<>m
muc,murn power
po .....
to
the ,,,,,,m.
throttle fr<>m
from o"",ptns"
creeping back
from o
a maximum
po","on. snu!lu
IJ1~Uon!o<k
....should
lU:mld be
bo made
mode ......
qulred in
In
position.
Similar friction
lock a.dJu.otmo
adjustment
as required
other flight
conditions '"
to maintain
setting.
011>0'
m Ll"'" """dillO".
,,,..lnUlI,, a fixed
n xed throttle
thromo oomq.
WI
N G FLAP SETTINGS
WING
Normal takeoffs are accomplished with wing flaps 0- 10. Using 10
wing flaps reduces the total distance over an obstacle by approximately
"
10%. Flap deflections greater than 10 are not approved for takeoff. If 10
wing flaps are used for takeoff, they should be left down until all obstacles
are cleared and a safe flap retraction speed of 60 KIAS is reached.
On a o"ort
short field,
an "b.""'l.
obstacle oleoran
clearance
o"
n.ld. 10
H)' wing
.. Ini flaps
nap' and
ud ....
.. .speed
petd of
01 54
KIA
S sllould
bo "ood.
speed
peood provides
provid... the
,bit best
bo. , ove
, al] cllmb
'"
KIAS
should be
used. Thl
This
overall
climb op<H>d
speed to
clou
. . .when
.bon ,oktnS
'n", ..",.,"",
turbulenco "Ilon
!ound near
clear .,.,."""
obstacles
taking into
account turbulence
often found
"round
lav ol.
ground level.
.,.u
Solt
porform.d wllI>
IO' ..
1"11" flaps
n '1" by lifting
IIniDi
Soft o,
or """ib
rough n.ld
field tokOC>ll
takeoff .....
s are performed
with 10
wing
o.
t<
4-14
I/u]y
1m
1 July 1979
SECTION 4
CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES
NORMAL
MODEL 152
1(02
the alrplan.
ofI the
Ih. ground
Imunll ...
IOOn ...
Pf'&CUcal 1.0.
talllow
airplane off
as soon
as practical
in a alllilht.ly
slightly tail-low
atUluca.
Il no
,", obstacles
obwla<l. . .
A ahoad.
!be alrplano
-'10\114 be
ho leveled
levoleod off
oH
attitude. If
are
ahead, the
airplane should
immediately
accelerate
a blllln
higher climb
speed.
bnm.w.lAly to
IO &0<:01
...'" to
IO.
ellmh ,poM<I.
CROSSWIND
TAKEOFF
CROSSWIN
O TAKEOF
F
Takeoffs into
are performed with
To.lr;~rt.
InlO strong
_troni crosswinds
ol'Oll.w1Dd. normally
no""all)' &Te
wlll> the
tlIe
ml.o.imum
n.p ....
tinl necessary
n_ ....y for
ler tlIo
n.ld length,
l.n(tlt, to
IO minimize
mlnlmlae the
11>. drift
drift
minimum flap
setting
the field
anlle
Immeodlatel, after
afle' takeoff.
laIl..,rt. With
Wl.1I ....
P,"lO.U,. doon_
tnID
angle immediately
the an.renl
ailerons partially
deflected into
th.
wlnd .......
rpl .... I.
IM IO
peed .h!lhll,.
h~lw. than
the wind,
the airplane
is """"1
accelerated
to
a
speed
slightly higher
normal, and then
th.n pulled
pulIM off
ort &llnlpU,.
IO PA_t
_.,hl ......
UiD& back
baclt to
IO
abruptly to
prevent possible
settling
the
drifting. When
clear of
the ground,
a coord
coordinated
the runway
tuOw&)' while
wbU. d.Utlll",
Whill elou
of!be
' ..... 001. make
m .......
.... 1ed
I,,", into
11110 the
lI>e wind
\l/Iod to
IO correct
00......,' for drift.
turn
ENROUTE
ENRQUTE CLIMB
ClIMB
Nonnal climbs
climI.- .....
perfonned with
wlth flaps
nape up and
...,01 full
full throttle
throttl. and
uuI at
ot
Normal
are performed
speeds
5 to
opaMloL S
IO 10
IO knots
"""III higher
hlll"-' than
WII best
1.-.1 rate-of-climb
rata""f..,\lmb speeds
ope.da for
for the
Ibe best
ba.t
combination
engine cooling.
The mixture
co
... b ..... loll of
01 performance,
""rlorl""""', visibility
"iliblUl}' and
lLJ1olleod .bove
3000 feet
fee, for
lor
should
and may
above 3000
lIIIlootller operation
operatlno or
or to
IO obtain
ab",lll maximum
mazimum RPM.
RPM. For
l''or maximum
mox1nlum rate
.. \ti of
01
smoother
cllmb,
u.... the
IlLe best
bIt.1 rate-of-climb
rale",,'..,lImb speeds
.pHd.
lIoom in
In the
tho Rate
na", Of
or Climb
Cllmb chart
ob.tJ,rt
climb, use
shown
In Section
Secllon 11.
tr an obstruction
Obllln,,~tlon dictates
dIetA"'. the
l'''' use
u.. of
or a steep
..... p climb
c11mb angle,
..nel., the
tho
in
5. If
ba,t anlt"ltJ.of-cU
m b .pMCI
IlLould be
be used
UHd with
wllh flaps
n .. p.o up
up and
anI! maximum
"",ximum
best
angle-of-climb
speed should
puw.r. Climbs
Climbe at
.. , speeds
1pHd.1 lower
10\1/" than
Ihanl""
be.1 rate-of-climb
rate..,t..,Umh.peed
.lLould be
be
power.
the best
speed should
of short
or
o.hort duration
du II" .. to
IO improve
lmprovI engine
o.. gin. cooling.
coollllll.
CRUISE
CRU ISE
n!\Ml, ond
Nnnn .. cruising is
lo performed between
bel\l/ 55% and 75%
~% power.
po\l/or. The
Th.ona::1no
Normal
engine
1emt,tnl
perform.-t
AI'M and
ood corresponding
corre.pondlngluel
conaumpUnn for
lo . various
vo.!ouo altitudes
.. ltltud"" can
can be
be
RPM
fuel consumption
dri.nnllled by
by using
ua lng your Cessna
Co.. n .. Power
l'o\l/.r Computer
Compute r or
nr the
\"-d
.... in
!n Section
So<:tlon~
determined
data
5..
NOTE
NOTE
CrulBlnc should
should be
be done
don. at
al ao minimum
m!nhnum of
Ol~
power until
unlll
Cruising
75% power
.. total
IOta! of
Dfllll"""
.. has
Il ... accumulated
aoeumulOIM or
0 .011
"",..umptlnn has
Il ...
a
25 hours
oil consumption
al_biIL.OJd. O"" .. Uon al
hill""
.D.U'"
stabilized. Operation at this

will
th,. higher power
pn......
iii ensure
proper
pro""r seating
"""liDI of
01 the
tIIot rings
rLn . . and
_Dd is
i. applicable
opplieabl. to
IO new
DIIW
ena:1nu.
engines,
and
ena:\no>I
engines
In
in
..,.v!ce following
folJo\l/lnlr
service
C)'linder
cylinder
replacement
one or
... pl ..... meDi or
or top
IOp overhaul
overbaul of
oloDII
o r more
ma'" cylinders.
c)'lloders.
Tbe data
d.... in
ID Section
Secllon 5& shows
ab ..... the
lI>e increased
tncrM.Md. range
.anltl and
&Od improved
Impl'OV'Od fuel
f\Lol
The
et
r1n&'II.
economy that
lI>a, is
lo obtainable
obl&ln.&llie when
_11.0 operating
opereUnl at lower
I...... power
pow\tl' settings.
....
ThLI
economy
The
u..
u .. of
01 lower
Jower power
powar settings
....U01tI and the selection
aelectloo of
01 cruise
erut ..altitude
altttud.oo
tbe basis
ho$iI
use
on the
01 the
!be most
moli favorable
' .."".&111. wind
orInd conditions
_diti ..... are
aA significant
.,"'trlc.... "..,..,
... that
th ..t should
.boull! be
be
of
factors
""".ld.nd on
on every
""T)' trip
trlp to
IO reduce
radUOl fuel
1\101 consumption.
conaump,lon,
considered
JuJ.y 1979
IlrnI
1l July
4-15
SECTION 44
SECTION
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
NORMAL
CESSNA
eESSNA
MODEL 152
162
MODEL
-- --
1hol'OWU
75%
POWER
ALT,nwe
KTAS
~M
ALTITUDE
Sea Level
~~
100
~-
'"
'00
4000 Feet
~-
55% POWER
66'
l'OWER
,,. "M
"
NMPG
KTAS
"M
NMPG
KTAS
NMPG
,~
16.4
94
~
17.8
87
19.3
,~
18.4
89
M
19.8
,u
18.9
91
20.4
".
103
17.0
'"
17.6
107
8000 Feet
65%
66" POWER
POW~R
11.1
"
'00
97
100
"
S...-.,Condo.Standard Conditions
Figure
l''Ip... 4-3.
43
-~
...
",
N'
~w~
Zero
Wind
Cruise
erul
.. Performance
PerlOmlll-DCe Table
'!'be
ti", ... 4-3,
4-3. eho
..elh.
Inle airspeed
al ... peed and
&Dd
The erul""
Cruise PerlormaM&
Performance TalI11.
Table, figure
shows
the true
naulleal
Calloll durill.
varlo .. a altltu<lll.
pereelll
nautical mUo.
miles per gallon
during "rulM
cruise for various
altitudes anel
and percent
po"'
..... This
Thls table ehou
ld be
boI used
u_ as
u a pl<111.
wllh the
u.. available
avallabl.
powers.
should
guide, a"'lIl1'
along with
wlnda
Il1fo ......1Ion. to
le atennl
... the
u.. most
II10el favorable
fa'Oo... blol alllu<lll
o.a<I
winds alolt
aloft information,
determine
altitude and
power Mlllnll'
setting for
po",.r
for.a given trip.
Irlp.
Ci"'''
..... the
lb. nco.nru
...cIe<Ilo
.... mixture
mature fuel o-ont
.. mptlo.. figures
tI~ ......
To """h
achieve
recommended
lean
consumption
Mbo
.. n in SoocU"D
lbe mixture
ml:ltu ... ebould
bo leaned
le.nocI. tmtlleng1ne
RPMpealu
shown
Section 5
5,. the
should be
until engine RPM
peaks
.od
Allower
po ... e .. it
11 may
m.ybe
- ""ry to
Ic enrichen
eorlohe" the
tho
and drupa2ti-50RPM.
drops 25-50 RPM. At
lower powers
be "
necessary
Ol"'IU'"
mixture .lIl"hlly
slightly
\O ob\.Ain
operadoll.
to
obtain .moolb
smooth operation.
eCarburetor
.. r bu ... tor ice,
1011. U
unexplalne<l drop in
In RPM,
RPM. ,,&li
as o'O!denoed
evidenced by an unexplained
can be
removed
application 01
of tull
full ".rl>u
carburetor
the
.e
.. lO'Ooxl by "ppUc"tlon
... lc. heat.
h... L Upon regaining
",c.. lnlnc III.
orlilnaJ.
Il ... t olI).
.. the
II minimum
m.nlmu", ..amount
"'ounlol
h ..1 (by trial
l11al LIId
original ItPM
RPM (wlth
(with heat
off), u
use
of heat
and
erro.
vlnI ice
ICI from
'",m forming.
'armj n~. S,ncoo
h .."'d aair
l. ccauses
....... a .lch
error)) IO
to pre
prevent
Since lha
the heated
richer
mhrt .. re ...
adj .. sllb.
mi .. ! .......
111011 when
wbiO carburetor
~&rb""'lOr heat is
i8 to
\O be used
ullOd
mixture,
readjust
the mixture
setting
conllnllowoly
l .. cruiH
continuously in
cruise fllabL
flight.
be",
Th~
u ... at
bUlli
.. ded dduring
UMe flight
mr"lln
The use
of tull
full o"rburolcr
carburetor heat
is reoomme
recommended
in very
be.v)' n.ln
..!""
heavy
rain IO
to a'Oold
avoid thl
the poa:.lblllt)'
possibility 01
of Ingtne
engine 1I0ppag<l
stoppage dua
due IO
to ex.,.
excessive
water
ingestion. The mixture
setting abould
should be readjualad
readjusted for
smoothest
...
ate. mll"B1Inn.
mIXIU" Hllinl
fo. amooth.1Jl
ne
operaUon.
operation.
LEANING WITH A CESSNA ECONOMV

E INDICATOR
ECONOMY MIXTUR
MIXTURE
(EGTI
(EGT)
Exhaust
gas ...
temperature
shown on u..
the optional c."""a
Cessna
Exhau" e'"
mperalure ((EGT)
EOD Uas abown
E"""am)'
ma)' be ..
_ ...
mbl .. releaDinli
m
Economy N!Xlurelndicator
Mixture Indicator may
used
as &II
an "'d
aid tor
for mixture
leaning in
cruising mpt
flight al
at 7lI'!I.
75% ""wer
power or Iless.
adjust
mixture,
using
.... To Kj
.. 11 the ",ixlu
........
aini: this
Cnll8lns:
Indicator,
l..." to .atabhab
lbe p"k
. .a .reference
.f~NQoe polnl
indicator, lean
establish the
peak EOT
EGT .
as
point o.a<Ilhto
and then
(16
4-16
July 11179
1979
11 lul)'
CEsaNA
CESSNA
SECTION
S"'CTION 44
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PROCEDUru,;S
NORMAL
1(!02
MODEL 152
MIX1U~E
MIXTURE
~x"",u:rr GAS
tiA5
EXHAUST
(l(5(:IIIPTIOH
DESCRIPTION
_o.
RECOMMENDED LE
LEAN
II~COMMENot:D
.....
TEWEAIiTUfI(
TEMPERATURE
Opor.d"l H&o
Handbook
(Pilot's
Operating
_
_
~I
~F Rich
Il;et. of
01 Peak
_
[G1
25F
EGT
and Power Computer)
Peak
EGT
_EG1
BEST lCOHOlolV
ECONOMY
Figure
"L(\I",44-4.
.4 EGT
&01' Table
T .. ble
enrichen the
desired increment
en.l~hOft
Ihe mixture
mlxIU", by the
tho. dallAld
Lac .. me"l based
bued on figure
figu .. 4-4.
4_4_
As
operation
best fuel
A. noted
no," in
In this
Ihl& table,
lfIblt. o".
.. Uo .. "at peak
,",U EGT
EOT provides
PI'OV'det the
Ihc beai
.-:ono
m)'. This
Thb results
..."lIa in "ppro:r.tm
.. tel)' 8'iIo
~e ..le
ange than
th .... allo.."
economy.
approximately
8% greater
range
shown in
this
accompanied by
approximately ...
a 4 knot
decrease in
speed.
thi. handbook
b .... dboolr. IlCOOmpanle<l
b)' .pproxlm.tel)'
knm """",aM
In spe.ed.
Under
some condlllonl.
conditions, engine
Undo'lIQm.
Inll"'" roughness
m"/(hn ... may
m~ occur
DCC'" while
",bll. operating
0p"raUng
at peak
operate
at"b.
the Recommended
et
p"ak EGT.
"'OT. In this
,hla case,
e.... Opl
. 11& ..
R.co"u" ... ckKI Lean
lA .... mixture.
mi" I" ..... Any
A n)'
chang1l
In allllude
thl'OlIle position
ponlUon will
... tU requLte
rOCbeck 01
EG1'
change in
altitude o.
or throttle
require ..
a recheck
of EGT
IndICUlon .
indication.
.J
FUEL SAVINGS PROCEDURES FOR FLlGHT

FLIGHT
TRAINING OPERATIONS
For
best fuel
economy du.l
during
training "\>O',,,Uonll.
operations, the
FO' bMl
l'ile i ..,onom)'
nlf flight
ntghllrllnlng
Ih. following
fo llowlng
p1'OO6d11
..... aare
Al recommended.
AlCommen<led.
procedures
1.
2.
Use M~
55% ~
to l!O'
60%
transitioning ~
to ..
and
the practice
UN
!IIo power
ROwer while
.. hUe lran.monlng
od from
fl'Om Ih.
practi""
arol
..tel)' 2200-2250
Il:2OO-UMI RPM).
FtPMj.
area (Ipproltlm
(approximately
Lean
the mixture
maximum
climbs abo"e
above 3000
lAa" In.
mi"I,,", for
lo. m
..",mum RPM
FtPM during
durlnl!' cUmb~
The mixture
may be IdI
left w.ntd
leaned for
such ma"lu""
maneuvers
tfeet.
.... L",.,
ml"I ...... m")'be
lor practicing
pracUeinl!'lIuch
..
al
as 11IIUI.
stalls.
3.
Lean
the mh",,",
mixture for maximum
RPM durlng
during oJlopt'nt.llona
all operations alan)'
at any
Le
.... lite
m .."tmum IU'M
altitude, including
below
feet, whe"
when uling
using 15'lt.or
75% or IeH
less
a'lIIudo.
Includlng those
thoee belo
.. 3000 18M.
power.
PO""
NOTE
pO"" .
When etu"'''1
cruising Il
at ~
75% or
or Le
less
mixture
may be
Wbo."
.. power, the
Ihe mlalu
.. ""'1
lurthe. leaMd
.. cI t1ropt:!5~
further
leaned UIIILl1be
until the RPM pt'W
peaks land
drops 25-50 RPM.
This I.
is "ptoCI
especially
applicable IO
to "f'O
cross-country
ntl.s
.. Uy .ppUcable
. . -OOUII!.ry training
Inlnlng
flights, buI
but ma)'
may also be p'lOll"""
practiced clur1llllran,lUon
during transition nigblll
flights
n1lhta.
"'IIQ
I1 Jl1ly
July 1m
1979
4-17
411
SECTION
SI>CTION 4
NORMAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PROCEDUJ!.I>S
CESSNA
C:I:OSSNA
MOOI>L
MODEL ,~
152
to
area.
\o and
ond from
I""", the
'be practice
pncUce ..
"..
.bo""
U8 1n~.""
,....,.,,,,,,,*ndo<l. pr<>eo<l~
... o e.n
, ...1 "savings
vln,> 01
Using
the above recommended
procedures
can p,""vido
provide fuel
of
up
to
compared to
typical training
operations o"
at a Iull
full "'eh
rich
\o 13% when
.. h&" comP'lTed
\o 'ypl.,..'
l ... lnlnll" opo",'lon.
",'x'u ...
mixture.
j-i
STAlLS
STALLS
The .,.n
stall oll<.n.clod,'lo,,,,,,
characteristics are conventional
the flaps
and n.""
flaps
Tho
convenlion.l for
lor I!w
n.p" up
up ond
down condition.
OO,,<lIUOB. Tlte
..11 warning
wunlni horn
horo. produc.
a o!eody
IO 10
IO
The .stall
produces
steady ol",.o.l
signal 5 to
kDO" before
bolo ... the &01"01
I.....
."ho<1 ~<t
... mol .. OD
un.ll lbo
....
knots
actual ol.O.ll
stall is
reached
and remains
on until
the .irpl
airplane
flight
changed. s<on
Stall ",pOod.
speeds 10T
for vaTI"","
various comb'n.lI"
combinations
of n
flap
n l~ h, attitude
. .. hudo is
iii chonpd.
... or
.p
""<tlnll"
ond b&nk
setting and
bank an'l<!
angle ....
are summaTiZO<lln
summarized in Seellon
Section 5.
5.
"'*
SPINS
[olOnUon.l .pln
.....
opprov..J in
In lIIlo
.... See,lon
Intentional
spins
are approved
this .Irplano
airplane ((see
Section 2).1Ieloro
2). Before
aattempting
llom!>llnll" to
IO perform
porl"rm OpI
no. however,
""_ver . ..
......1 ltomo
......!uUy
spins,
several
items obonld
should bo
be c
carefully
cono,do
..... to
IO ....
u'" a
0 ..
14 flight.
mrb~ No opino
oMnl4 bo
' ' '... p'''' ",Uno",
considered
assure
safe
spins should
be .
attempted
without
first having
spin o"ITI
entries
and opin
spin
lini
hovlng received
reeelvod dual
<tual instruction
1n0'mcli"n in
In both
botb Opi"
... """
"",",vorlH !rom
olillod instructor
lnol""''''' who
... bo lo
..,nl .... wllh
recoveries
from ,a qu
qualified
is Ifamiliar
with III.
the opln
spin
characteristics
of the
Cessna 152.
ch"."
.. ,I"U.. 01
'h. c.ano
1S2.
Tho
bit ol
... n ond
.. oqulprnon'
lncludln~ <bo
The c.b'"
cabin .bould
should be
clean
and al!
all 100
loose
equipment ((including
the
."",,1<1
nlp'
m lO""p"""') should be
bo _
d . For
fI'o, ..
Mcb aplna
!lI be
bo
microphone)
stowed.
a ..,10
solo flight In
in ..
which
spins ...
will
co"duclod.
\be <><>pllO",
1 belt
bol' and
ond tnoulder
conducted, the
copilot's ....
seat
shoulder hun.,.o
harness .hou'd
should IIft-,,1'I.
be secured.
Spins ..
with
occupied ehUd
child's
seat o'"
are not
approved.
Spln
11,1> baggage loadings
\oo.<llD", or o~plod
.......
no' .pp""
.......
""n'p
Tho
bollO and
ot>d ohoul<lllr
. . . . .should
I>o"ld be
bo odj",,1od
p""vl<lo
The ....
seat, belts
shoulder bar".
harnesses
adjusted IO
to provide
P"'~' restraint
_ 1... ln, dU'ln,
"lolpo"'" flight
nI,h< ""I><1Ulo
.... Howev
.., Oorll
proper
during 011
all anticipated
conditions.
However,
care
""""Id
bIt .
.ken "'"M""
<ha' the
<h. pilot
pllo' oo.n
,. .ch \be
n,p' oontrol.
should be
taken
to ensure that
can .""U~
easily reach
the flight
controls
nd produce
produ,," maximum
moxtmum ""ntrol
,,..,,,,10.
aand
control travels.
It is recommended that, where feasible, entries

~:".:i.~:-~:
~m;.:.:-:: Ib.1. wb ..... r...lblo. on,n..
'
be accomplished at
11ft &CCOmpU.hO<! .,
I
Iba' recoveries
...,.,voli.. ortIcomplo1od4000
r.. 'ormol'O
..
high enough altitude
that
are completed 4000 feet
or more .bo>
above
l. At least 1000
HIDG feet
r.., <>I
lm~ 1.,..
bould bo
ground level.
of ..
altitude
loss .should
be ollowod
allowed ror
for 01
a 1-
"' ...C''.. '
turn spin and recovery, while a 6-turn spin and recovery may require
somewhat more than twice that amount. For example, the recommended
entry altitude for a 6-turn spin would be 6000 feet above ground level. In
any case, entries should be planned so that recoveries are completed well
above the minimum 1500 feet above ground level required by FAR 91.71.
Another reason for using high altitudes for practicing spins is that a
greater field of view is provided which will assist in maintaining pilot
orientation.
4.'8
4-18
lJulyHl?1l
1 July 1979
"
CESSNA
MODEL 152
la2
MODEL
SECTlON 44
SECTION
NORMAL
PROCEOURES
NORMA!. PROCEDURES
1'1>8
nonnal entry
Inl1)' is
ti made
m_ from
lrom aI power-off
pOWiI . off stall.
.t.all. As
A.a the
u., stall
.WI is
la
The normal
approached, the
should be
appro""'bod.
tbl elevator
lllvalO. control
co"u.;.llllould
be smoothly
ImooU1l)' pulled
pulled to
1(1 the
\be full
full aft
UI
position.
the stall
pOlmo"- Just
JU8' prior
prlo. to
lO reaching
reloOhln,1be
a\all "break", rudder control
<>onlrol in
ID the
tbe
dNlrecl dlreootlOl'l
tlte spin
api" rotation
l'OI&llon should
lb<>uld be
.... applied
appll..! .,
tba' full rudder
.,,<Id
desired
direction of the
so that
denoodon is
la reached alm
... ' simultaneously
olmul\aneOUlly with
",tb reaching
.."",bl,, full
full aft
aft eleva
ol,va
deflection
almost
tor.
greater rate
of deceleration
stall entries or
<O A
A slightly
11111>11)' ","alar
..1a oleIICIl
. .alion than
u..... for
lor normal
"omll.l&lLe",rin
or
the
III. use
UN of
of partial
paMiai power at the
\be entry will
wUI assure
..11,lfe more consistent
oonll.t\e"1 and
aJ>d
pooolU .... Intrla
1(1 the
u.. IPI4.
Bolli elevator
elevalOr &Dd
.,,&ler 001l1ro1e
81>o .. ld be
positive
entries to
spin. Both
and rudder
controls should
held
the .pil!
spin until
the spin
inadvertent
b,1d full with
wlllllbo
UIlW ili,
lpill recovery
'''''''"''l''J' is
Il initiated.
Inlltalad. An
An 1n"'''''''''''1
.. 1~ioJI of either
elllle. of
01 these
Ibo.. controls
000=1, could
oou.ld result
.... ull in
ID the
lhI do
.... 'op .......1 of
o! a
relaxation
development
nose-down
"0
.....10"" spiral.
ep1l'a1.
_r .,
"_.11", ro_'
1'$&0_
'''Ir)'
NOTE
Careful attention ,bould

should bi
be taken
assure that
the aileron
C""'ula'Ia"1kNl
\&UD to
<O .......
tbll\bleU'n>n
ooolrOl
la neutral
... uual duri",
&Il phases
pb_ of the
llIe spin
Ipln since
,1""" any
~
control is
during all
aileron detlooliOll
deflection In
in the
direction of
alter the
-.lleroll
U.e din<lllo;a
o! the
\bi spin
epln may alw.
u..
spin characteristics
increasing
the rotation
rate
.pln
OltuloOterlstt... by 1nc
..... I"'lbe
'o\allo....
'" and
.... d
cllanl'lng the
III. pitch
pll<)lt .ttUu
....
changing
attitude.
l'or the
Ib. purpose
pu.".,.. DI
I ... ,n,ng in
,n spins
oplne and
.nd spin
opi" ,...,.,veri
... a 1, to
IO 2-turn
2"um
For
of training
recoveries,
opln lo.
ad_quala .n<!
Md. Up to
\O 221"rIIl.
apin will
wlll progress
prognou to
IO
spin
is adequate
and .huuld
should bi
be ..
used.
turns, lIIe
the spin
lai.ly .apld
n;J,allon o.n<;I
I\UtUo:W. Application
Appllcallon o!
"<:OV"1)'
a fairly
rapid ""n
rate 01
of rotation
and a ,,"p
steep attitude.
of recovery
controls ,,!li
will produce prompt
from 1/4
of a turn.
conlrob
prompl recoveries
reD<>V(!rles of
nllrom
lH to
IO 1/2
1/201.
IUrll.
spin
pl" is
l. oo"",,ul<!
Ihe 2 to
IO 3tum
r.ngo .lIOm.
II 'h
If
the
continued beyond the
3-turn range,
some ohance
change in
cho.caclar
nr the
Llle spin
apln may be nOlflll.
m.y vary
v .........
<I IIOme
character of
noted. 1101&\lon
Rotation ral&~
rates may
and
some
add,Llo
.. a! oldnlip
bo 1,,11.
N.. rma! recoveries
,,",,overl. . from
lrom 2uch
additional
sideslip may be
felt. Normal
such u~nd&d
extended
~pln"
m ..y take
I"kn up to
\O"a full
lull turn
\u'u or moN.
spins may
more.
Regardless
of how
turns
spin 18
is held
it is
ltoS'ardlu8 01
bo" many
m.ny tu
ms the
Ille apln
It.. ld or how It
l, entered,
emerod. the
\he
lollowing
I~ be used:
"Md,
following l''ICOv.1)'
recovery 1000bnlque
technique .hou
should
l.
1.
2.
~.
3.
4.
VERITY THAT AIL.ERONS

ANDTHROTTLE
VERIFY
AILERONS ARE NEUTRA!.
NEUTRAL AND
THROTTLE 15
IS
ID!.E POSITION.
POSIT10N .
IN IDLE
FULL RlJDDEROPPOSITE
RUDDER OPPOSITE TO THE DIREC
APPLY AND
ANO HOLD
HOL.D P'Ut.L
DIREe.
TION OJ>
IIOTAT10N.
OF ROTATION.
JUST Ali'TIUl
RUDOER REACHES THE STOP.
MOVE THE
AFTER THB
THE RUDDER
STOP, MOVE
CONTROL WHEE!.
WHEEL BRlSK1.Y
BRISKLY FORWARD FAR ENOUGH TO
BREAK THE STAU..
requlred SI
STALL. Full dowu
down eLov.\Or
elevator m.)'
may bo
be required
at af\
aft
center
of '''''''\y
gravity loadl"p
loadings \O
to a
assure
optimum ~~rles.
recoveries.
"",II
... o!
.. u... opUnllun
HOLO
UNTI!. ROTATION STOPS.
HOLD THESE CONTRO!.
CONTROL INPUTS UNTIL
Premature
relaxation 01
of \bi
the """Irol
control '''pulii
inputs may
extend the recov
l''remaru
... rel."alloa
ma)' uWnd
reeo .. -
.".
ery.
5.
3.
AS ROTATION &TOPS.
STOPS, NEUTRA!.I?E
NEUTRALIZE 'tUDDEI\,
RUDDER, AND
ANO MAKE A
SMOOTII
DIVE.
SMOOTH RKCQVEIIY
RECOVERY P'ROM
FROM TUE
THE RESULT!N(;
RESULTING DIVE.
11 July 1l17li
1979
4-19
SECTION 4
SEC'TION
NORMA!..
NORMAL PROCEDURES
CESSNA
CESSNA
MODEL 152
MODE!..
NOTE
If dleOrle
disorientation
visual """'rmt
determination
of Ihe
the
..... lio .. precludes
pr..:lud.. I.a >'I8Ul.I
..., lnn 'II
dtroelion
tton. the
,bit Iyn.bollc
direction of ........
rotation,
symbolic .I<pl.ne
airplane tn
in l''''
the turo
turn
coordinator
referred
for lhilo
this InlormaUnn.
information.
coonli
.... I0< may
m.l' be
bo refen
...d to
IO lor
,...Iahl
Variations
in basic
in weight I.nd
and balanoe
balance due IO
to
V.daUon. tn
buie airplane
o.Il1'Lanl rigging
rigglng or In
installed
equipment or
cockpit o<:<:up&DC:y
occupancy c.n
can ca"
cause
differences
in ""hA'"
behav
,n.I.U." .qulpman\
o. """Ilpil
.. "m
.... n".. tn
"1ft"f"II,,.,... ....
ior,
in extended spins. Tbo
These
normal .n~
and "'111
will
lor. particularly
panleuiarly In
... differences are norm.l
in variations
spin ebaraercrbUc'
characteristics flnd
and III
in the
recovery lengths
result
rolUU In
".rtaUon. in
III the
.ha splll
\b~ fOCev,ry
langth.
uwnded api"".
.1>0""
for aptnl
spins 01
of more
the above recovery
lor
more than
th.n 33 turns.
turni. However,
Ho"'ever. lhe
rooovcry procedure
pr<J<:'8dure
should .l"'.l'.
always be used
and will
in the
most expedll
expeditious
recovery
$houl"
"end .nd
",m result
,..,sullin
Iho mo.l
loul l'OCOve<y
from any spin.
ITom
opln .
Intentional
spins with
are p"'lIlbH
prohibited,
since the
Inlentlon.l .plnl
",Ilh flaps
n.. p extended
" .... <!ed ano
.... slnee
III.. high
IItlll
speeds which
occur during recovery
are potentially
damaging to the
.JM&d1
"'hleh may
..... l' <><,<,u.durlng
recmr.'}' ...
polenll.Uydan"'llnrlolbe
flap/wing
structure.
n.pl"""g .lnIel
..... .
LANDING
po_r-o"
Norm landing
la.rwttnC approaches
.pp.....,_ can
CIon be
bo made
m .... with
_1111 power-on
pOWer..on nr
Normal
or power-off
.., speed. or
n.I up ... noi
n.PII
Suri. . . .winds
. inclo. and
.nd air
.1. turbulence
turbul.""" are
.... usually
u.".Il)" the
th. primary
pl"1m.ry factors
'acto.. in
In
Surface
determining
speeds.
<I<Il<!nnlnlng the
Ibl most
mOlli comfortable
e<unlortahltl approach
o.pproac:b IpndI.
11010
70 KIAS
KI AS with
Il> flaps up, and M
KIAS with
wllll flaps down.
cio ......
at speeds of 60
to 70
55 10M
to 65 KIAS
lOuehdowlI
wUb
on lbu m.ln
,unw.y
AClual touchdown should

.bould be
be made
",ade with power-off
poweroff end
Actual
and on the main
wheels first.
fi ..l. The
Tbe nose
ROM wheel
wh~1 should
sho"l" be
htllowered.
t.o the
lbe runway as
u
wheels
lowered 5"'00Ibl)"
smoothly to
speed
spee<l is
ta diminished.
"tmlnlahed.
SHORT
SHORT HELD
H ELD LANDING
LANDING
u.
l'o ... ohon

In .moolbalr
m.k. ""p"'&l'h .'
54
the 1I1Id&
glide path.
!14 KIAS
KIAS with
.. \lb 30
30" flaps
na"" using
".i"lJ enough
I n""!th power
powlr to
IO control
conll'Clllb,
palb. After
Ali.. ,
all
"pp",..,h obstacles
ab.,...,I are cleared,
cl .......". progressively
prog ....... lveJy reduce
reduo:-. power
pow~r and
...,d
.LI approach
maintain
of the airplane.
m.ln'.io 54
M KIAS
KIAS by
by lowering
lo ..... ri.t:tll" the
tbu nose
""",,, ottbco
rJrpl ... ~. Touchdown
Toucb<lown should
aho"l"
bo made
mad. with
w"h power-off
po",.,-olf and
lUld on
Oli the
lhc main
m..tn wheels
",b"lo first.
f1~ Immediately
Immedi_ty after
1M.
be
touchdown,
the nose
wheel and
as required.
IOUclldowu. lower
lowerth,
IIOM_hMI
.... d apply
.. pply heavy
he.YJ' braking
bnllinS"
,""utnd. For
Fo.
moxtmum brake
bralla effectiveness,
ef1ee&lve ........ retract
re.,...,1 the
!han
.."". hold
hold full
full nose-up
no_up elevator,
.lev.to
maximum
flaps,
and
the
nd apply
..pply maximum
m ..!dmum brake
Il....10:. pressure
l' ....." ... without
"lIhoul sliding
1IIdlll,'II
tires.
i .....
For a short field
Il.ld landing
landlng in smooth air conditions,
""ndIUon make an
an approach at
un"',
.t.
Slightly
should
SlIlfhtly higher
hlah. . approach
. pproac:lI speeds
1 - "
ho"ld be
bo used
Wl"" under turbulent
.urbul.M air
conditions.
coodltlon .
"
CROGSWIND
CROSSWINO LANDING
LANO iN G
When
Whan landing
l.n"lnl in
In a strong
Itron~ crosswind,
ol"Sswlnd. use
w;e the
lbe minimum
mlnlmum flap
n.p setting
utng
,.
1m
4-20
July 1979
1L July
"
BEC'l'lON 4
SECTION
PROCEDU R ES
NORMAL PROCEDURES
CESSNA
MODEL 1~
152
required
the 1
field
a wing
low, crab, or
combination method
<eqUI
...... for
lo. "'.
.. ld length.
IOD~b . Use
U.....
IDl"low.ol"&b.o
a ...,mb",."oD
"'"""'"
of ~"'ft
drift OO..-.e"<>D.n<!
correction and land
attitude.
CI
!&Dd in
ID.a nearly
118&'~ level
Iovol."''''''".
BALKED LANDING
LANDING
Il.,,..
In a balked
ballooclllanding
...dlnK ~
... oun<!l ,,11mb.
lIMo ..
lnl< flap setting
1IIn1I should
obou.ld be
1>0
In
(go-around)
climb, the
wing
_uoecl
full ""
..... is
111 applied.
opplied. Upon
U""D reaching
....cbID, a
reduced '"
to 3D"
20 lmm..u..IoLy
immediately .ne.
after full
power
safe all"&P"d
airspeed,. "'"
the D.po
flaps lshould
slowly retracted
1011
bould be olo",ly
... 11"0010<1 to
'" the
"'o full up position.
"""ltIon.
COLO
COLD WEATHER QPERATIQN
OPERATION
P ..... '"
\o, ..
l'" temperatures
Iompo,alu",o bol.,..
ilIo
o.<!v\ ...ble to
IO
Prior
to ow-t
starting
with
below l,ORIni".
freezing, it
is advisable
l'ull
..... propen
... through
'101"<>01110 ..
vel"&' 11m
.. by hand
h.nd to
'" h
...... loose"
100M" or
pull the
propeller
several
times
"break
Umbe
.. .....
thu. 00"
...... '''11 battery
ba""'Y o"O'a:Y.
"limber"
the oll.
oil, thus
conserving
energy.
NOTE
Wbon pollini"
propeno, .hrougb
by hand,
b&Dd.lI"o.,lIuU
When
pulling "'"
the propeller
through by
treat it as if
the 11"'"0"
ignition aw'Ioh
switch is
turned OD.
on. A loou
loose o
or
"'o
La 'urnod
.. broken
broko" ground
llround
wire
on .1
either
magneto ""old
could oao
cause
the 0"111"0
engine to
wl .... 0<>
.... ' mop.'"
.. "'.
lo fire.
Il .....
J>uMOI
IO Ir""
..... lly ~u
l ...... "with
ilio o"lSl""
........
p" ... 'u...,. below
belo ..
Preheat is
generally
required
outside 01
air
temperatures
,e'
c (O'FI
ho" temperatures
IOmperOlur are
ro. below -7C
.,..C 13D"P).
-18C
(0F) &Dd
and III
is ,...,.,mmo"dOd
recommended ..
when
(20F).
Cn'd
.'h ... o!&rlloll
pn><>edur. . .
ro.
Cold ...
weather
starting procedures
are
as loLlowo
follows:
WlIh
P ... h ~
With Preheat:
1.
'.
2.
3.
4.
5.
IglIlUon SSwitch
w lloh
Ignition
-- on
OFF..
Tbrolllo
Throttle -- CLOSED.
MI
.. u ... -- IDLE
IDLEClITOPF".
Mixture
CUT-OFF.
ParlllnK
... k . -- SET.
Parking a
Brake
Pnme
,bo propeller
propoLl ... is
lo bel"l"
tumo<! cv",
Prime .
-- !2 '"
to 4 STROKES &3
as the
being turned
over by
h.nd.
RECHAROE ,,,
.. priming
pr"lm'''1" alto
...engine
"gln .un.
hand. RECHARGE
for
after
start.
NOTE
Caution obauld
should be
to en.ur.
ensure "'"
the brakes
are ...
set c.
or a
CouUaD
be used
oood lo
br_keo.,..
o
.100 "",,'rolo.
'10ourlod
qualified perso"
person I.
is Il
at the
controls.
6.
Mlxlu""
Mixture -, RICH.
?7.
ThrnlU.
4 INCH.
INCll.
Throttle -- OPEN 1/2 lO
to 3/
3/4
?topo""'
A .......
AR.
Propeller Area
-- CLE
CLEAR.
8.
8.
IJ'
1I J"
July 1!mI
1979
4-21
'
CESSNA
SECTION 4t
NORMAL PROCEDURES
D.
9.
lO.
10.
l!.
11.
l~.
12.
13.
13.
14.
14.
MOOEL 152
l!02
MODEL
tu8wl"'b ,.
linlUo"
BTART ((release
.. I..... when
wbon oortno
..... )
Ignition Swltcb"
Switch -- START
engine $u
starts).
hi",.
AB REQURIED
RF.QUIIIEO until
~n,11 the
th. onil."
Prime ,--. AS
engine ",no
runs om",,'bly
smoothly.
TIl",,,1.,,
to< 1200
1000 to
IO 1'lOO
Throttle -- AOJUST
ADJUST for
1500 RPM lo.
for ~pprnl[!ma"'!l'
approximately one
minute
after which
the RPM
can be
or less.
miop", .flo,
.ohlcll.no
RPM C""
bo lowered
Iow.n>d to
IO 1000
'000 0<
l .....
OH
.... u'"" "-- CHECK.
Oil P
Pressure
Primer
Pdmor"-- LOCK.
LOCK,
M ...
Master
Switch -- ON.
Wlt.bou'
Without Preheat:
P rehea1:
p""""."
The procedure 10r

for ....
starting
the
same
as .ollb
with preheat
Tho
rtlni without
wl"'"", preheat
pro"'''' is
1.1),
....
m....
p,..,b.a,
uoop'
n)l"i no ohould
'''''' .'",ko.
wb,l. pulling
pull'nl"
except th
the
engine
should ,,",primo<!
be primed ab
an oddl"<>1Ial
additional two
strokes while
,ne
ba"". Ca,bureto,
h ....should
hould ""'
oppllO(! ..
te, the
'h.
the prop"'llertb~
propeller through by hand.
Carburetor heat
be applied
after
engine ...
starts.
the c",bul"Ot.>r
carburetor heat
on until
smoothly.
oort""
,..... Leave
lAav. "'.
h , 00
Un'" ,the
....engine
O!Jln. runs
nluomO<lthly
NOTE
11
'hO On)l"1nO
... but does
_ . 00'
aI.rt or continue
eon,ln~. ru,,")"I<.
If the
engine 11
fires
not start
running,
repeat 111.
the ,bavo
above ...
starting
beginning
step 6.
rtl"1I procedure
procodu, olHl
lllnnln~ with
wlth .'epe.
If "'.
the e"!Jl""
engine _
does not
start during "'.
the first
l'
"'" our<d.clnl
n ... , few
la ....attempts,
t ... mpts. or
o,
if ong1n.
engine firing d,rn\!".hM
diminishes tn
in .tr&n!Jlb.
strength, it
is possible
that
,1
i'10
po>uibl.'ha'
the "po,k
spark p1uCO
plugs "'00
have boon
been lroatad
frosted 0VtI,.
over, In
in which
case
.. hle" ....
p,..,hea, must
mu", be
bo.se<!
bIIlo ....
no'''or star<
preheat
used before
another
start 1.
is a"omptod.
attempted.
''')><l''
' '"i"1I"
During e<>ld
cold ....
weather
operations,
indication will
apparent on the
Durin,
"' operAnon
. no Ind,,,,,,ion
wlll be
bo oPP."''''o.
,""
oil ..
temperature
prior to
outside
are very
oi1
m.,.'''~'''' gage p,IO.
IO takeoff if
ti ou
.. ,de air
01. temperatures
tempo",'""", ......
very
cold. Alte,
After "a suitable
period (~
(2 IO
to 5 minutes
at 1000
cald.
ni,.bl. warm-up
",arm,,,p t>t,",0<1
m,nu'u a'
.000 RPM),
RPIoI)
accelerate
engine
higher .nrtn.
engine RPM.
the ~n
engine
.....,.1
...... the
"'" .n
... ~. several
leverai times
tim to
IO bl.~OT
RPIoi. If
"the
... n.
accelerates
smoothly an~
and oli
oil pressure remains
normal .od
and ....
steady,
the
""".1
....... amoo""y
,..,moin. no,m,,)
"'y. 'h.
airplane 1.
is ready
"1'1'1.""
",.dl' for
lo' takeoff.
takooa.
' 'CO
,""""a
p"''''''"
When ope
operating
temperatures
avoid using
Whon
... 'h', in
In ..
mp"''''"'''' below
belo", -18C,
"S'C. avold
".In&" partial
portl.1
carburo"',
b .... Parti,,)
..., mal'
..... th.
carburetor heat.
Partial Il
heat
may 'ne
increase
the c-"",,,,,",,,
carburetor air '''''')><l'''u",
temperature
IO the
"'" O'
lo Il'C
""b .... icing
I<lo&" lo
to
0 to
21C rango
range,. where
is c,IU.,,1
critical una.,
under con","
certain .'mOOphOr!e
atmospheric
condhlon
..
conditions.
"
NOISE ABATEMENT
["croaoe<! emph
i. 00
Improvl"g the
,~. qualuy
v!ronm"n'
Increased
emphasis
on improving
quality of ou,
our .n
environment
~"I
... renewed
ronowo<leffor!
P.,t 01
IO minimize
m'n'm',., tbc
requires
effort oo.n.
on the part
of "II
all pUntO
pilots to
the .freet
effect 01
of
,,1.,,1".0
n"l .. 00
poblle.
airplane noise
on Ute
the public.
a.
W,. as pilots,
pUota. ca"
."v"onnIonUI
We,
can ~nlOn"ro'"
demonstrate 00'
our con"",o
concern (",
for environmental
improvement,
imp<o'... rn.n,. ~y
by appliOAtlon
application 01
of the
,ho following
1011o"'lol."~
suggested
.. d procedures,
pn><:e<!UTOa. """
and
thereby
build public
support for avl.,lo,,:
aviation:
'''eby tend
I.od to
IO buUd
pu~"e .upponlo.
u1 l' 1979
,~
1'.I
July
4-22
SECTION 4~
NORMAI.. PROCEDURES
l'fIOCEDURES
NORMAL
CESSNA
MODEL
MOln:L 152
I~
I.
1.
PU""" operating
Ope ' I", aircraft
all'<)l'att under
\ln<le. VFR
VI'n over
OvtlT outdoor
ouldooor .......
mbU .. of
or
Pilots
assemblies
""'11(1"'. ....., ...
persons, recreational
Uon.. l and
&nel park
pari< areas,
....... and
alici other
<lUI noise-sensitive
..a1 __ ..n.,Li"
abo".
areas
than 2000
........ should
ho.,l" make
mali. every
aver)' effort
Iflon to
IO fly
tly not
"," less
lUUb""
2000 feet
""" above
the
even though
at a lower level
Ula surface,
&ul1"" .. weather
_<h permitting,
IM""IUI"II".......
1110",,11 flight
OIabl.lalo",erlevel
ma.,y be
boI consistent
oo"ai.oWII' with
wilb the
Iba provisions
provi,lonl or
1O".......,ent regulations.
~pl Ion ...
may
of government
2.
2.
or
a"
During
0"'1011" departure
d ..,,_ .... from
Il'OlII or approach
.pp~b to
IO an airport,
alrpon. climb
cllmh after
r.tI<Ir
I&lteoll ..
nel cSe.oenl
lo. landing
I...,din .. ehould
boI made
m&do so
110 ...
.., avoid
a ... old
takeoff
and
descent for
should be
as to
prolon~ flight
mlll
lo. altltu&o
oear noise-sensitive
nol_ ... naiUvtI .......
prolonged
at1 low
altitude near
areas..
NOTE
T~
.... recommended
noeommondod procedures
proo;oedute' <lo
BOt .ppl),
wlle ..
The .bo
above
do not
apply where
u...
y would
_Ld conflict
ooDnlcl with
.. lUi Air
AI. T
...fli<> Conlrol
.."..... or
they
Traffic
Control cln
clearances
instructions,
an altltudoo
altitude
lnalnlc!.lollL or where,
.. I>c! .... in
In the
III. pilot's
pllor. judgment,
Judpenl. An
01
le ... t.b
.... 2000
tooO feet
ree< is
l. necessary
nee ....... ry 'or
hlm to
lo adequately
ad.q ... t.L)'
of less
than
for him
eexercise
..,IM his
III. dIII)'
IO ....
&/Id avoid
avold Olbu
..11.
duty to
see and
other ai",
aircraft.
....
TIuI
noi . . level
1.....1 lor
Il Model
M_11M!
poU.. dM maximum
muimum
The c.rtlftcaled
certificated noise
for the
152 .Ilero
at 1670 pounds
we'lhI '"
11 .... been
_ .. made
m~ by the
Ihe Federal
Federai
weight
is M.a
64.8 dstA).
dB(A). No dalUnUn.Uoo
determination has
AviaUo.il
AdrninIatraUOIl1h
.. , the
Ula noise
1101... levels
La ... allol
ibis oUrpl"".
~orshould
Aviation Administration
that
of this
airplane are
or should
acceptable Ot
or unacceptable
operation al.
at, 1n1O.
into, o'
or out of,
any airport.
be &CCoOp!.ab\o
un_plabl, for
lo. Open.UOll
of. &Il)'
alrpon..
1 J,,1y
July 1979
4-23/(4-24 bi
blank)
4-:/3/(4'2'1
.... )
CESSNA
MODEL
MOOEL 152
SECTION S
5
PERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
5
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
TABlE
TABLE OF CQNTENTS
CONTENTS
'-,.,
Page
IntroducI;"" __ . _ . .
Use
Charts
Ute of
01 Performance eh
.......
Sample
Sunplfl Problem
ProI;>lem .
Introduction
Takeoff
TalIeo"
5-3
5-j
Yu.lllMJulnod
Fuel
Required
Landl "lf
Landing
..,.,,."
5-3
Cruise
,.,
"
.. _
5-4
'"
5-!>
!I- ~
5-5
5-7
Demonstrated
Oem",,_U"i.t!d Operating
Opoor"liag Temperature
T.mpooralure
Figure
f'i(fUre 5-1,
51. Airspeed
AinP<l<ld Calibration
C.. hb . .. Uon
..
n(fUre 5-2,
52. Temperature
T""'peralure Conversion
Conyon!on Chart
CI>UI
Figure
Y1gure 5-3,
~-3 . Stall
S.aU Sp<ted.
. ....
Figure
Speeds
~Igu ... 5-4,
s ..... Takeoff
Tak eoff Distance
llIalane..
Figure
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
~". [{U .. 5-5,

5""', Rate
nata Of
01 Climb
ClimI>- Maximum
Mnlmum . .
Figure
Figu .... 5-6,
5-ll, Time,
T'mI. Fuel,
~u.l. And
AlldO'.lan
... To
TO Climb
CHmb
Figure
Distance
Figure
Filfu .... 5-7,
5_7. Cruise
Crui.. Performance
I r".m .... c .
Figure
Figuro 5-8,
&8. Range
R",,"~ Profile
p",m.- 24.5
24.11 Gallons
CaUun. Fuel
t'"el .
,.~
5-12
Range
Rangu Profile
prom.- 37.5
37.0 Gallons
Oa.ilon. Fuel
~'".I
FI(fU 1"e 5-9.
Endurou'co Profile
Profll, -- 24.5
~4,0 Gallons
Oa.il"n. Fuel
t"u.1
Figure
5-9, Endurance
End"""0<1 Profile
Pr<;IlUO -_ 37.5
37.1i Gallons
OoJlon. Fuel
FUll
Endurance
Figure
5-1G, Landing
Figure 5-10.
Landlng Distance
Ols'anO<l . . . . . . . .
11 July
JIII)' 1979
18'79
..
,.,
,
5_11
5-11
~_ 1 3
5-13
5_14
5-14
5 _1~
5-15
5_16
5-16
5_11
5-17
~_18
5-18
~_19
5-19
5-1/(5-2 blank)
SECTION ~5
PERP'ORlIIIANCE
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
lIIIOO!!:!.. 152
1li2
MODEL
INTRODUCTION
p ..for", ... ot data
dlllll charts
~h~ o,,!ho
lollowlnl pages
p.1rM An
p......,,,\e'd 80
Ih.~
Performance
on the following
are presented
so that
yo
......
y Imow
whlll '"
upoc\ from
fTom the
II>, 1li."1,.,,,
u"IIe. various
".rlone oondltlo"s.
you
may
know what
to expect
airplane under
conditions,
and .180.
also, '"
to facilitate
the planning
in d'lall
detail ."d
and with
reasonable
f..,lllllll.e !h,
plllnnlnl of
or flights
fill"".11I
wllh ...
uoo"bl,
"".\5
accuracy. Th,
The data
in the e"".".
charts has
AOO\lrM\)'
d"la 11I1lI.
" ... been
_II computed
eomp"llMI from
fTom actual
_u.1 flight
nlgt\l tests
",IlII
with the
lhA all'plan.
airplane o.od
and ""81
engine
... in
In lJood
good co",lllio"
condition &Dd
and using
... l.D.K average
o.veBll" piloting
piLoting
_Il"[qu ...
techniques.
It
be noted
_
Ula''''.
pettorm.""" 11110rm.UolI
preMnled in
111 the
the
It slIould
should be
that
the performance
information presented
..... p and endurance
end ..
p ....ft1. charts allows
.[[ow. for 45
4!1 minutes
minute .......
fU.l at
range
profile
reserve fuel
Ih
peclfllM1 cruise
enol.. power.
power. Fuel
Fu.1 flow
n .... date
lor cruise
" ....1... is
le based
_
"" the
the
specified
data for
on
rance
I"Y.
o".""
a,
u..
utnl'.
"ari.bl.....
wctutlq .....
prv~lIor cond.llion
al. turbulence
lu.bul.""" may
"'.7 _
n t for variations
.. "rl",IO'" of
01 10%
109b
propeller
condition,. ,,<><I
and air
account
or more
range
endurance.
or
moro in
In ....
" and
..,d ...
d ......."". Therefore,
n..rofOA. it
It is
Il important
Imponanl to
IO utilize
,,1m ... all
All
.""1I,,bI8 information
WonnaUon to
IO estimate
"tlm"" the
th. fuel
tuel required
re.qU;rwI for
'o. the
u.. particular
panlCUlar
available
racomm ... _ lean
te... mixture
n.blllA setting.
...
Bo.... indeterminate
iAdele""!".'" variables such
wuch ...
recommended
Some
as
mbtu,.. leaning
1.... 1"1( technique, 11.101
... elerial' characteristics,
ebr.r_rlflle.
''l'\ne and
&Od
mixture
fuel metering
engine
flight.
file h \..
USE OF PERFORMANCE CHARTS

USE
Performance
P~rlo.m.nC9 data
d"ta is
ili presented
p.innle<! in
In tabular
!.ab.. l or
or graphical
Ilraphi".1 form
lo"" to
IO illus
lllus
trate the
Ihe effect
effOOI of
or different
dlffe"'''1 variables.
"arl.bles. Sufficiently
Sullielently detailed
dellliled information
Info.matl"" is
t..
trate
provided
provldod in
ln the
II>. tables
labl" so
"" that
IhM conservative
"""M.vali"e values
.. " I"el can
o.n be
bo selected
SOlocted and
IUld used
... ed
lo determine
do"'nn! ... the
the particular
p U""l. r performance
perlonn"n"" figure
li", .. with
wlth reasonable
reuoMblo accuracy.
""",u."cy.
to
SAMPLE PROBLEM
u..
Tbe following
tollowlnl( sample
.ampie flight
ml'hI problem
p .... bl.m utilizes
ulll!ze~ information
Inform"tio" from
from the
The
v .... iou. charts

ch."'. to
\O determine
dolermi". the
\be predicted
prtd1cted performance
performa.nce data
d.llIlor.
Iyplco.!
various
for a typical
flight.
mllh~ The following information is known:
Imo.,,:
n.loUO ..1nlllnfonn.llolll.
AIRPLANE
AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION
CONP'IOURATION
Takeoff weight
Tateon _,I>I
lelO Pounds
1610
U""",[e fuel
fu.1
Usable
14 . ~ Gallons
Oallone
24.5
Pound8
TAKEOFF
TAKEOFF CONDITIONS
CONOITIONS
Plold pressure
pNflwro altitude
alt\ludt'
Field
IfIOO Feet
P_I
1500
Temperature
Temper" ture
Wind
Wl"" component
oompo ...... ' along
aloIIe runway
.........,.
28"C
( lS"C above standard)
&ta.n4atd)
28
C (16C
12 Knot
K"", Headwind
HncI",1nd
12
Field
P'te141length
....
3500 Feet
&'111
abon
"""~
July 1979
1m
1I July
5-3
CESSNA
MODEL 152
lr.ll
SECTtON&
SECTION 5
PERI"ORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
CRU
ISE CONDITIOSS
CRUISE
CONDITIONS
*MoOONou\I",,1
M!lo.
F.... '
Tol&!
Total dl8l&Deo
distance
"""ou", "nuude
Pressure
altitude
Tempera.u,.
Temperature
Es"",,tod w'nd
Expected
wind onrouto
enroute
265 Nautical Miles

5500 Feet
eooc
C .bov
.....
nd.nI)
20
C (1$'
(16C
above
standard)
lO Knot
Kno' Headwind
H ..,h.lnd
10
LA
~'OlNG COl'/J)lTlONS
LANDING
CONDITIONS
Field
l'leld pressure
P"'''''"''' .altitude
I, i'udo
T.mpe
..... ure
Temperature
2000 Feet
FI~ld length
lengtll
Field
3000 Feet
25C
TAKEOFF
The ,.keofl
... n,," obut.
takeoff dl
distance
chart, Il,,,,.
figure
~t. obauld
bo con.ulta<!.
_plnJ in
lo'
5-4,
should be
consulted, keeping
mlod Ut.,
Uto dloa.>"
.. oho","
_
on the
Ut. oho
... field
flold technique.
_nn;qu ..
mind
that the
distances
shown U<o
are based
short
Con""rv
.. ,lvo dla
.... n ... c~
' . blla hod by ",.dlng
.... .at' .bo
n.,"
Conservative
distances
can bo
be ...
established
reading tho
the cha
chart
the next
hlgller
valuo 01
nd temperature.
toM"" ..... U..... For
1'<>< eumple.
Ut particular
portlou' o,
higher value
of aU!tud
altitude
and
example, In
in this
"""ple
.. " dl
.. on.,. .nformatton
p,... nted for
lo, ..a pressure
p ..... u ...
sample problom.
problem, tM
the wc
takeoff
distance
information presented
altitude
lt ltu~o 01
poro 'u .... 01
bo used
aood ......
In
of 0000
2000 le"
feet ,,"d
and ..
a ton,
temperature
of :IO"'C
30C oboald
should be
and '.oal"
results in
the following:
Ut.lollo"",
",,,
GrouDd
Ground roll
..... t
980 Feet
1820_.
1820 Feet
Total d'''.''.,.
distance te
to ~l
clear
50-foot oW'""I
obstacle
To'"
r a &0-'00'
.
The
... dl,
' arn:a .no
oll wltblo
.. takeoff
tak..,rI field
I .. ,d length.
10"S'h. Howev
H<>wov
These
distances
are w
well
within 'ho
the "voll.h
available
.r
"lon lo,
'ho ori"".
wlnd may
m.~ be
be made
m&do based
_
On
No ... 3 01110
er,.
a oo,n
correction
for the
effect 01
of wind
on Note
of the
...
kooff ono
..... Th.
lo,.a 12
13 kno.
heodwlnd is:
ilo:
takeoff
chart.
The e<l'nICt\on
correction for
knot headwind
12 Knots
9 Knots
.,.,.
10% = ':l'lIo
13%
o.. "'....
Decrease
This results in the following distances, corrected for wind:
Oround
lnd
Ground ",n.
roll, zero ..
wind
Decrease
in
ground
OeoTO&ll<! ." ""und roll
",Il
980
Co,"",_
TOII
Corrected fT""Uod
ground roll
853 Feet
(980 feet '* la%)

13%)
(geO!Od
Total dJo""",
distance
TOI&!
127
to clear
a
te
01 ..... ' ..
50-foot obo""';
obstacle,
zero ..
wind
~Ioot
..,rn
lnd
1820
Dee,
.... In
..1 dio'
...".
Decrease
in te
total
distance
(1820 feet
, ... .x \a%)
13%)
d',,,,,,,,....,i.
Cor.-..:te<\
Corrected toI&J
total distance
te <:l
.... :11)1_
to
clear
5G-foot "b
obstacle
237
1:-83
... ,
1583 F
Feet
,.,
1 July 1979
5-4
l':r.CTION
SECTION &
5
PERl'ORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
MODI':L
l~
MODEL 152
CRUIS
E
CRUISE
no
o""ud. aMuld
_ based
_ oro"
The enH.'nl"
cruising altitude
should ""
be ",
selected
on a ec""d.r.lI""
consideration o,
of
trlp
"gtb, winds
... I"do .10"
d ,.".
o performance.
po-rlo,moo"". A typical
.ypleo' e",
10;011
length,
aloft,.....
and
the ''l'l'I.DO
airplane's
cruising
trip lo
altitude oad
and t~
the
expected
enroute h""
have been
oll1'udo
~ ~ wind
wln~ 00<00"
","Il given
Ji~.n for
lor this
.hl. sample
oample
proble",. How.~."
\llnli' selection
...1..,Uoo for
lo, ecruise
... l.. must
mua' ""
problem.
However, Uto
the IK"'"
power ..
setting
be <1<110'_
deter
mlMd
_
on ..
~.,al ~1<leraU<>n
. Th
... include
Inelud. the
III. ertll
.. perfor
porlormined based
several
considerations.
These
cruise
m."""
.. "",leri.,l.. presented
pr...."..., in
lo figure
fil"ra &_7.
!.h. range
""ne. profile
prom. ehan
mance eh
characteristics
5-7, the
chart
p""",n,",,- In
r.nd,.".
pr<>lIIe oba
.. presented
p", ... nl<ld in
l" figure
Ilgu'"
presented
in fil"'"
figure a-II.
5-8, and
the eodun"OII
endurance profile
chart
,.
5-9.
""'w".
The
power ...
and
the range
Th
. .relationship
. I.. .,on.hlp between 1K'",.,
d range
'knp is
'" illustrated
UlulT.tod by
b~ Ut.
T1>lp
profll. chart. COn.,d
..... bl. '"01
~Ine and
d longer range result
_uh ..
h
profile
Considerable
fuel
savings
when
oh".
. . . l"np' ronp
10"0'
IK'''' ' ..
'dnp _are used.
uoed. For
Fo, ,Ma
mpl. problem,
problom ...a o",I".IK''''o,
01
lower power
settings
this ...
sample
cruise power of
'pprox'm.""y
bo u_.
approximately &%..tU
65% will be
used.
lo
The cruise performance chart, figure 5-7, is entered at 6000 feet altitude
and 20C above standard temperature. These values most nearly corres
pond to the planned altitude and expected temperature conditions. The
engine speed chosen is 2400 RPM, which results in the following:
Po",o,
Power
64%
lI\1 Knots
Knot.
99
True
airspeed
T
.... o.ln"",,
erul
.. ",.,
no..
Cruise
fuel flow
~.~ GPH
OPlI
5.2
no
IK''''.' "","pUIO'
nMd le
tuoI e>noump
The power
computer may bo
be used
to d.tonnln.
determine P"W0'
power and fuel
consump _
1100
tion !nO"
more accuratoly
accurately dnrlne
during lIto
the mehL
flight.
FUE
l REQUIRED
FUEL
TIto
lo, 'h.
e."m.,od using
",Ine the
tho
The I<>1&IIu&
total fuel "",ul",moM
requirement for
the m,hl
flight moy
may ""
be estimated
porlonn
..... lnlo"",
.""" in
'n figures
Ilgu .... 5--tI
""d ti-7.
Por this
thlo sample
..."pl. problem,
problom.
performance
information
5-6 and
5-7. For
figure 6-3
5-6 oho".
shows lIt
that
climb
6000 feet
requires
of
o, a eli
DI b from
Irom 2000 Ifeet
... to
I<> eooo
foel 'oqn
l "'. 11 gallon
~,,1.I00 or
I~ol.
'lK'~dlni di.'
....,. dnrlog
tho cllmb
D nautical
ooulleol mU
.
fuel. Tb.
The corre
corresponding
distance
during the
climb lo
is 9
miles.
Tho
.. vo.l
... o &re
lo, a standard
OIondan:l temperature
'u ... (U
ollmb ohan)
These
values
are for
(as .bO"'B
shown on 1It.
the climb
chart)
.nd
....... 10'
flleh. planning
planDlni purposes.
purpo""" However,
Il''.... v.r.
and ...
are oul1lclonUy
sufficiently """
accurate
for mo.'
most flight
oa lunlte,
..... o.
further ""......,1100
correction lor
for .h.
the ofIoo'
effect 01
of tempero,"",
temperature may bo
be m
made
as no_
noted on
the o
climb
chart.
The approximate
effect 01
of a non-standard
temperature
"'.
11mb ob
ut. Tho
.PP"" ~'m .... .noc,
Bon_o. ""d.n:I ..
mpe ..... u'" is
l. to
I<>
'ne
...... "'.
..,b 10C
1000C above OI""d.",
increase
the "mo.
time, luol.
fuel, &Dd
and dW....,.
distance by 10')1,
10% lo,
for each
standard
temperature,
due IO
to 1It.
the lower
of ",1mb.
climb. In this
case, assuming
'.mpo'
n .... dn.
lo .. u rate
,.to 01
thio ........
urnlni a
'_pe,.'uro 16C
,e' c obov.
woold be:
bo<
temperature
above otand''''.lho
standard, the OO""","OD
correction would
"1JII"
""'poo..
.bov.
JqJ * 10% = 16% Increase
l1 Jnly
1!1n
July 1979
5-5
SECTION
SECTION 5~
PERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
CP;SS
NA
MODEL
MODE!. 152
1.">lI
With
would be ctoIculatod
calculated ..
as follows:
WIlh this
Ihl. factor
faclO. included,
inc1ndod. the
lhe fuel
fuei estimate
e~[male _nld
fOllo",.,
,.
Fuel
to climb,
standard
hellO
,,11mb
tandard temperature
lem~ralnre
1.0
Increase
In .. ~ due
dII. to
IO non-standard
nOIlatand ud temperature
Iemp"'Telnre
(1.0
(1.0x 16%)
l"')
Co."",,1e
11mb results
rMlllIOI In
IO nautical
nantlcal
",il...
miles.
The resultant cruise distance is:
Tol&! di,1ADCI
Total
distance
265
~
-10
Climb
dl.lance
C1irnb distance
'"
Cruise
CrulH distance
dleance
Wllh
With
255 Nautical
Miles
2M
Nautlcal NHee
.." expected
_>; pec_ 10
IO knot
il"o' headwind,
!\u.dw;n<:. \he
an
the
predIC_ to
IO be:
be:
predicted
""und
... 18
ground -v-d
speed for eroI
cruise
is
.".
99
-10
89 Knots
Kno",
Therefo .... the

\ha time
Urne required
requi ... d for
lor!.he
c, .. i.., ""rllon
Therefore,
the cruise
portion ol
of ille
the Irip
trip 18:
is:
-n
-r
255
~ Nautical
N" .. Uc ..1 Miles
Milo = 22.9U Hours
H .....
BlI
Knoll
.
o
89 Knots
The fuel
fUe' required
... qulred for
lor cruise
crui.. is:
io;
The
2.9 hours
hou...* 52
bour '= I~.
I Oallone
2.9
5.2 ,e!lon,.
gallons/hour
15.1
Gallons
TIIe total
IOlel ulunall
Inel required
requlred is
Il ..
The
estimated fuel
as followe:
follows:
.<arI. 1&,<1. end ...
ileoff
Engine start, taxi, and takeoff
o0.8
.
Cllmb
Climb
U
1.2
Enrlne
Cruise
'ru~
""lal
...1 required
reqolred
Total 1
fuel
16.\
15.1
i1.i
17.1 Oellona
Gallons
01101
u., flight
High! io
und,rway. grouadlpHd
...
Once the
is underway,
ground speed clleelul
checks wlU
will providotemo
provide a more
a.ceu
..'" basis
ba.tI for
lor .estimating
.,Imu.... the
!be time
c.unttnrou"
accurate
enroute l.IId
and lh,
the oorretlporullnll
corresponding luel
fuel
requ.red to
la compI.",
u.. trip
..Ip with
wltb a.tnplt
required
complete the
ample toMI'YO.
reserve.
I1 J\lly
July 1&79
1979
5-6
SECTION 5&
SECTION
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
MODEL
MODEL 152
1511
LANOING
LANDING
u..
A procedure
pn><*lur$ s1mUu
IO takeoff
IalltoOtl should
lIhould be
bo used
UM for
for ..
Um.&tl.ag the
A
similar to
estimating
u..
l.an<ll.ac&
d.lS1.&o>00 at
&I the destination
cluU".t1o:a airport.
airpol'\. Figure
l'I", ... 5-10
$-10 presents
p ....... nta 1
...d.l1I1I:
landing distance
landing
clWI.&DOU
distances for
lo. various
vuiou&airpol1.llItuoSe
airport altitude and
... cI temperature
Iempenru ... oomblnat1o".
combinations using
n.I"1l
!be short
.11011 field
tleld technique.
toobnlque. The
n.e distances
d'...." ...... corresponding
oo"""poncli ne to
lo 2000
1l1OOO feet
le<d and 30C
3O"C
the
ue al
follo ... e:
are
as follows:
Orouod
Ground roll
To1.aI dlllt&Jl
... to
IO clear
cl. .. .a SOoloot
_Ude
Total
distance
50-foot obstacle
535 Feet
1300 Feet
A correction
00 .......11011 for
fo. the
lbe ef1eot
ma, be
be made based
_
00
Note 2I oofl lbe
effect 01
of wlod
wind may
on Note
the
landing
the
same procedure
as OtIl11ned
outlined 101"
for tal<eoff.
takeoff.
I:tu>dirlr chart
eh.It.l1 using
usinI' III
.......
p~u"' ...
DEMONSTRATED OPERATING TEMPERATURE

Satisfactory enrlne
engine cooHnl
cooling has
demonstrated for
airplane
Satlllfaeooty
Il.. been
baen d..-nonstral<:d
lo. this
!bi. alrpl..,e
with
an outalde
outside .1.
air 18m""
temperature
23C
This is
not to bo
be
",1111 en
rah.... 23'
C above standard.
Itandard. Tltls
I. 110\10
considered as
an operating
limitation. Reference
should be made to
""n.'d,.'"
sn
"!Mn.tinll lllnltUIOIl.
Roleronoe .honld
IO
s.<:Uon
Section 2 for
far ,olfine
engine OP\l.aUllr
operating llmltaUo
limitations.
....
1979
l1 July 1m
5-7
CESSNA
SECTION 5
SECTION 5
PERP'OllMANCE
PERFORMANCE
MODEL
NODE t. 152
lli2
AIRSPEED
AIRSPE ED CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
CONDITIONS:
ctlf'lDlTIONS
_
~
Iot _
I\ltfn ""
........ '"""
RI'M d,,",.
Power
required for
level flight
or _
maximum
rated RPM
dive.
,~~
FLAPS
UP
~
40
50
~
46
KIAS
"M
~
40
KCAS
~
44
,,~
KIAS
,~
KCAS
53
U
60
~
60
~
70
~
569
~
60
~
70
61
" "
~
70
HAPSlo"
FLAPS 10
,~
,~".
FLAPS 30
,,~
KIAS
~
40
,~
43
~
KCAS
50
52
" '"'" ,,, '"

... . .. . . . . . .
..

80
~
78
n
90
~
,~
100
110
,~
120
,~
130
,~
140
88
97
107
117
127
,~
136
~
80
80
CM
"
"
"
"
50
60
~
70
80
PR
51
61
71
82
07
P'!F're
Figure $
5-1.
- L.
..
..
"
"
.
. . . . . . . . . . .. ..
A!r.peed Callbrallon
Airspeed Calibration
n
n
n
July
I1 Jull'
5-8
1979
111'19
SECTION 5
CESSNA
PERFORMANCE
MODEL 152
TEMPERATURE CONVERSION
CONVERSION CHART
CHART
TEMPERATURE
120
100
80
(30
40
20
-20
-40 e
-40
-20
20
40
DEGREES - CELSIUS
Figure 5-2.
l1 Jul)'
July
Temperature Conversion Chart
une
1979
SECT!ON
SECTION ~
5
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
MODEl..l~
MODEL 152
STALL SPEEDS
CONDITIONS:
Power Off
NO"IU,
NOTES:
, _ _...
_
.................
_.....,--.
.. ___
.. _,10)_
_ .... ,.;.. _"".
1.
2.
Altitude loss during a stall recovery may be as much as 160 feet.

~ ,A!i_
2.
KIAS values are approximate and are based or airspeed calibration data with power off.
MOST REARWARD
REARWARO CENTER
CENTER OF GRAVITY
AN<llEO'
ANGLE OF
WE'GIIT
WEIGHT
W
LBS
M
FLAP
OflEcr'ON
DEFLECTION
.'
.
.
.
".
".
..
....
1670
~
UP
36
".
30
"
~
KCAS
KIAS
.
~
KCAS
.KIAS
'.9
KCAS
39
49
43
55
51
65
43
39
46
43
51
51
61
41
33
44
37
49
44
58
....
46
10
31
"
~
60
45
KIAS
~
KCAS
36
30
".
KIAS
a.N~
BANK
""
"
..
..
..
"
" "
~
MOST FORWARO
CENTER OF GRAV!TY
FORWARD CENTER
GRAVITY
ANGUOf
ANGLE OF IANK
BANK
WEIGHT
WE'OHT
.~.
FLAP
LBS
DEniCTIOH
DEFLECTION
CO,
....
1670
.
UP
~
10
".
30
...
.'
.
"
.
". "" ".
.
" " . ".
KIAS
40
"
.
30
KCAS
48
KIAS
~
KCAS
43
52
KIAS
40
46
43
49
35
43
38
46
.~,
KCAS
KIAS
KCAS
.~
.
..
..
.. .. .. ..
48
57
57
68
48
55
57
65
42
51
49
61
"
"
Figure 5-3.
~
60
45
Stall Speeds
1 J~ly
1!1?9
1
July 1979
5-10
CESSNA
MODEL 152
1~2
MODEL
SECTION 5~
SECTION
PERFORM ANCE
PERFORMANCE
^'
WIND COMPQNENTS
WIND
COMPONENTS
.,,,
NOTE:
Maximum
demonstrated crosswind velocity
is 12
knots
..........
'" _OVltl<1<t_
- ... lo
12 _""
..
!_.
nm.,,_1
(not a limitation).
<
,
z
<
2
LJJ
8
c
oQ
,"
5
10
15
20
25
30
CROSSWIND COMPONENT - KNOTS
Figure $4
5-4. Wllld
Wind Compontnts
Components
Fl"".
2(1
20 AprIll\lSI
April 1982
5-10A (SIOB BLAHK)

(5-10B
BLANK)
1670
LBS
AT
SOFT
54
LIFT
OFF
50
KIAS
SPEED
TAKEOFF
50*F ioc
?0C
c. '-,
30C
40C
'July '8'7\1
1310
1445
1600
705
775
855
940
1040
1145
1270
1405
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
1525
1375
1245
1125
925
1020
840
765
695
1080
1190
1315
1455
1615
1870
2080
2320
2610
2960
3395
1000
1215
1345
1490
1655
1795
980
1690
825
910
1100
810
890
1390
1530
755
Takeoff Distance
,,
"
Figure 5-4.
3080
2705
2395
2140
1730
1920
1565
1420
1290
1770
2750
3125
1570
1745
1940
2855
3255
3765
3590
4195
2440
2185
1960
1605
875
960
1055
1165
1285
1420
1495
1645
1820
2020
2250
2525
PI':RI"ORMANCI':
SECTlON~
S)
I8
a si
to
ra
ct:SSNA
2470
2800
2200
1775
1970
1190
640
1000
TOTAL
TOTAL
TOTAL
TOTAL
TOTAL
GRND TO CLEAR GRND TO CLEAR GRND TO CLEAR GRND TO CLEAR GRND TO CLEAR
ROLL 50 FT OBS ROLL 50 FT OBS ROLL 50 FT OBS ROLL 50 FT OBS ROLL 50 FT OBS
0C
S.L.
ALT
FT
PRESS
For operation on a dry, grass runway, increase distances by 15% of the "ground roll" figure.
for each 2 knots.
Decrease distances 10% for each 9 knots headwind. For operation with tailwinds up to 10 knots, increase distances by 10%
static runup.
WEIGHT
4.
3.
Prior to takeoff from fields above 3000 feet elevation, the mixture should be leaned to give maximum RPM in a full throttle,
SHORT FIELD
2.
NOTES:
1.
Short field technique as specified in Section 4.
Zero Wind
Paved, Level, Dry Runway
Full Throttle Prior to Brake Release
Flaps 10
CONDITIONS:
TAKEOFF DISTANCE
,",OOJ;;L t!j2
n
SECTION 5~
SECTION
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
CESSNA
MODEL 1511
MODEL 152
PERFORMANCE
RATE OF
OF CLIMB
CLlMB
RATE
...
MAXIMUM
IMAXIMUMI
CONDltlOftS
CONDITIONS:
~
Flaps Up
~_.
Full Throttle
NOTE.
NOTE:
"'"'!or ............
MI,,,, .. leaned
_
. . . 3000
3000 feet for maximum RPM.
"PM.
Mixture
above
MIlO"'
WEIGHT
C"
LBS
,,~
1670
,"W
PRESS
ALT
."
"' L
FT
--
Cll ..
CLIMB
~"
SPEED
KIAS
"M
"
S.L.
67
2000
M
66
4000
6000
8000
ID.IDI
10,000
,,~
12,000
""
65
63
-"'"
.,
.,
'"
-20C
835
735
635
535
~
'"
.ro
,ro
20C
40C
700
~
630
~
570
".
505
~
445
475
415
~,
355
380
320
265
~
0C
765
670
"'" ""
600
'"
m
m
'"
.,
535
62
440
61
~
340
285
230
175
60
245
"'
190
'M
135
85
U
l'tp'' 5-5.
~II.
Figure
'"
.. --
!\AH OF
Df CLIMB
Cl/Me -_ FPM
fPM
RATE
'"
R.'" of Cl!mb
Rate
Climb
July 1979
1979
I1 July
5-12
8SECTION
ECTION ~5
PEflI"ORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
MOOEI. 152
I~
MODEL
TIME
FUEl, AND
ANO OISTANCE
TIME,, FUEL,
DISTANCE TO ClIMB
CLIMB
|MAXIMUM RATE
RATE OF
OF cLiMa
CLIMB]l
IMAXIMUM
CONDlTlQHS,
CONDITIONS:
Flaps Up
Full Throttle
~l_
_
Standard
Temperature
""''''
~-~
NOTES:
NOTES
'.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
..
4.
.... _ - . . ...
Ni
...... leaned
__
3000 feet
....................
R....
Mixture
above 3000
for maximum RPM.
.......... fuel
"'"' and
.... distance
_
bi'
10lI0 for
lo< " 10C
IO"(; above
_standard
__
.......
Increase ti
time,
by 10%
each
temperature.
00-_
...
_
""
.... wind.
..twt.
Distances shown
are based
on zero
WEIGHT
Wt:1 .. HT
~,
LBS
PRESSURE
PIIESSURE
ALTITUO[
ALTITUDE
,,~
TEMP
""
67
715
675
o
o.,
0.2
630
~
0.4
O,
~
590
.,"
9
%
7
65
65
65
64
,
,
.,
,-
15
1000
13
2000
11
..
TIME
T'ME
FUELVSEO
FUEL
USED
O,srANCE
DISTANCE
MIN
...... UONS
GALLONS
NM
"" ""o
", ,
,
,
FPM
8000
-1
9000
-3
"
c
.,
.,
62
340
~
18
2.3
21
10,000
10.0lIl
-5
61
~
300
21
25
11,000
11.0lIl
-7
61
12,000
-9
60
--"""
-,--3000
3Si Id
4000
5000
6000
55OC
~"
KIAS
KIAS
CLIMB
CL''''''
"
"
"
,
S.L.
Le
AlIfE OF
RATE
"
C
FT
FROM SEA
SE .... LEVEL
LtVtL
FROM
CLIMB
CI.l~1
SPEED
"
1670
7000
"....
66
66
550
~
o:"
.,
505
4?5
1.2
13
1.4
1,55
1.7
12
13
14
"
,.,"
425
62
380
15
.,
., "
., "
'"
63
~
0.9
,
,
...,I
465
0.7
10
63
Figure 5-6.
I.
_o..eol.~l1o"oI",",
_takeoff
_ allowance.
Add
0.8 of a gallon of fuel for engine start, taxii and
"5
: .~
Ii3
,'.'
..,
.."
2.6
"
"a
255
~
"
"a
25
3.0
29
215
29
3.4
34
,,,
2.0
,.
,.
"
17
Time, Fuel, and Distance to Climb
July 1979
19?a
11 July
$ 13
5-13
~
S~CTION
~
SECTION 5
CESS
NA
CESSNA
PEHI'ORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
M
OO!;;L 152
MODEL
CR UI S E PERFORMANCE
PERF ORM ANC E
CRUISE
cQNOITIONS
CONDITIONS:
1870_"'"
1670
Pounds
Recommended
Lean Mixture
(See SootIO<\
Section 4.
4, Cruise)
~OCOi"
i .""'d t.o.1
MI" u.. ISo<
Ctuiool
NOT
E:
NOTE:
Cruise
speeds ...
are """""
shown lo<
for an
airplane
with _
speed foitlngo
fairings ""'''''
which """increase the ~
speeds
en.i
.. _
an .UpI
..... equipped
_'~ ",irll
by approximately
knots.
_o,i",ot"~ two knotL
""
....,
PRESSURE
A I TITI I PlP
ML I M U L/C
ROM
nrlvl
FT
2000
4000
6000
8000
10.000
10,000
...
"
12,000
...
20C BELOW
STANDARD
20C ABOVE
STANDARD FEMP
TEMPERATURE
STANDARD TEMP
%
BHP
2400
2300
2200
2100
2000
2450
2400
2300
2200
2100
2000
2500
2400
2300
2200
2100
2000
2550
2500
2400
2300
2200
2100
2500
2400
2300
2200
2100
2450
2400
2300
2200
2100
,,~
KTAS
""
GPH
%
BHP
KTAS
GPH
BHP
,,~
KTAS
49
97
92
87
81
76
67
00
60
53
48
102
~
96
91
86
81
GPH
,.,
.,
.,., "" ,,,'" ,..,, "ro '" ""u
" " ., " .,
.."
" " ..,
'"
"
..
"
" "" "" ..,..,
"

u
"" "" ..", .." """ ..,...
"" '" " "" ''" ,.
"" " ..,"., "" " '.'
., " ,,,"" ,. " ,,,""
"'" " "

..,
""..
...
.." " u ".. "..
" '" ".. " "

'.'... ...."
, " " "

..
"" ...
"
"
'.7
5.7
5.1
4.5
4.1
75
66
59
53
47
101
96
91
86
80
6.1
5.4
4.8
4.3
3.9
70
63
56
51
46
101
95
90
85
79
6.1
5.4
4.8
4.4
3.9
75
71
63
56
51
46
103
101
95
00
90
85
80
6.1
5.7
5.1
4.6
4.2
3.8
70
67
00
60
54
49
45
102
100
72
101
96
90
85
80
5.8
5.2
4.6
4.2
3.8
75
67
00
60
54
49
45
105
95
~
89
84
79
6.1
5.4
4.9
4.4
4.0
3.7
71
64
57
52
48
44
104
99
94
88
83
77
5.7
5.2
4.7
4.3
3.9
64
57
51
46
6.2
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.1
75
71
64
58
52
48
107
104
99
94
89
83
6.1
5.8
5.2
4.7
4.3
3.9
76
68
61
55
49
105
100
95
90
84
71
67
61
55
51
46
106
103
98
93
87
82
5.7
5.4
4.9
72
65
58
53
48
105
99
94
89
83
65
62
56
51
47
'00
4.5
4.2
3.8
5.8
5.3
4.7
4.3
4.0
68
61
56
51
46
103
64
98
93
88
82
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.2
3.9
49
45
103
97
92
86
81
5.2
4.8
4.4
4.0
3.8
5.3
5.0
4.6
4.2
3.9
101
99
62
59
54
49
45
100
97
92
87
81
5.0
4.8
4.4
4.1
3.8
59
56
52
48
44
99
96
91
85
79
4.8
4.6
4.3
4.0
3.7
93
88
82
Figure 5-7.
~7 .
Figure
100
'00
58
53
' 00
95
89
84
78
5.7
5.1
4.6
4.2
3.8
5.7
5.4
4.9
4.4
4.0
3.7
11179
1l July 1979
3.6
Crul~.
P.rlom1l\noo
Cruise Performance
5-14
""
.
.,
"" ." ..
.. . .. ,..
." "
."" '".
. .
." ,."
,.
,.
."." . . .
.
.. .
.
... .
"" '"."
...".." """
. . ...
.
""
"" """
,,,"
71
62
~
55
CESSNA
MODEL 152
152
SECTION 65
PEHYO RM Io.NCE
PERFORMANCE
PROFILE
RANGE PROFllE
45 MINUTES RES
ER\lE
RESERVE
24.6 GALLONS USASLE
24.5
USABLE FUEL
CONDITIONS:
1670 Pounds
Recommended Lean Mixture for Cruise

Standard Temperature
Zero Wind
1.z. ,...,....-10
n... .........
_
d_._ . . .
NOTES:
NOTES
1.
2.
_10<
.... fuel
,... used
_ for
"" engine
.................
~........ climb, and the
This chart allows
for the
start, taxi,
takeoff and
_
........
_ as
.. shown in figure 5-6.
distance
during d
climb
Io! .. _ _ _ _ ,"""",,""" _ _
Performance
for ,
an _
airplane
equipped
,ho CNioo _ is shown
W _
_
_ . with speed fairings which increase
_;"r_5-6
the cruise speeds by approximately two knots.
12,000
10,000
Sj
y
T~
8( )
i 102
S
9' in
K TAS
s/
!
<
8000
_^
K TAQ-
M 07
K TAS
6000
i_
M05
KTAS
_J
98
.KTAS
L79
30
<TAS1 KTAS
4000
cC
Iu
LL
<
O
Q_
2000 -
S.L.
<o
100
"KTA S"
300
350
34
KTAS"
61
II
a A
400
450
500
R..... GE - NAUTICAL
kA.U1'Ic.A~ MILES
MILES
RANGE
Figure 5-8.
Range Profile (Sheet 1 of 2)
11 July
July 1979
11179
5-15
n
SECTION 5&
CESSNA
PERFORMANCE
MODEL
MODE L 152
152
PRQFllE
RANGE PROFILE
45 MINUTES
MINUTES RESERVE
RES ERVE
45
37.5
37 .5 GALLONS USABLE
USAB LE FUEL
FUEL
COND,nQHS,
CONDITIONS:
--
1670
Pounds
,~-
Recommended
"'"
.... _
Lean
Mixture
Cruise
~ ..
:. ..... for
lo< 0\01.
-~,-Zero Wind
Standard Temperature
HOTI:S:
NOTES:
1
_
lo< "'"
'''' engine
..........
..... takeoff
....... " and
_ dclimb,
...... and
_ the
"'"
1. TM
This .......
chart allows
for
the .....
fuel _
used for
start, taxi,
2.
2.
do"'" _ ......
_ ...,.,...._1
H.
, ,__ tMInao_m.-
~_
"" .. 5-6.
distance during climb as shown In
in figure
_0._,"", _. . . . .
_~_
Performance is shown for an airplane equipped with speed fairings which increase
"'"
_
by
the cn.cruise speeds
by approximately two knots.
n
12,000
p80
KTAS]"KTAS
<ta:
<->
10,000
94
02
nV
11
\,
,,
5
1X1
/I
8000
M07
-KTAS
LJJ
<
6000
r 105
KTAS
4000
_
5
1
I
(
1 /KTAS
500
179
lL
If
a.
2000
-n
KTAS
_KTAS
cc
-C
S.L.
1
98
KTAS
550
-i
TA S
600
1
r
8 7TAS"
650
"77
;ktas
700
750
RANGE - NAUTICAL MILES
Figure 5-8.
Range Profile (Sheet 2 of 2)
July 1979
I1 JIliy
~_16
5-16
SECTION &
5
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
C~SSNA
MODEL
152
MODl:Llli:!
ENDURANCE PROFllE
PROFILE
45 MINUTES RESERVE
24,5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL
24.5
CONDITIONS:
COHOIllONS
1810_
1670 Pounds
P
..... _
Recommended
......... ,...,.
Lean Mixture for Cruise
~T_",r.
Standard
Temperature
NOn:
NOTE:
n.;, dIon
_
tuoi used
_
"" engine
_ _ start,
_ .......
"",..II ....
This
chart allows
for the fuel
for
taxi, takeoff
and climb, and the
.-c...... ...
to. ....
..... durint cIImb _ _ .. fi9Itt K
time during climb as shown in figure 5-6.
,.
12,000
I
>
10,000
6000
kf
cc
11 [
4000
2000
S.L.
II
8000
LU
ENDURANCE
HOURS
(NOURIoNCE- 1tOU1I$
Figure
(Sheet 1I of
Fll\lre 5-9.
59. Endurance
Endll_ Profile
PO'OlUe (Sile
or 2)
a)
luly 1979
1!I7V
1I July
..,
5-17
n
o
SECl'ION 5
SECTION
PERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
CESSNA
MODEL
MOOEL 152
1&2
ENDURANCE PROFILE
ENDURANCE
4 5 MINUTES
M INUTE S RESERVE
RES ER VE
45
37. 5 GALLONS
G ALLONS USABLE
USABLE FUEL
FUEL
37.5
COfIDlTIONS;
CONDITIONS:
I U Pounds
O_
1670
I!oc " ,. , _ Lean
~ Mixture
MI. ..... for
lo< Cruise
CPuI.
Recommended
S<>n<Iorl1owo for
' - the
"" fuel
~ used
"'"" for
fop engine
....... start,
".". taxi,
la><L takeoff
,"ho" ond
....
dmo during climb
c.l1~ ..
_
In figure 5-6.
!>-6 .
time
as shown
in
<k>rlnI
n,.n.
12,000
10,000
i
k
<
I-
8000
LU
U.
6000
<
4000
ccl_
1
l;
i
|
II
u Jj
<
SI
nl
<*]
2000
|
S.L.
10
ENDURANCE - HOURS
Figure &.11.
5-9. Endu
Endurance
Profile (Sh
(Sheet
of 2)
ngur.
rance Proflle
..' l2 011)
l1 July
July 19"79
1979
~18
5-18
"
;1
"l
l
1&
"
.'"
;1
~l Il.1
ii
~~
"i .. !l~
ii
'" ~ 8 ~ i
i- ii ~";
.~~~i
"
W'l
;u~ ~
'.
&- - --
Wll! L
.., .. _."
LBS
WEIGHT
1670
KIAS
50 FT
AT
SPEED
54
~mnm
8000
7000
5000
6000
2000
3000
4000
1000
S.L.
FT
ALT
PRESS
0C
!!!!ml
605
585
560
540
485
500
520
450
465
FT
ROLL
50 FTOBS
TO CLEAR
GRND TOTAL FT
3t\
S~~'i~S'i~~
-- ........ ..,..,., ...

---------
1410
1375
1305
1340
1275
1215
1240
1185
1160
10C
20C
!!!UUI
<
1275
1240
1215
1185
I!U
..
1lI!i!"'<D
650
625
580
605
520
540
560
485
500
~~~8~~:o::o::o:
1480
1440
1410
1370
1305
1335
1270
1215
1240
:!!i:;:?"'~~~'i!il
Landing Distance
1450
1335
1370
1410
1305
Figure 5-11.
630
540
560
580
605
500
520
465
485
GRND TOTAL FT GRND TOTAL FT

ROLL TO CLEAR ROLL TO CLEAR
FT
50 FT OBS
FT
50 FT OBS
t ""'
P
30C
40C
!!~n~~~
675
650
560
580
600
625
520
535
500
i:i<~)!l:;!8i:i>l
1300
1335
1270
1240
..........
1520
1480
1440
1400
1370
..., .. "' .. ~lil

.. :;:?'"
.;;::1::::;:;
",;",$
695
670
645
620
600
575
555
535
515
U~~8)!l:!!::!~
1295
1265
GRND TOTAL FT GRND TOTAL FT

ROLL TO CLEAR ROLL TO CLEAR
FT
50 FT OBS
50 FT OBS
FT
y,
If a landing with flaps up is necessary, increase the approach speed by 7 KIAS and allow for 35% longer
distances.
"'''<)'''~:!!'''':iI
"'_
...
... ::~~~_~~:o::!:
~
5- 19(5-20 BLANK)
33.
.Ii"
IO-{f
For operation with tailwinds up to 10 knots, increase
"~ _s
---------
"
"
;"''lI
NN
-z
,; 'l
,., '.
distances by 10% for each 2 knots.

For operation on a dry, grass runway, increase distances by 45% of the "ground roll" figure.
~_:o::o::o:~~
1555
1515
1475
1435
1400
1330
1360
CO
f
,,I j~I
__
ro
3.
4.
NOTES:
1.
Short field technique as specified in Section 4.
2.
Decrease distances 10% for each 9 knots headwind.
Cn
, l- '1lil!
E~5
E!i .;.;!l~ &; "~
"~~"W
Zero Wind
z
"
_:I
Flaps 30
Power Off
Maximum Braking
Paved, Level, Dry Runway
"
- -'" "
" "o
>- "c
SHORT FIELD
SECTION
CONDITIONS:
w
u
LANDING DISTANCE
_ PERFORMA.... CE
MOOEL 152
CESSNA
,,
-,
CESSNA
CESSNA
SECTION 86
WEIGHT
& BALANCEI
BALANCE/
WE
!OHT '"
LIST
EQUIPMENT L1ST
MODEL
MODEL 152
162
SECTION 6
WEIGHT & BALANCEI

BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LlST
LIST
TABLE
TA8LE OF
QF CONTENTS
CQNTENTS
'
Page
Introduction
IntToduclio n . . . .
Airplane
Airpla ... Weighing
W.iplns Procedures
Prooed" .....
Weight
W. '1{1It And
An<l Balance
tlaUU.""
Equ;plDea! List
L;~\
......
Equipment
. 63
6-3
6-3
6-6
"
.613
6-13
6.1 /(8.2 blank)

bl&.l:tkJ
6-1/(6-2
July 1979
1m
11 July
CESSNA
MODEL
MODEL 152
I~
6ECTION 68
SECTION
WEIOHT,.
BALANCE/
WEIGHT
& BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
LIST
EQUIPMENT
INTRODUCTION
TIII. section
_I"" desor1bM
Ula procedure
p..-..... for
fo. establishing
alJlabUablq the
lba basic
b ....1c empty
amplJ'
This
describes the
wel(tbt and moment
mOmant or
UI. &l'pl
...... Sample
S_pl. forms
lo.nu are
&re provided
pro~l_ for
(or
weight
of the
airplane.
reference.
calculating the
referen .... Procedures
P..-" ... for
' .... cale"l.UIl.
U.a weight
.allhl and
IUId moment
m01llt1l1 for
lo. various
~a.rio ...
operations
are also
Cessna
ope
Uon ......
1_ provided.
pl'OYid-"-. A comprehensive
oomp ...h~"o list
Il.1 of
or all
Ce
..". equip
equip'
manO .vallable
fo. this
IbUl .Irpl
.... o is
I. included
lDOhKIec1.1
lba back
bacli: of
or this
ibis section.
"""Ilo<>.
ment
available for
airplane
at the
.u
It abould
should be
noted lb"
that lpeoltlc
specific information
the
weight,
Il
ba oo!ed
Inlcnn,"lon regarding
.... U'dIDIUI
....
tlhl, arm,
anno
motOe,"
1D.atallecl equlpment
un for
I"..lbl.
drpl.,.,."""
nnly be
ba found in
In
moment &Dd
and installed
equipment list
this airplane
can only
lbe approprl~
n:I. carried
cani..:! in
I.. the
u.. airplane.
airpl .....
the
appropriate .el,,"
weight and balance records
bal.,.,.,. .....
Il
1& the
tb . .responsibility
. . ponatbUlty olUl.
pllol to
\O ......
N that
lbal the
UI ....
'pl.... is
'a loaded
loo.ded
It is
of the pilot
ensure
airplane
proper!,..
properly.
AIAPLANE WEIGHING PROCEDUAES

AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
I1..
Prep ....
Innate
tIO" :
Preparation:
Inflate ti
tires
..... to
\O recommended
reoomm~lIded. operating
OP'l,alin&, pressures.
pf'llllWl1te11.
a.
b.
2.
a.3.
4.
4
S5.
86..
Remove
sump quick-drain
and fuel
line
fUmo"e the
tba (fuel
...1 tank
tanli: tump
qulck dn.lll fittings
HUlIIIIS end
fUolllno
drain plug
to dn.ln
drain all
d.dn
plulillO
.11 fuel.
fU.1.
c.
Remove oil
sump dr.LD
drain plug
drain 1111
all otl.
oil.
e.
Remo".
oll lump
plu, to
\O draln
sliding seats to the
most forward
d. Move
Movll slldlllilleats
Ilio molli
lonorard position.
"""IUon .
e.
Raise
the full
fully
RaI
... flaps
n.p. to
\O Iho
y retracted
re"ao\ec1 position.
pa.ltlon .
t.f. Place
PI""".II
l rol ,urfaoes
noul.&1 position.
poRtllan.
all oon
control
surfaces In
in neutral
Leveling:
LoveUnlr.
a.
Place ""al
scales
under
(500# mlnlmum
minimum capaci'.)'
capacity for
R.
1'\.""
. . und
. . .each
",,11 wheel
wllu l (&OlIO
fn.
scales).
""al
. . ).
D_f!a\Ol nO.~
Uro .nd/or
lowo. Or
,al.o the
Ih. no
strut
olrullO
canlu
b.
Deflate
nose tire
and/ or lower
or raise
nose
to center
bubble
level (He
(see figure
6-1).
bubblo on 10".1
fl,uro e
I ).
W.'lIhing:
Weighing:
a.
With Ilio
the .Irplano
airplane 10".1
level and brallu
brakes released,
L
w.lb
NlLelo.Mld. record the weight
we!glH
shown on 0",,11
each 10.10.
scale. Deduct
tare, if eny
any,.trom
from tr.ch
each reading.
abown
DedUQI the
tbc tare.1f
",OI.ding.
Measuring:
Me
.....!"1r.
Obtain m
measurement
A by me
measuring
horizontally (.lonllll>e
(along the
La.
Oblaln
... u ",.nl /I.
. . urlnll I>orl~ntally
airplane ""nle.
center lIne)
line) lrom
from a line
stretched bel
between
the m
main
0.1'1'1.".
lIne .I",teh..:!
.... ..., lI>e
..!n
wheel ""nlenl<>.
centers to a plumb
dropped !lvrn!h.
from the firewall.
",1>"1
pluml> bob dmppe<l
n",waU.
II.
ObC&.ln
........"'.nI8
b)' m
..... rln,; horizontally
bori:oont&lly and paral
p ...t.
b.
Obtain m
measurement
B by
measuring
I.l
Iln . (rom
.
lel I<>
to u..
the aI",lan.
airplane Unlar
center line,
from OInlcr
center 01
of "u_
nose ",b_1
wheel &.d
axle,
left side, 1<>.
to a plumb bobdroppeo:!
bob dropped lrom
from the
line between
the main
le(lalde.
tb~ lin.
bootw .... n \be
molO
wheel ""nleN.
centers. Repeat On
on r
right
side end
and aveRlI'
average tbe
the me
measure
wboel
llllt .ide
........
ments.
menlL
Using ..
weights
from luom
item 3 and moas
measurements
from item
4, \be
the
U.lna
elahle lrom
.. nnnen" fmm
ltem 4.
airplane
weight and C.O.
C.G. O""
can ba
be de1.ermlned..
determined.
.Irpl
.... ",elahl
I/.a8!Q
.... re8.
1.
Basic .:mpl)'
Empty W.I&,hl
Weight mRy
may be detormlnec1
determined by oompleUnli
completing fI
figure
6-1.
l1 JJuly
.. ly limi
1979
6-3
SECTION
CESSNA
SECTION 6
WEIGHT
WE!GliT &
"" BALANCE/
BJI,.LANCE/
P.QUU);\ENT LIST
WST
EQUIPMENT
MODEL
MODEL 152
152
..
m._.
Datum
Do ...... (Firewall, Front
~ ."'" Face)
fo..
Sta.
~ 0.0
Level on Leveling Screws
(Left Side of Tailcone)
l ."
L & R
-......
--,-
Scale Reading
Scale Position
..--'-_., _'
~-
Left Wheel
,Tare
Symbol
,
,
L
Right Wheel
Net Weight
Nose Wheel
............
--,
"
....
Sum of Net Weights (As Weighed)
X = ....
(.t.II
~)."I
= ,(
X
ARM=
(A)-(N)
x (B) ;. X
",---:--,-')xC',,( --;_"., ,
IN.
I) IN.
'- ,
Weight Iltlo.l
(Lbs.)
Item
X
li
C.G. Arm Il
(In.)
c.a."m
.1 =
, ,
Moment/1000
(Lbs.-ln.)
Airplane Weight (From Item 5, page 6-3)
Qi~
~011
Add Oil:
""::.
1.$ Lbs/Gal)
No Oil Fil,..
Filter "
(6 Ott
Qts ..
at 7.5
" '"
With Oil Filter (7 Qts at 7.5 Lbs/Gal)
Add Unusable Fuel:

,~
Std.
Tanks (1.5 Gal at 6 Lbs/Gal)
L.R. Tanks (1.5 Gal at 6 Lbs/Gal)
lift.T~
Equipment Changes
"
-14.7
-14.7
~
40.0
40.0
Airplane Basic Empty Weight
Figure 6-1.
Sample Airplane Weighing
July 18'111
1979
1 Jul)'
6-4
<
,< l
00
l Ju11' 1979
a;
00
O
Z
REMOVED (-)
- , -,
-I ,, ,
g
l
,, !.
,, ,.-
i ~

Sample Weight and Balance Record
(In.)
Arm
.
~
(Ib.)
(Ib.)
(In.)
Arm
Moment
/1000
.
Wt.
,
Moment
Il
/1000
Wt.
"
~!
(Ib.)
Moment
/1000
.," Il
Wt.
RUNNIN G BASIC
EMPTY V HEIGHT
"
Figure 6-2.
<
ADDED (+)
WEIGHT CHANGE
PAGE NUMBER
~,
<
o
OF ARTICLE OR MODIFICATION
DESCRIPTION
SERIAL NUMBER
,-
Out
In
<
<
DATE
Continuous History of Changes in Structure or Equipment Affecting Weight and Balance
ITEM NO.
AIRPLANE MODEL
- uw l - n
,.
,
.-.
I
w
u
,
z
< f ! - li
- ,-
o
~
o
SAMPLE WEIGHT AND BALANCE RECORD
SECTION
r
en
n^
~-
?* ^
S W Cfi
W!':TGlfT .lo DALANCEI

EQUlPMENT 1.1ST
ii
0 a
to
an
CESS N ~
MOOt.:L 1 ~ 2
:,
<
SECTION 6
WEIGHT
& BALANCE/
WEIOHT '"
IIA!.ANCE,;/
CESSNA
MODEL 152
UST
k:QU1PMENT LIST
EQUIPMENT
WE IGHT AND
ANO BALANCE
WEIGHT
The following
enable
you .0
to ope
operate
your Ce
Cessna
1'he
lollo ... hll information
InIOM .. tlO" will
.. m ...
IObI" .vOl1
.... "" ),OU.
...""
,II ..
01
Ilru.-e
.. i!.hl .. the prescribed

preaeribed ..
"lrM and
.. nd eenter
....vh.v IIml""lIolla.
within
weight
center of r
gravity
limitations. To figure
l>&I.n"".
c .......".
'...!ghl.nd
u .. the
ilio S""'pl.
f'rt>bl.m. !.<>Mlnr
weight
and balance, use
Sample Problem,
Loading Onph.
Graph, and Center
01 O ..
Mom.,,1
a. 1011_.:
of Gravity
"ity Moment Envelope
E"v.lope as follows:
Take the
and moment
appropriate weight IUld
and
T.ko
!ho basic
buIe empty
omp'.v weight
wollbllnd
..omf", from
lrom "pprop"at.wo'l!'ht
ballUlC'e records
reoord, carried
curie<! in
In your
.vou
Itp:..... &Dd
..Il". them
IIIcm in
lo the
!be colwna
balance
airplane,
and ,enter
column
titled
IiUIIICI YOUR
YOUR AIRPLANE
AlRI'LANE on
OD the
!be S
Sample
..... ple Loading
Loadllli Probl,,1Il.
Problem.
No'n:
NOTE
In
lo addition
addllion to
\O the
U.I basic
b1aiclmpty
empty weight
... II!'M and moment
mnmenl noted
nOled on
u. .....
these
records,
....,.,rd . the
l1Ie C.G.
c.a. arm
arm (fu
(fuselage
. . l~ ltallonl
station) is
l. also
al""
1OI..'w .... but

bu, need
need not
noi be
1M used
u_ on 1111
!.oadinl!'
shown,
the S.mple
Sample Loading
Tlle
mu.'
by
Problem.
is shown
ProblclIl. The moment
mOm."" which
wh;ch"
.hown must be
boo divided
d;vided by
u..
IOOOa.nd
,lIil value
vll..e used
uOlC'd as
the
u.o moment/1000
~,om.ntlloooDn
loadiDK
1000
and this
on the loading
problem.
probl" ....
U... the
Use
Ihe Loading
!.oadlns Graph
G'"ph to
IO determine
"-tum,nl the
th. moment/1000
mnmlnt/looo for
lo r each
.""h
additional
additi"nal item
ilom to
\O be
lM carried;
clrr,"": then
thln list
III: these
Ih ... oonn the
Ihe loading
loading problem.
prnhl .. m.
NOTE
NO'TE
Loading
LoAdlnr Graph
O ph information
Inlor", ..!!on for
for the
'he pilot,
pUOI. passengers
PassenllCrs and
baggage
bariap is
l. based
baud on
on seats
Hai. positioned
poshloned for average
.ver.ie occu
oco,,
pants
center of
p~n", and
.. nd baggage
baH.... loaded
10ad"" in
In the
'he oenl4lr
01 the
III" baggage
baii~
areas
...... &11 as
U
shown
Il,,,_ on
on the
Ih. Loading
!.o""l~i Arrangements
Arra.nge",enl. diagram.
dl", ...m.
~'or loadings
loadlngR which
wh lch may
m.. )' differ
~11I. r from
IMm these,
.h. the
'h. Sample
Slmple
For
Loading
!.oadlng Problem
P",blom lists
Ila'" fuselage
111.81.8'1 stations
.'aUonl for
lor these
'h ... items
i'eml to
'"
u.."
indicate
range
lndl.,.lo their forward
I"rw .. rd and
.nd aft
alt C.G.
c.a ....
n8'" limitation
lim!""'!"n (seat
\ ....,
"
travel
area limitation).
travel and
a.nd baggage
baggag .......
Umilolion). Additional
Add!Ucno.l moment
m"ment
calculaUon . based
bued on
on the
u.. actual
IoOlual weight
w.'ll:hl and
ond c.a
nn
calculations,
C.G....
arm
(fuselage
be made
(fu_I.". station)
ola,i",,) of
01 the
III. item
h.m being
bIIin" loaded,
loadod. must
muollM
made if
jl
i.
III, position
_h.lo" of
01the
!hl load
10.<1 is different
dlll~r~">llroLD
IlI ..1shown
thow<I on
Oli the
!hc
the
from that
Loading
Lo"di,.. Graph.
Or."b.
Total
the weights
TotallM
welihlG and
IUld moments/1000
mome"IS/ IOOO and
a.nd plot
,,101 these
.hese values
v.lllM on
on the
Ih.
~n",r of
01 Gravity
Ornt1y Moment
Momecl Envelope
Envelope to
IO del4lrml",
wh.,M, the
111. point
potol falls
lall.
Center
determine whether
within
and
wilhln the
Ih. envelope,
""""lopa
nd if
Il the
Ih. loading
loadlnr is
l, acceptable.
a.eeep""bie
il
Ju!y 1979
1919
1I July
6-6
SECTION 8
6
SECT10N
CESSN A
CESSNA
WE1GHT "& BALANCE/

BALANC1=: /
WEIGHT
EQU1PMENT LIST
1.1ST
EQUIPMENT
MODEl.l~
MODEL
152
__
_-_
__._. . .- . .---"'-'''--''-_.__ . . . _.1-
I.
._
. ........
.
.....
.... ..... -- ....
LOADING ARRANGEMENTS
ARRANGEMENTS
...
*Pilot or passenger center of gravity on adjustable seats positioned for average occupant.
Numbers in parenthesis indicate forward and aft limits of occupant center of gravity range.
-_ ......... .... _.. _---
"Arms measured to the center of the areas shown.
""'lO
NOTES:
1.
,
2.
....
_ ... e. ... _ .. _ ......... _ .. _"" ..... "".
The usable fuel C.G. arm for standard tanks is located at station 42.0; the C.G.
arm for usable fuel in long range tanks is station 39.5.
"" .. _ _ _ ..'"-_Nl ..... _ ... _ _ ...
The aft baggage wall (approximate station 94} can be used as a convenient interior
reference point for determining the location of baggage area fuselage stations.
su,"'"
"'STATION
STATION
(C.G.. ....
ARM)'
1<.0
C.G. ARM)
I<.
... " .'"
".39
""c."
(33 TO 41)
JL
JL
".
- -Il.
,."0"1 -Il.
_~"o ...,
39
(33 TO 41)
".- ...,.,
" . "64
"84
:hild seat
- A'" ,
_ AREA 1
.....,
"".
64
- AREA 2
**8494-
94
SEATING
.STANDARD
, ........ 0 ....
"""
l'',cu'''
8-'1.
Figure 6-3.
- AREA 2
OPTIONAL SEATING
<TP1t<WA'_H""
1.O",,'ng ........ ng.mon
Loading Arrangements
8AGGAGE
BAGGAGE LOADING
A
ND T
I E-DOWN
and
TIE-DOWN
lAG
GAGI U
lA
BAGGAGE
AREA
MU
' MUM .ALLOWABLE
"O W ABL< LO"ol
MAXIMUM
LOADS
<D
..... CD
AREAS 0'
Q + CD

=120
."01
Ilo
..
I ... = Ilo
.. al
AREA
120 'OU
POUNDS
NOI
AREA <= <o
40 .DU
POUNDS
TIE-DOWN
NET ATTACH
POUNDS
MU
ND'
POINTS
: A cargo tie-down net is provided to secure baggage in the baggage area.

The net attaches to six tie-down rings.
Two rings are located on the floor
just aft of the seat backs and one ring is located two inches above the floor
on each cabin wall at the aft end of area (T) . Two additional rings are
located at the top, aft end of area (2) .
At least four rings should be used
to restrain the maximum baggage load of 120tf.
Figure 6-4.
Baggage Loading and Tie-Down
1L J"ly
July 19'>9
1979
.'
6-7
SECTION
SECl'I
ON G6
WEIGHT
BALANCE/
HT ...& SAl.ANCEI
WEIO
EQUIPMENT \..1ST
LIST
EQUlPMENT
CES$NA
CESSNA
MOOEL
MODEL 1&
152
CCABIN
.... SIN HElGHT
.... SUREMENTS
HEIGHT Me
MEASUREMENTS
1i
"
--
,.
FIREWALL^
flU""An
----.-- --_.'
..
."
rACi O
-FACE
OFf H<lSIIUMIIII
INSTRUMENT PAlln
PANEL
......--1
56
lUI
... n or
'III
REAR ""
WALL
OF CA
CABIN-
DOO
R OPENING DIMENSIONS
DOOR
WIDTH
(TOP)
31"
Il''
WIDTH
""
101 11
(BOTTOM)
II0nOM )
HEIGHT
HIIGHI
I(FRONT)
fIOIlT )
33'/4"
1011
10111
HEIGHT
I' ....)
(REAR)
31'/2"
111'0 "
""
101101 _
WIDTH
LWR
( Wl WINDOW
WIIIDO"" LINE
Il '''
C .... III FLOOR

flOOI
* CABIN
31"
CABIN WIDTH
WIDTH MEASUREMENTS
MEASUREMENTS
CABIN
/1'~1'
DO""N RINGS
tlNOS (6)
(. ,
TIE DOWN
27'/2"
*24'/2"
CABIN
CAB1I<
STATIONS
H AIIO NS 0.0
(C.G.
IC D ARMS)
AlMI)
..
10
20
30
Figure 6-5.
40
50
60
560
70
80
9094
Internal Cabin Dimensions
6-8
Jul)'1979
1m
1 IJuly
<C
I)l
<C
l Juty H/79
en
Il!
,
wo
, l-.
..
-'
"
, ,
,
,
H
"- '"-"
,
n
Il
~ ., ,
" "-z c!l<
,t ,
'"
"SoL
~
- , -j!,
D
.-.. f.i:l ! -js- ,", ,
, l .,
,o r'
,
-' ''1
, l! I , " "r '
H. r
,
,.
rl
~u
!." ~ ~
oIl- ,
i
-<3
.~
~ .,
~_
j
!~ ~ ~
.... .::! -
.. Ii ... "
~~ ~ ,
.... ~"ll
Long Range Tanks (37.5 Gal. Maximum)
! ~
"li
~
0-
o:
"
4. * Baggage - Area 1 (Or passenger on child's seat)
Pilot and Passenqer (Station 33 to 41)
Reduced Fuel (As limited by maximum weight)
!l
3.
al
O!
5. * Baggage - Area 2 (Station 76 to 94, 40 Lbs. Max.)
(Station 50 to 76, 120 Lbs. Max.)
"
~
,"
;.:
,!
li
l
,- 'I !, ~
'. ;~
!, .,
,
,
" " l,
,-
"
<c
~ii
<
1670
-5
1675
52
340
III
~i .(
"
- "I
Q!'
'.
~: ~
and since this point falls within the envelope, the loading is acceptable.
56.6
-.2
3.3
l"
, l, -,I
Locate this point (1670 at 56.6) on the Center of Gravity Moment Envelope,
".
9.
56.8
<
(Subtract Step 7 from Step 6)
TAKEOFF WEIGHT AND MOMENT
8.
,-,
Fuel allowance for engine start, taxi, and runup
13.3
6.2
~-
.,
(lbs.)
i
!
,-
~ ~
* The maximum allowable combined weight capacity for baggage areas 1 and 2 is 120 pounds.
<
<
Figure 6-6.
Sample Loading Problem
Bg
(Ib.-ins.
/1000)
CO
n^
SI tr1 O
W CM
> H
SECTION 6
WI! IGHT '" BALANCEI
EQU IPMENT LlST
H
h2
>
a
to
01
MODF.I, 1M.
7.
RAMP WEIGHT AND MOMENT
6.
....
"
147
34.0
Standard Tanks (24.5 Gal. Maximum)
< ,j,"""'!
1136
2.
""'-'
.,!!
Includes unusable
IH
fuel and full oil)
>
airplane as it is presently equipped.
Basic Empty Weight (Use the data pertaining to your
<
Usable Fuel (At 6 Lbs./Gal.)
1.
"
<
Moment
- l'C,-
Weight
(lbs.)
"<z
Moment
(Ib. -ins.
/1000)
YOUR AIRPLANE
<
Weight
SAMPLE AIRPLANE
z"
LOADING PROBLEM
SAMPLE
CESSNA
,-o
400
<"
NOTES:
[0 72 KG/LITERI
[51 4 KG MAXI
KG MAXI
liters) max:;;
12
I 3
14
LOADING GRAPH
37.5 GAL. (141
125
LOAD MOMENT/1000 (POUND-INCHES)
(92.7 LITERS) MAX
100
forward and aft limits of occupant C.G. range.
seats positioned for an average occupant.
Refer to the Loading Arrangements Diagram for
Line representing adjustable seats shows the pilot or passenger center of gravity on adjustable
118 1
BAGGAGE IN AREA @ 4CU MAX
120 MAX
PASSENGER ON CHILD'S SEAT)
BAGGAGE IN AREA 1OR
816./GAL
FUEL (STANDARD TANKS!
@ 6/GAL. [0 72 KG/LITERI
FUEL ILONG RANGE TANKS}
PILOT. PASSENGER AND
75
LOAD MOMENT/1000 (KILOGRAM-MILLIMETERS)
50
Loading Graph
Figure 6-7.
I 5
- 25
- 50
- 75
- 100
: -125
X
<3
1-
ID
cr
r-H-H-- 150 7R
Ltt- 175
- 200
1I
H
0
CD
8^
tr1
trJ
SEC'l'JON ~
WE1GHT" HALANCIi:/
EQUlf'MENT LIST
MODEL1~
CESSNA
l July 1979
J~ly
Q
<
UJ
1500
li79
1000
1100
30
1200
1300
1400
1600
500
35
MOMENT
40
45
ENVELOPE
CENTER OF GRAVITY
450
1700
I
>
to
,8
<
400
,,l
550
50
600
55
650
LOADED AIRPLANE MOMENT/1000 (KILOGRAM-MILLIMETERS)
>
,
~
,
, !
l ,
<
l ~
, ,,
LOADED AIRPLANE MOMENT/1000 (POUND-INCHES)
Figure 6-8.
700
60
350
>
,,,
Center of Gravity Moment Envelope
65
500
r 525
^-550
-575
600
E-625
r 650
^675
^700
725
r 750
r775
r800
1!I'f\IW!lO'I ~1 .I.tI~I", J NV'l.w,~ " . "~Ql

&
lu
SQ.
CESSNA
MODEL l~
SECTION 8
WEIOHT 40 BALANCEI
EQUIPMENT LIIIT
>
SI::CTION 6G
SECTION
CESSNA
WE!CHT"
BA LANCEI
WEIGHT
& BALANCE/
MODEL
MODEL 152
152
EQUIPMENT LIST
UST
EQUIPMENT
(SIAIVH9O1IX)
!Sl'{YIIOO
', ~ 1 1HDI3M
!Htl'JM 3NVldHIV
iNV101W'''' Q3QVOT
OUl"'O'
CD
C
co
(D
in
i
LT
11 <
Ln
CM
en
/2rb
IS
c_ )
c)
L >
_>
r-
CM
c3
u:
cd
C
tD
ir
LT
C3
L "i
L 1
]
11
"1"
<
a
a
j_Q
r-. J
LL
o
o
<
<j-
LL.
co
cr
","
5
Ln
LU
g
X
=1
<D
2
<
LO
CO
eH CO
,
o
li
<
r475 mit
"""
ro
CO
-IN
uCJ
LU
<
>
a
oa
-,
^~
o
h
CM
CO
09
od
, "
LU
_J
CD
od
>
O
1
~ ,
"
H
0-
<
<
*^-
LD
o
o
CO
o
o
o
o
CM
o
o
1HDI3M 3NV1dUIV
."
July 1il7'9
1979
I1 July
6-12
8ECTION
SECTION 6
WEIOHT & 8ALANCE
WEIGHT
BALANCE/I
J!:QUIPMENT LlST
EQUIPMENT
LIST
CESSNA
CEsaNA
a.
MODEL 152
11>2
EQU IPMENT LlST

EQUIPMENT
LIST
_n. .
The
following equipment
is a comprehensive
list 01
of 011
all C-...
Cessna ~
equipment
'ho Jo/IowIns
oqu","",m list
h, .........
"'.......... Iioo
.....
~ for
,... this
rhil.if!>Io"".
A
_" . _
, _ , III
.... ''''
.. Ded linn
_
available
airplane. A
separate
equipment
list 01
of k
items
installed
your
.... ""_ ..
"P'_In_'
......
....... _00_,,1\10>'..
n...
...
..,..cI1Ic"~
~ Hio.
, ... following list ,11<1
specific airplane is provided in your aircraft
file. The
and ,,,"<pOriIIc
the specific
list for your airplane

~ have a similar order of listing.
This equipment
provides the
information:
""'~, list ",ov;w.
the following
IdIowInllnfomo.>lI<wo-
IUI-... ............ I_ ....
An item number gives the identification

number for the item. lodo
Each .........
number ..
is
_lic.'_"""""""",he~
!'"'lo-!
.......a Id,
....
hot/o .....
,,~ the
.... ....
ipoi.c ,
, _ le
......
prefixed with
letter
which
identifies
descriptive
grouping
(exam
pio; A.
A. Powerplant
_pI,o ... &" Accessories)
Actwoo<oeol ........
_
.......
od. Suffix
s../r..: letters
ple:
under which
it is listed.
.n
""<n
_ i l } ' the
..... ~,
...
"",_od M
..............
,d ~item
.... Of
_ODN!
identify
equipment as
a required
item,
a standard
or an optional
item. Suffix
......
!ouIU.. letters
lenm are as follows:
~ items
k..... of
01 equipment
*'101_,.. Ifor
... IFAA
AA ctmflCMion
-R
= required
certification
I<t!"_'
s "......'" equIpoMnI .......
-S = standard equipment items
-O
replacing required or standard
-O =- optional
op< ....... equipment
~ items
~"'" ,op/A<1""NfoI"Mlo<
.. _ . 4
items
il .....
equ..,....... ....... ......." ...
11 =. optional
"",..,.,..1 equipment items which are lo
><Idi .,.. to
lO
-A
in addition
O< standard
>I. n<!.I,d "emi
required or
items
,."",,1
",.1#<...............,. <OIu..." ~,00'Id00 ,ho dt.~nl numlle< "" ,ho ;~m.
A reference drawing column provides the drawing number for the item.
NOTE
Non
If
is la
to be
installed, it
must be done
in
Il additional
...w,h(>n'] equipment
f<lUI~''';'
be In".I~,
k mu"
_In
accordance
.o,d,n," with
w,,), the
'ho reference
,~Ic","'. drawing, accessory
K<....... , kit
~il instruc
"'","""
tions, or a separate
"PO"'~ FAA approval.
d"",",.
"""'.01'
,""wl", ...
fM ."",g.,I.
Colu mn. showing weight

",hl (in
(In pounds)
P0 equipment.
.qul"",."",
<0"'.'
NOTE
,,,,,,,,.-..d,
Un"'" otherwise
......, ..,.. indicated, true
"Ole ..
,"'" (not
l''''' _
th>n~
Unless
values
net change
values)
for the
arms are
1~110l
tll(, weight
_,h, and arm are shown. Positive
""""I.-e .......
distances
datum; negative
are distan
dr. ..........aft of
ol the
,II(, airplane
."pIo~ d."~,,,;
...... >1, . . arms
.' .....
d" ....
ces forward
"d of
ol the
'ho datum.
... (~"'
... i", ...
r,
."j .'''' "e "-'"
NOIl
NOTE
Asterisks (*) after the item weight and arm indicate complete
assembly installations. Some major components of the assem
bly are listed on the lines immediately following. The summa
tion of these major components does not necessarily equal the
complete assembly installation.
1l July
JuJy 1979
\limI
6-13
'ITEM NO
5'1
,
,,
"
, ..
CARBURETOR
AIR
..--.- -, ",,
r u A M r c
WARNER)
(SPIN-JN
(BELT
,,
ENGINE
VALVF,
PRIMING SYSTEM
ENGINE OIL QUIC<
VALVE
(NET
- -~
""'-"
........... " '"...-"""-....
,
...........
,
...".,,,
"'--....,,= ...
..........
, .. ... ,..........
'"
, =:::0:
_...................
....
-......
............ ..
"
.-.
ACCESSORIES
"
~-- 0 ' _ _ ,.-.,.,

w ....
"'- ,",,'
........ w
.. .. '-"H
..""" :-;
.",,,,,,,,
" ,
,,
,
,
6)4
.--
......-~'-'''''
(LEFT)
(RIGHT)
, .. ~" ... """._ ........ n
C2S2023-D10Z
~,
-- ~ %
30-75A
30-75A
(EACH)
J...:..!.:..l,.:.~.!.
C262 303-0101
_ ~ ~,.,...,.,.
......
1241156-iO
C 163 001-310 1
C163033-01 11
C 163033-31 12
C262003-0101
-_
- ...........
----.
.................
................ #
___ N _ N
~
"' >:~~".,- "' "
_
......... . . . .
,. .
........
.
..........
,'" ....--,. ....... --
~_
47. 1
47. 1
43.7
43.7
47. 1
.,-~- -
~-<"
....',.:..:.
"'-..,,-
"
:262023-0102
8.5
1.8
37.6*
6.2
1.9
1.9
8.5
1.8
46.8*
47. 1
43.7
43.7
47. 1
47. 1
46.8*
~ ~,, ~
~j;: ;: :::::~;:
.......... "
.':';."i:~
=':::~.;
-..
ASSY,
CLEVELAND
ASSY, CLEVELAND
4-PLY BLACKWALL
(EACH)
MAIN (2)
(EACH)
40.3*
7.4
1.7
1.7
1.5
3.1
-7. 5
CESSNA
MODE!.. 1(12
ro
o o
3S
tn t"1
Wr.!GHT" 8ALANCE I
..:::n'~ ":::~t:;'
. ' ' ' ' . _ -, ... T,. ...... ' '
BRAKE
BRAKE
TIRE,
TUBE
6.00X6
M-1I3
Tint ASSY,
CLEVELAND
1.8
1 .8
0.5
0.5
0.0
-38.6*
-33.4
-38.3
-37.4
-5.2
-7.5
-36.5*
-36.5
-16.3
-27.5
-2 4.0*
-27.4
-6.0
~##
IHEELi 3R4KE i
WHEEL ASSY,
C163019-0201
"'_ ....
C163006-3101
C163332-0111
C163032-0112
3RAKE ASSEMBLY,
^CCAJLEY
(LEFT)
BRAKE ASSEMBLY, MCCAULtY (RIGHT)
TIRE,
.+ -PLY BLACKWALL
(EACH)
TUflP (EACH)
....
.., .,
C4B2001-0401
2 .8*
.. ... _...., ........... 0
WHFEL, BRAKE S TIRE ASSY, 6.00X6 MAIN

WHEEL ASSEMBLY, MCCAULEY (FACH)
(2)
CHANGE!
GEAR
" ' - " ' _ . . <>
o
o
LANDING
.........."'
--_...........,,----........... ...
-- _-- -.. -_
............"" ...".........
--_
--........,.... ........
"..,0.
............................
1701Olb
QU, ....
B.
DRAIN
0413466
- - <"-<"
C431003-T101
C431003-01 (H
PUMP
RELIEF
PU"P
2.4*
0.3
1 .1
0.3
?8.2*
26.6
3.6
1.9
2.5
0.5
10.7
... ....
......
"-, . ""-"
... _-<>,,
"
- .
VACUUM
VACJJM
VACUUM
0450 377
C450073-1
0453372-1
'1450076-1
0450077
C 161001-3501
C294510-02Cl
3 611503-0102
0453^71
3406J OR 8406M
C450412
'" .......
' " ...
... """"'
.....
~""...,
"..,......,
..
"'<'" ...
" ........ .,..,... "
...........
OR
ELEMENT)
DRIVE)
FIXED 3ITCH
1A103/TCM6958
SPINNER
INSTALLATION, PROPELLER
SPINNER DOME
AFT BULKHEAD
(BACK SIDE OF PRl)P)
FWO BULKHEAD (FWD SIDE OF PROP)
VACUUM SYSTEM, ENGINE iRIVEN
M f- T
PROPELLER
INSTALLATION
"KDPELLER,
MCCAULEY
J T
TIL COOLER
(STEWART
OIL FILTFR INSTALLATION
^TFRNATOR, 60 AM',
?3 \I31T
'TIL COOLER INSTALLATION
---. .
.,
BO1-R-?
..
..._~~-~_.
BO1-R-1
"
,
"
A73-A
..
A73-S
FILTER,
-13.2
EQUIPMENT !..IST
Abl-A
!Z
.-..........
. .. . . ..,_
............
.........
,
, , , , , ,
,,
--.
A4 1 - R
,,-"h~
433-R
in
A21-A
,;"
BRACKETS)
ALTERNATOR
Z>l
243.5
A"-R
409-R
A17-R
O
0450371
ARM INS
WT LBS
ENGINE,
LYCOMING O-235-L2C (INCLUDES
STARTER,
CARBJRETOR, SPARK PLJGS AND
REF DRAWING
AOl-R
ACCESSORIES
~
~
POWERPLANT
A.
EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION
SECTION B
"'............
...............-"''''... '''..
,--..-.-,
. .._ .... _ ..
",,,,'
... :::
l JUly 1m
CESSNA
CESSNA
MODEL 152
MODEt.
L~
CO
SE
oe
SECTION
SECTION 6
WEIO
HT ...
WEIGHT
& IIAt.ANCE
BALANCE//
EQUIPMENT WST
LIST
- ---_
... ...............
.......
-... ...,
<>0"""""_"<>
.....
" " " "
1
CD
r--*ar\lti- OlMOI(T>-O
corn j-:a>rr
o in 0 m 0 f" fN cr^opinin
Lninin
rnunn
~
1 1
ooooot-
.. ..........
...,....
- ' -...
..
..
..
......
-.".,. "...-..
COCOcOCOODCOaOCCrOirtlALn
CO
_
..
._",,,,,"- -_.....- -_.. ..-............-... -
.,._
- .
........
... ....
1-*
...
COO)
---"""<"---.... ..", ... - ,

---'" ,
,.. ---- ,_
-tf-
^n in r\j ro ro ^1
LTvtNJ--tPsJrO
..
rvoocOHOoociON
..."O<:'~o....,
mino
"
oco
-0
cc
CO
r\it
COCO
oo
.iryp-t^-1
r\ it*-t
1 i 1
1
1
mnmfnN
OOOOI OOMOMN
r-i*r\)(\J<Nt\ CvJ f\J Lf^ LA l/^ >J"

OU( H 1^
--':?'i''i'
( H.JOOOO
0000
cooo?
52
le
Q_
~
_
CO
~
UJ
~
o
t;;
J
~
1
UJ
Q_
Z3
LLJ
..
...
,
.
..........
. ..
-.
...
... _.
.....
... ...
-..
,
lu
lup-
oo
oor^
o 1
LT\
LT
,.~" .'
0_' "
X
_l
XC
O< <
~:
LL
(_!
4~
CO
=)
r-i|i
CO S!
!/:-'oo
ooSIcq
o0c_ m
UJ
1
OO
(/>
-< <O
LLU_2"
-
,~
-V
<
>-
OO
"
U'OOQ,
o"
o'
LUoOQ.
2LULUI'
a.oo
roo
-tUJUJX
<
_1
CC
'
UJ
<r
ccym
CZiUCL
I t
LL
L/l
<
0. O 2* LL >- i-
az
k-
(_)I5>(-
LUX
"5Oa.
uj
C 3
~Z)~ LU<
<2l-Jfl.
O"3 T li-LJ
ccn
o_)
-iO
XO
h- w-)
UJ
LU
1 _j
>-t_) _J
LUo; c^
00
ouu
O-
1 c^^ ~z.
C1QLU
(_
a_c
ono.
OOZ
LU
I^>
fvjr\ifi;i
IjIGZ1-'00
on
3cD
5
|
LUGO
J
<_5)
<yio
1
1
>~<3:c
k-
>->- i-i
>
UJ 3
00
LJ
<O
O<t
~.
111 <y cc
_l
~-
OLU<
J-
ljoooo
~~~
>-
III
......
<,..
.. ........ .. ..
.. 4.
..,..........,<>0"""0
..............
LLj
LJ
"^
;'i'<;'
On
1/]
vt"
in 1 000
IOO
!!_ ~ ..
~:~::;~
rsj^r^r^or\
_IO
-J^t
~O~~_NO~ ~ ~~'
Uj
1tf~
OO
p~*
I\
..
1 1 1 1
1 i 1
~~~~~ " _N
-~<;'
r-J
f*-f\l
C:C5
1^^^
OOOOtNJ oo
CNJf\J
OOOO
EC
x<
Q-
22
lulu ctiac:^ >-
LJ
Z7
O
2!
J_J
CDh~
X CE
C 1 LO (_} CL C.D
dJCO<
O CLCL5" 7" _t
^<t _J
UO_JJ~U_ -JLUh-k-_J w"
I Wh-
cC
-=
s
LU
a.
a.
<
oOc
til
<
o
^"
o
1
e
CO
CO
a:
< <ta <r <i<

1
j,1 ^-
r*- sOO-JLH 00 rn
ore
000
0
oouooo
|
<-
1l July
July 1979
limi
Cm
1
O
...
6-15
CEsaNA
MODEL 152
>
Z ^ O5
CD
SECTION ft
WEIOHT .. BAl.ANCE I
-- ------ -_ "" .. n
45.2
45.2
5.2
22.0
12.5*
17.0
17.2
17.2
18.0
15.3
18.0
9.0
17.4
13.0*
14.7
... . . . . . . . .
-11.1
17.0
1.3
1.3
1.0
0 ...... -
..-
- '" , -~..
--
..
-,
"
-" - ,- .. , _.
.
- -
.- , , "
,
,. ..
.
- - ,

..
"
.- .- , , - -- ,-
ii - - - -- ........
" , ...
-.
".
....
6;: ...,,,., --
..
"'............ ,
..
-.
"'''' -..... .,
......
-"
....
",.,.
..
,.
..
....
----,.
. _-_ .....................,- - ..
.-=
=-'i'.5!.::!.... ...
-,
'"
-.z
..
............
",.
.....
,,>: ..
.........
,,=
.=
.........
,,_
....
",.", .. ,."'_7a "'_ --"
..
......... ....
:::::e:.,:J:
.,=:: =...;SS
.......
...............
""/= -...,,
.
..
'" .... .................
.. ..
..
-,
. . ....... " .....

.....
-..
..
-, --n. -
..-- " .., -, .. ""',........... .-.
-., , , ,
, , , , ,
......
',.'i'-, ,, , , ,
,
, , ,, ...
,
,
,
,"
" ....:..:.
...
-- - , ..
- ..
...
....
-0=
=
"
~"'~
:> -~ ..
_~:>
<",",-
"'
"
a ...
..
- - - ... - <>
Wl:'.~~::;.=
~~~;;
;:::;z::-.:!"~~;~-o;-g:::~::O:~~ ::;!~:;';';
...
D9 1 - A
08S-A-?
038-A-l
082-A
085-R
067-A
040-R
04 9-A
D59-A
D64-A
03 7-n
o, o
02 8 -P.
D3 7-R
O25-A-2
D19-R
D25-A-1
D16-A-3
D16-A-2
016-A-l
o ..
0-
o,
D07-H-2
f) rj p
Til -0
ITEM NO
0T7-G-1
~!!!~~~;:;:::~~:~~~re-;~-Q~~
M
'o O ,~
!:;;:;
u
.~
' u
-~
~,g~
PILOT INDIVIDUAL SLIDING

VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE, PILOT
"~
~3 ~
n.
>
o>
SEAT,
SEAT,
--
o .. ""'" ""...
ACCOMMODATIONS
-;;:!~'::!:~~
... ", .. %_
CABIN
,,~"'
........ .,_ "> nn ...
._~
,"-
0414084
0414085
V3LT)
(10-30
TURN COORDINATOR
VERTICAL SPEED
0401019
REQUIRE
NOT
DOES
~'"
,.,.!i~
E05-R
E05-0
~.;..!..,,~ .3~
O'
,"
:~3
.. ...... 0
E.
"..r~_
--_. -"'-" -- ~
~-
INDICATOR,
INDICATOR,
(50
- .
:;;;:;;=:;;=:!~
->
ENCODER (BLIND,
MOUNTING)
MARKINGS)
FT.
(INCLUDES RELOCATION
ALTIMETER)
MILLIBARSI
SENSITIVE
~-
CLOCK INSTALLATION, DIGITAL READOUT

CLOCK-TIMER,
DIGITAL
COMPASS
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (LH FJEL RH FUEL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (LH RH FUEL)
(USED
WITH G92-O, LONG RANGE WINGS ONLY)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (OIL PRES.
OIL TEMP.)
ECONCMY MIXTURE INDICATOR (EGTI
INDICATOR,
'G' METER
GYRO INSTALLATION (REQUIRES ITEM A61-A)
DIRECTIONAL INDICATOR
ATTITUDE
INDICATOR
RECORDER,
ENGINE HOUR METER
OUTSIOE AH TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
TACHOMETER INSTALLATION,
ENGINE
RECORDING TACH INDICATOR
INDICATOR, TURN COORDINATOR (24 VOLT ONLY)
.n
AMMETER
CLOCK
INSTALLATION
CLOCK,
ELECTRIC
C" .......
----..>
.......,."'.~
ALTITUDE
PANEL
ANO
(FEET
"'_ ... _ u _ _
ALTIMETER,
INDICATOR, TRUE AIRSPEO

ALTIMETER,
SENSITIVE
ALTIMETER, SENSITIVE (20
(FEET A0 MILLIBARS)
ENCODING ALTIMETER
OF CONVENTIONAL
--
MARKINGS)
(0513279)

~
FT
0-
....,.".
-..----.
O
0401013
"~
, , , , , , , , , , """,,,,
, , , ,
,, ,,
.....,..."""'.
"
""" ..... o<"co"O<>Oo"'"
"
,,:~UU
~~:;:~~::::
ENCOiD I)JG ALTI M jET'ER , -rf fi|Tr,& r ^N\7ENt I ^NAI

ALTIMETER)
0401013
REF DRAWING
"
I Jul,. \979
2.2
0.6
0.1
1.0*
0.6
_"'co
..00.,,,
................
... = 0 _ _
0.4
0.7
0.7
6.3*
2.5
-00000
S-1320-5
0400341
C 664508-0102
0470426-1
C664511-0101
C660501-0102
C669537~01C4
C669537-0105
8:4-
1.5
oQ(
C669535-0101
0401028-1
0400335
0413466-1
C661075
C661076
0401017
C6685070400500
C668020-0120
C661003-0505
C661003-0506
C661080-0101
0.5
0.4*
0.3
0.4*
0.3
0.5
2.9
2.9
C661071-01G2
0.7
0.7
0.7
18.0
18.6
2.0
18.0
14.4*
18.1
14.4*
18. 1
20.0
17.0
17.0
17.3
17.6
17.6
0.7
C661025-0102
C661071-0101
"
.. .. .. .. ....... .....
--- - .....................
_.
_
..
-_.
.._
-............
_
......
_
........
.......
---_. -- -- ..----,--.....
.......... - ..........._._C661065-0105
17.6
ARM INS
--
-.
_ .. n " ,
..........
..
.
...
....
''''''''"NO
.. ....
.............
--- --- -
n
WT LBS
-
-
CD
EQUlPMENT LlST
ITEM NO
,,<
,"
~-:'7 -:''i''7~7-:'~'i' ~
_w
--.... ...." ..........

.......... .
E15-R
E15-S
El 9-0
-- ~
~~~~
......
_~
"
.. ..
,.
,,
, ..
,
,,
Iluty 111711
F16-R
FLIGHT
(NOT
INTERNAL
CAbIN
0400027-2
0 541115
TOP
EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED)
AIRCRAFT
PROOFING,
FACTORY
RINGS,
AUXILIARY
0405068-3
0413029
D1170-13PH
CORROSION
HOISTING
G.
APPROVED
IFR-DAY
AUDIBLE
FAA
MANUAL
PLACARD
, ,

. -.
G13-A
AIRPLANE
LIMITATIONS
040 5 06 8-1
04C5068-2
G?7-A
IT
'in 1
..
.. ".""
\| I
k I
-..,-.. ...
-" ." "
"~i -
,
STALL WARNING HORN, PNFJMATIC,

PILOT'S OPERATING HANDBOOK AND
..
OPERATIONAL
C'7
f-.m-o-?
il~
"
F04-
VFR-UAY
VF^-DAY
PLACARD
PLACARD
..
LIMITATIONS
LIMITATIONS
::
--. ..
o.
4.5
2.0
0.5
0.5
NEGL
NEGL
NEGL
14.0
4.1
NEGL
,.,
OPERATIONAL
OPERATIONAL
NIGHT
, ., ........,<
MANUALS
..... ....,,-.. n
-...
_ _ ..
-<>_0
.-.<-
WARNINGS
" 0 .. _ " " ' _
0450071
""'~""'"' --
F'M-P
F'U-0-1
39.0
40.C
49.0
27.0
,
o
68.0
42.0
21.5
23.C
23.0
23.0
-22.0
84.0
12.1
"'_
PLACARDS,
SYSTEM)
." ..
.....O_"""i!
0.5
..
2015009-2
0460118-2
2.0
1.5
0.5
l.C
0.0
........ N
F.
EXHAUST
..""',..............
-...
.. 0"""_
0514166
0 400324-1
S-2275-4
1.3
45.2
45.2
66.5*
72.9
64.5
66.0
39.0
39.0
71.1
-...,,,,,,.,.,"'" .,- ,
.. N,
"'~"'
""'~
,
~O~~,
E93-R
..
0415020
0413492
1.0
1.0
1.0
rno~
E34-U
... .. .. ..
17.0
10.5*
1.3
6.4
11.1
.. ___ _
__ "_4
E39-A
C55-A
E57-O
E65-S
E35-A
E89-0
0414084
0414085
3400134-1
0711030-1
0400136-9
S-1746-2
S-2275-104
S-2275-202
0401012-1
ARM INS
to
(3d >
- ........ ............... ..
_~
F23-S
SFAT, CO-PILOT INDIVIDUAL SLIDING

SEAT,
VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE,
CJ-PILOT
SFAT
INSTALLATION,
AUXILIARY
UPPER BACK REST CUSHION
LOWER SEAT CUSHION ASSEMBLY
LAP BELT ASSEMBLY
Bt-LT ASSY,
PILOT LAP
SHTULDER HARNESS ASSY, PILOT
SHOULDER HARNESS
INERTIA INSTL., PILOT &
CO-PILOT (NET CHANGE)
HFLT L SHOULDER HARNESS ASSY, CO-PILOT
INTERIOR, DELUXE (NET CHANGE)
.JJNmwS, OVERHEAD CABIN TOP (MET INCREASE)
SUN VISOKS (SET OF 2)
WINDOWS, TINTEO, CABIN (NET CHANGE)
BAGGAGE NET
DUAL CONTROLS (WHEEL, PEDALS & THE BRAKES)
ALL PURPOSE CONTROL WHEEL
(RQD WITH C25-A)
(KT-NET CHANGF)
HEATING SYSTEM, CABIN (INCLUDES ENGINE
_.
-" ...
--
E09-A
WT LBS
F n ~? n
REF DRAWING
ev-7-s
CKSSNA
MODIlI.. I~
SEC'TION 8
WEIOHT .. BAL.I<Nlll
EQQIPMBNT I..IST
."
ITEM NO
>
...
..-
ii] t .. ~
O
.. "
>
...
<,..............<..- ....,. .. ....
..
......
..-r _ _ .......
...... -c ..
> ... _ ........ ,,<."'_..
-O'
_~_
..... _..
--
._~
;: -
.
....
~
'"
~w~
",, _
z~w_
::;;::::;::'"
?;
~ .. .. ~ _
_r
_ H
""'"'''_ .
.........
w
.......
::;";;.~~;;:,
':~~~~!s:z,:
_.. _ r "
.. ""'
___
__
_0 "
_
_..
f j AMI'
...-
B ::
,~ - .....
..
..
..
.. ~ .. ~ .. ~..
~~~;,;~ ~;~6~~...r;o; ~~
_"
........
, , , , .., "e"'"
- "'"
~_~
....
. _ ..
" "''''''h>
~,,....
,n.,
;.
.~ ~
...;;;
:; o'-0
....
_il .. .::..r
_ ......
"'
~;;,,~~:
~<~~~
.......
-><l _ ~
_
"~i~~~~
% .. "
,,' .....
- ~-
..,~_
''_''__ _
~..
, ,
,
~--:
0!~.; .. ~ ~ 0
-
-o
c w.,"_~ O
..... . '"
~
'0.
:;:~ ....""J: .
~_:r~~~~ .. "..~<i:
~~~e .. ~
~
WG
...-... "
" .. " _ _ ...... ... . .
_~.,.I~.,:
u-
.. . ,. .. ' ' ' ' ' ' '
,.~,.
."
(K-546E)
,
o:::'!~':;
. .....'" t...
0 -
.-j
,- ,.
-,
,
-- ,

"
,-
.-
O'
-o
0-
0 -
.-..
I J\lly 197'9
............ n
ARC/LOC
H22-A AND
'"0' ,
INDICATOR
VOR/LOCIN ITE^S
:::';'1'~
42100-0000
36450-3CD0
1200098-2
46860-1203
2.1
0.3
0.2
0.2
FOR
~-
15.5
96.5
24.2
12.3
14.4
78.9*
17.4*
13.5
84.0
-12.0
37.3
22.0
15.5
105.3
105.3
~-
EXCHANGE
H?5-A
-.
--"'. .3910157-13
3.3
0.9
0.2
1.4
1.8
0.6
4.1*
8.2*
13.0
41.0
9. 5
9.9
8.0
-20.9*
-3 3.0
-_OC_..,...
--..
.........
........
..
3950104-14
79.0
115.1
84.0
80.3*
117.6
179.4
-~
MOUNTING, RIGID
ANTENNA
AUTO RAOIAI
CENTERING
0473400-62 1
3919159-11
41240-0001
40980-1001
ANTENNA
INSTALLATION
LOOP ANTENNA INSTALLATION
CABLE INSTALLATION
MISC.
INSTALLATION COMPONENTS
CESSNA 400 GLIDESLOPE WITH ILS INDICATOR
EXCHANGED FOR LOC
INDICATOR
RECEIVER
(R-443B)
BFO
UN-346A1
AUTOPILOTS
CESSNA 300 ADF

RECEIVER WITH
..
0.1
0.2
5.9
0.5*
0.1
0.1
2.5
3.0
2. 1
2.3
0.3
0.0
0.4
2.5
1.6
9.4*
8.7
ARM INS
--
INDICATOR
0-
AVIONICS
0401018
"~
"n
~'
H.
, .. 0'0
.. .-,
.......,-..,
. -,... . -..........
... ,.,.. .
..... - . ......... '" ,o"-..

..'",.
CRAVIKCASE I3RFATHER TUBE INSULATION

WINGS WITH 39 GALLON CAPACITY, EXTENDED
RANGE FUEL TANKS,
(NET CHANGE)
0401024
04010C1
0413456
0701048
0401023
0523565
0400027
0404034
D501019-1
....
..........
,,"'..-.....
...........
..
H38-A-1
,..,
,.
~~
H07-A
,O .........'"
HH-A
0... _ ... . . . .
G9?-A
t;;
~bo .. O .. ""
G88-A
~
O"'.,~,
G55-A
G58-A
G6 7-A
:;:
O
~"
L n A \ lj C I
~...'3
-- ..
LIGHTER, CIGARETTE
WING TIPS, MODIFIED CONICAL (NET CHANGE)
FIRE EXTINGUISHER, HAND TYPt
STEPS S HANDLES, REFUELING ASSIST
3EOAL EXTENSIONS, RUDDER, REMOVABLE - SET
OF 2 (STOWABLE - INSTALLED \R* SHOWN)
AVAILABLE FROM DEALERS ONLY
WINTERIZATION KIT
INSTALLATION, ENGINE
COVER PLATES,
FWO COWL (SET OF 2
INSTALLED)
COVER PLATES,
FORWARD COWL (STOWED)
ii
0500341
"'."' ..
G34-A
G49-H
"c.~O
0 401015
WT LBS
....
.0
- _
. ...... . .. --. .
; - - -.
-"
..,. ... .. .... ... .. .
"
3 31 - A
STATIC DISCHARGERS (SET OK 10)

STABILIZER A3RAS10N SOOTS
TOW 3 A*, AIRCRAFT NOSE WHEEL (STOWED)
PAINT, OVERALL EXTERIOR
OVERALL <USE WHITE
COLUK STRIPE
CARt.FS,
CORROSION RESISTANT CONTROL
(NET
REF DRAWING
..
G16-A
G19-A
G22-A
G25-S
CO
SECTION"
Wf;ICHT", BALAN CEI
EQUIPMENT L1ST
CESSNA
MODEL 152
..C'O<>
1 July
,m
, ,
, ,

",
<0
COM
DMELT-6-1C)
ANTENNA
CABLE
ANTENNA
OMNI
COUPLER
KIT
OMMI
ANTENNA INSTALLATION
VHF L.H. COM ANTENNA
MICROPHONE
INSTALLATION
AUOIO CONTROL
CABIN SPEAKFR INSTL
HEADPHONE INSTALLATION
OMNI
UNIT
(AVAILABLE
ALTERNATOR)
(USED rf ITH 1ST

INSTALLATION)
RAOIO COOLING
NOISE FILTER (AU0I0K0N
LH COM ANTENNA CABLE
&
1.3
3.5*
3.3
0.1
3.5*
1.0
0.1
0.4
0.9
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.4
1.1
0.2
3930208
3940148-1
3950104-3
3950104-4
3960132-9
3960113-1
3970117-1
3970145
3970123-6
3970125-1
3.3
0.1
5.3*
C589511-0113
C589511-0109
3910186
C470419-1
C589511-0117
C589511-0109
0470419-2
5.5
1.6
8.1*
1.0
H37-A
TRANSMITTER
3910183
46660-1000
46860-1000
ANTENNA
5.5
1.6
46660-100T
46860-1003
, , , ,
3ASIC AVIONICS KII

NAV/COM FACTORY
3.6*
2.8
0.1
8.1*
.,.. "'
" -<><>000<><0_"'_
1.0*
86.0
18.6*
13.0
67.0
18.6*
13.0
67.0
13.9*
41420-0028
42943-0030
3910128-20
41470-1028
42940-0000
3913183
3910127-1
15.5
35.4*
11.7
0.6
3.6*
2.7
0.1
0.8
13.6
15.5
12.9
13.9*
20.2
105.0
--:''''~--~''
223.9
55.9
18.2
15.6
-25.0
102.6
101.3
60.2*
13.6
15.5
12.9
102.5*
102.6
131.3
102.5*
14.0
...., ~ ~
."
CO
.,,
, ,
, , , , ,

, ,
r a hi a n a t
.. "0 ... ....., ... " " .
LANAJAI
42410-5128
0770681-1
2.2*
0.2
46860-2200
_~
...,""""'
"
03
USE)
ARC/ILS
IN ITEM
ARM INS
1ST UNIT
(REQUIRES H34-A TO BE OPERATIONAL)
RECEIVER-TRANSCEIVER (RT-385A)
VOR/LQC INDICATOR (IN-385A)
MOUNT, WIRING & MISC
ITEMS
CESSNA 300 NAV/CQM, 720 CH COM 2N0 UNIT
(REQUIRES H37-A TO BE OPERATIONAL)
RECEIVER-TRANSCEIVER (RT-385A)
VOR/LOC INDICATOR (IN-385A)
MOUNT, WIRING MISC
ITEMS
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER
TRANSMITTER (0 S M DMELT-6-1)
ANTENNA
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (USED IN
ANTENNA
CFSSNA 400 TRANSPONDER (EXPORT
TRANSCEIVER (RT-459A)
ANTENNA
CESSNA 3?T NAV/COM,
720 CH COM
RECEIVER (R-402A)
ANTENNA,
L SHAPED RJD
CESSNA 300 TRANSPONOER
TRANSCEIVER (RT-359A)
INDICATOR,
~"'
~,,~"'~~'"
H34-A
_~ ~. _-
~~ "
30.6*
51.1
17.2
cn
go
._._. _---'
H28-A-2

.. .......-...,...... ,. ... .......
.......
.
....... n"
H28-A-1
Q
~~", .. ~ .. oO~
H?5-A
H22-A
H16-A-2
H16-A-1
t;;
H13-A
-'"
-'"
CENTERING
FOR VOR/ILS INDICATOR

H17-A ONLY
CESSNA 40C MARKER BEACON
AUTO RADIAL
EXCHANGE
WT LBS
REF DRAWING
. ..
.. .......
......
............ ..
! _
_.
.._-...._-.. .._... ...-..,...-...,..
...........
.......
.. ...........
........
.......
.
--,
,,,
---.. ---
, ,
..
CD
CD
H08-A-2
ITEM NO
e-i
CESSNA
MODEL 1&2
Z &
H o_ -^
ci i-i O
H < Cfi
SECTION
CESSNA
o
h a
WE! OHT .. BALANCE I
MODE L I~
EQUlPMENT L18T
.0_
- ., - -
- ..-,- -"
- -
'
1.0
0. 1
8. 1
1.3
1 .0
6.3
0.1
1.3
0.7
1.0
4.1
5.3
12.7*
3.6
8.1
32.1*
2.8
C661080-0101
0514166
0460 118-2
040102 3
3910 183
3910127
3910183
0401022
0 413 466
C663507-n01
C661003-0505
0406003-1
0413466-2
~..,~
... c"" .. ~ -."
~--_
,..
--
...
C49-A-1 LANDING LIGHT

SINGLE BJLB
064-A
GYRH INSTALLATION
D82-A
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IND
088-A
TURN COORDINATOR
D91-A
RATE OF CLIMB IND.
E55-A
SUN VISORS
G05-A
DUAL CONTROLS
G34-A
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
H22-A
CESSNA 300 MAV/CQM RT-385A
H34-A
B4SIC AVIONICS KIT
152 II NAV-PAC EQUIPMENT
H16-A-1 CESSNA 301 TRANSPONDER 3T-3S9A
-- -
3YRDS)
---
KIT
c ,
,

";;3 o
o
o"
co_ o
0"_""
.... ... c ..... ,.
e; .._ .!l...
'
o . 't
- .. ,.., - .,.
...._ _1>."'
.....-__
.., ................. "...
c
.... :_ ......
......
..... _""r
..."e"
_6'
......
""..
,.- ..
....
~"'"""
..
"'c
..
~~ _
.. -"uc_~
- ,. .. "'u .. ~"
o
~~
:>_Q"',",ZW
OMNI
COUPLER
E,
UNIT
U"' _ ~
~"""~Z.'"
~ ~ "'_
- - .. -:;> ..
?ND
ANTENNA
",,.~ ,.."
RT-385A
BFAC3N
FLASHING
(FOR
152-11 PACKAGE EQUIPMENT

A61-A
VACUUM SYSTFM
PACKAGES
OPTION
SPECIAL
- _.. .. ........-.-,..
,.C~==-~~
COM
..
~ c ~u.",
,
C43-A
"",
"."
~--
H^7-A
~""""~""""'"''''''''''
H25-A
~~~~;~~ !g~~~~!
'",.....
_ ~~"~Dm~~~~~~~
, ......... "'<>CC ......... ,,::-
-,
,,
J04-A
,, ,,
J.
PADDED HEADPHONE-MIKE ASSY,

PURPOSE CONTROL WHEEL
c-i
I July 1979
CD
u ij c r i
"diCLt
~~
O<:"o-vv"",~
JO1-A
REQUIRES
SPLITTER) &
ALL'PURPOSE
....
RH
ITEM NO
--
_.
~~~-o
~ c.~~~_
.... " ...... 0<- _ .-.,_
ALL-
CABLE
INSTL
"'"""'i:;:,,~
!"" ..;:;~~
~ .....,
,"
ON
RH
H56-A
"" ............~
"'0te:
rsLJL
~;:~~ ~ ~"
'N 1
roMTfjni
'"
"'~~ ~~:
O "-
H"55-A

~
5-;~S'"
...-'-'- o
=< .. .. ~ f !!
OMNI COUPLER (SIGNAL
HtMlSET-MICRUPHONE, RQS
C596531-0101
C 596530-0101
S-2086-1
ONLY)
lo;
CABLE
-...-
c,
ANTENNA
UNIT NAV/COM FACTURY

ANTENNA INSTALLATION
___
,
..--"'...- -. _.- --.- ..
..
. ... '" .. - _.
.-
._..--.
---..,,:
.,..
?ND
COM
-.-. -
~-o_
c'''''''
co.
.-,
...... ..., , , .., '"'- -.
..._0-"
......
'"
....- ...::1-'" .................
-
,
, -
-" ~. "
COM
..__..... .. ... ... ..
' 0 oo
,.
_o
_ ~~o~ ~ ~o
REF DRAWING

~
1*
1 .1
WT LBS
~':~
26
~~m~~ ~ N~~O ' .~n
-5.2
193.7
-28.3
13.0
22.0
17.2
17.3
27.0
12.1
18.0
13.9
60.2
16.5*
18.6
13.9
3 0.6
55.9
20.2
1.0
17.2
~-ce ~~-c ~~~~~
~":~
"
.........___
.. ......
__
0.4
0.4
0.?
0.2
ARM INS
"
CEsaNA
CESSNA
MODEL 152
1112
MODEL
SECTION
7
SECTtON7
AIRPLANE
& SYSTEMS
AIRPLANS '"
8YSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
D"SCItIPTIONS
7
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS
O NTENTS
TABLE OF C
CONTENTS
Page
Introduction
'"U'Od"eUoa . .
Airframe
Pllehl Controls
Controis
Flight
7-3
'"
,.
'"
,.
,-,
7-3
7-8
Tl'lm
Trim SyslOm
System
7-8
I,,,"rumenl Panel
Pallel
Instrument
7-8
Grntlnd
Ground Conlro!
Control
7-9
"
Wlng f'lap 5yBlam

!.andlng
..., Syx'-m
Landing o
Gear
System
Wing Flap System
7-10
7-10
'7-10
10
Bal(lI"&gtI Comp
..nmlnt
Baggage
Compartment
s..
.. l~
Seats
7-10
7_10
~-H
7-11
Se",
H.rn~ ......
Seat BellSl
Belts And Shoulde<
Shoulder Harnesses
S"I\I
Seat scn..
Belts
. ...
Shoulder
ShOllld
... Harnesses
Hames"..
. . .
. ..
..
Integrated SUI
Seat Belt/Shoulder
Harnesses
1"1""410<1
n"UIShoulder H
nnee, With
Wllb Inertia
lnerlia Reels
R.,.,la
I;ntranee Doof1l
CAbl" Windows
Entrance
Doors And Cabin
Conlml
1..0<:1.. .
Control Locks
E"Kj,,~
Engine
. . . . .
. .. .
... .
Engine
Instruments
Enlfino 'nSlrUmOnls.
.
N
..... Engine
En&1ne Bl'Hk
In And
A!Id OperatlOl>
New
Break-In
Operation
7-15
71
~
7-15
71~
l':nl:lne 011
Engine
Oil Sysu-m
System
ExhRu~'
Exhaust Sy."''''
System
Carburetor And
Priming Sy."'",
System
Carbura""
An" ".,mlnl
11 July 18?9
1979
7-17
' _17
n,
7-18
Coo11n1l'
......
Cooling Sy
System
Propeller . . . .
Ammollir
Ammeter
7-16
716
7-17
7_17
7-18
7_111
7_111
7-18
7_
7-18
111
Ign!\lon-Starter
Ignition-Starter SyslOm
System
Alt Induction
IndueUon 5ys"'m
Air
System
M-..lOr
Master S_lIel!
Switch
7-13
713
'7-14
14
7-14
7H
77-15
15
Engine
ERilnn C"nlmla
Controls
Fuel Sy.Ie'"
System
Pue'
B~e
Brake Sy."'m
System
ELec.rlc.J
Electrical Syalem
System
7-13
713
7-13
713
7-19
7-19
7-19
19
77-22
,-~
7-22
,-~
7-22
,-~
7-24
,-~
7-1
~
SECTION
SECTION 77
AIRPLANE
AIRPLANE &
lo SYSTEMS
8YSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
OESCRIPTIONS
CESSNA
CESSNA
MODEL
MODEI. 152
llll!
....
TABLE
TABLE OF
OF CONTENTS
CONTENTS (Continued)
(Continued)
Page
Alternator
AIt.rn"lOr Control
eonll'Ol Unit
VIII. And
And Low-Voltage
Low.Volta..,. Warning
Waml ... Light
1.1eto.
Circuit
Cll'<'ull Breakers
BrNk.rs And
And Fuses
P'Us. . . .
Oround SlrvI.,. Ptug
lWc:.p t ~l.
Ground Service Plug Receptacle
WltnlDl Systems
S)'I",ml . . . .
Lighting
Exterior
EX\&rlOT Lighting
Lll11l1nl . . . . .
In~.lOT Lighting
Ll,h!!n, . . . . . .
Interior
7-24
724
7-25
'.~
,.~
7-25
,.~
7-25
,.~
7-25
,.~
7-26
Cabin
System
Cabin Heating,
H. ..,ng. Ventilating
Vlntllating And
An d Defrosting
o..fro.llng S)'.I.m
1'1,,,,,S'.lle
Airspeed
Indicator
Al ..""e<lln<llcalOr
.
Von1eoJ Speed
SI>ee<llndic
.. lOr
Vertical
Indicator
AI,lmete. . . . . . . .
Altimeter
Va.euum System
Syllem And
And Instruments
InltfUmen'Vacuum
Atthudt' Indicator
IndlcalO.
Attitude
,.~
7-27
Pitot-Static System
Syo'a'" And
And Instruments
In. t.uroon'.
7-27
727
,.~
7-29
'W
,,,
,,,
7-29
7-29
OI . .... UOft.1 Indicator

1.... ' ....10.
Directional
7-29
7-31,
73
7-31
'"
Suc'lo .. Gage
O~
Suction
SL&ll Warning
WanU"1 System
SyMem
Stall
7-31
,~,
,~,
7-31
Avlo .. lc. Support

SUppoR Equipment
t:qulpment
Avionics
,.~
7-32
Au<llo Control
Conl .....1 Panel
"'IoIMI
Audio
.
. ...
T ..... mll ... Selector
Selecw. Switch
Swltch
Transmitter
AudIo Selector
SelKlOr Switches
S .. ltch
Audio
,.~
7-32
,.~
7-32
,.~
7-34
Cl>m Auto
AulO Audio
Audil> Selector
BaI..:IO. SWltch
Com
Switch
Com Both
BoUl Audio
Audio Selector
8,,1..,10. Switch
S .. itch
Coin
An"""CI .. IO. Lights

1.lghll Brightness
8rillll,neaa And
An" Tnt
Annunciator
Test Bwitch
Switch
SldolOno Operation
Opc> ... Uon . . . .
Sidetone
MI~rophone II_H,I"8t&Il.Uons
Microphone-Headset
Installations
SI"!!C Dischargers
Oloroh.'lers
Static
,.~
7-34
,~
7-35
,.~
7-35
,.~
7-35
,."
,."
7-36
..
7-36
n
n
,.,
7-2
I1 July
July 11119
1979
."
tl
,-
.0
%~
CESSNA
MODEL 152
; -O:"
."
. ~
z ",,!l~a
o i,g.!!
o li
1',-; e-,.
2S:;.
~
~
INTRODUCTION
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
..'0
00
,,,
E~
01 -e.""
, "- .,0
0_.,
."
~
! ."
.'
.'
l,- H'"
"5.1:
~n
~8~
;;~!
.2
.hi
>
o
&.!! ..
~""1i:l
~
g 0!!-
1:~~r
~ -3';
"
" O> _ -
This section provides description and operation of the airplane and its
systems. Some equipment described herein is optional and may not be
installed in the airplane. Refer to Section 9, Supplements, for details of
"1S.!
8", o
,!t
,
..
other optional systems and equipment.
i;'.!! "5
"E"St~p~;
~~.5iS! ,;!o
l!.H
o," i '!lo>c ,-"ttl
o."
,
5-1'
~.c
~
.,_> ,,1:0
w ~I~
~'~5!~=
~iio!!-c.51",a!i
"""
cD""
c. ..
:E p~ ;Ep~ .;~ ~;; ~".c.
i'ii';~13] U.!!
,,- - .... ~ .
et ;;i" ~i;ei:;p .. g.5~3e !in "f;1:h:;f:;;~
a: . "CI. c 13"~;";\~ c"a
l-t;:.;'';.!! ...;..,~..,,, t;"= !,
~=O ,,\il s~
~ ~!~
~~Ej~i~~
~13E5i II~~~~
et
."S
i~J";lai~ "li. i.,;"" s!:)a
-~
lf.2
=.
i.""-
1!
~l
.
....
~.;
~]
.,
J ~.2J~~
c.~
-~i
~!.!
.~
;j-
3Bh1
o 825
3;;B~
<>_
j~hlH; ~~.!f;":;B""H;
.. !i
5iiJ~~~~ lig~r~5i!5H
The airplane is an all-metal, two-place, high-wing, single-engine
AIRFRAME
~~
!~1!~5]
l''
,,~
i';:;;~~i8
~I~
"'''''6''
ife,,~.c=
~c"c1-i
o"";; ..,
oE"E~
ii~~~H~
Q81-ff ~Hit}~ihi
t lf _
~lCi, ~-:Il;~-
- !!"~a;~
o e"
-!a
.. '~"
i5==!:,":5;;
"_"".2;;
- ~
:";l!" h..,..
jlU~]~] n~rlr;a~l!j.
~~t~g
are attached, a bulkhead and forgings for main landing gear
~~l
~~ ~ "
~]~~]1~i~~i
~ ._~~~.i~ei
~~~""i~~i
~.i
.<>
~
E
!i
;"~-~~iio
o
.~~~I~ .. ~g=~
'e"
...
.!I-5
~1:"".
.,,~~]_o
~ ~~
I~aii~i~~=
The externally braced wings, containing the fuel tanks, are construct
ed of a front and rear spar with formed sheet metal ribs, doublers, and
stringers. The entire structure is covered with aluminum skin. The front
spars are equipped with wing-to-fuselage and wing-to-strut attach fit
tings. The aft spars are equipped with wing-to-fuselage attach fittings, and
are partial-span spars. Conventional hinged ailerons and single-slotted
flaps are attached to the trailing edge of the wings. The ailerons are
constructed of a forward spar containing balance weights, formed sheet
metal ribs and "V" type corrugated aluminum skin joined together at the
trailing edge. The flaps are constructed basically the same as the ailerons,
with the exception of the balance weights and the addition of a formed sheet
metal leading edge section.
door posts and extend forward to the firewall.
wing struts. Four engine mount stringers are also attached to the forward
plates at the base of the forward door posts for the lower attachment of the
attachment at the base of the rear doorposts, and a bulkhead with attaching
wings
items of structure are the front and rear carry-through spars to which the
bulkhead, stringer, and skin design referred to as semimonocoque. Major
The construction of the fuselage is a conventional formed sheet metal
utility purposes.
airplane equipped with tricycle landing gear and designed for general
~e
~i!
_E.!l?
, , - ....
.!!
"E:;;
o
The empennage (tail assembly) consists of a conventional vertical
i"~-
11l.~"-~"~l!-"
= _ ~.s.!!
.~
.:. 1':
e~-i--"-
.,
~L
er consists of a spar, formed sheet metal ribs and reinforcements, a wrap
stabilizer, rudder, horizontal stabilizer, and elevator. The vertical stabiliz
.,
around skin panel, formed leading edge skin and a dorsal. The rudder is
11 01 E
constructed of a formed leading edge skin containing hinge halves, a wrap
... ; - -,
adjustable trim tab at its base. The top of the rudder incorporates aleading
around skin panel and ribs, and a formed trailing edge skin with a ground
~l?-;;"
edge extension which contains a balance weight. The horizontal stabilizei
!I-~"iI-'
is constructed of a forward spar, main spar, formed sheet metal ribs anc
.J
1 July 1979
stiffeners, a wrap-around skin panel, and formed leading edge skins. The
_'1l
7-;
;.::
SEC'l'ION 7
SECTION
AlRPLANE &
.. SYSTEMS
SYSTII:MS DESCRIPTIONS
DSSCtm'TIONS
AIRPLANE
CESSNA
MODEL
152
MOOELIGl!
n
n
n
AlJ..BRON CONTROL 8Y8TEM
AILERON
SYSTEM
n
n
SYSTEM
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTE'"
P'1eure 7_1.
Figure
7-1.
.7-4
F1.IlIhl
U'OI .....
... , 1 ora)
Flight Coa
Control
and Trtm
Trim S)'.~""
Systems (Sb
(Sheet
of 2)
July
1979
11 J"
ly 197\1
-n
u
CESSNA
(;!;Sl!NA
MODEL III
152
MODE!..
8t:CTION
SECTION 17
AIRPLANII.
AIRPLANE & 8Y~
SYSTEMS Or:sCFUrnONI
DESCRIPTIONS
ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTIUII

SYSTEM
6U1VATOR
ELEVA TOll TRIM

Tll.Df CONTROL
CONTJI.OL SYSTEM
SYSTIIM
ELEVATOR
Figure 7-1.
Flight Control and Trim Systems (Sheet 2 of 2)
1l July
Jyly 1979
lt7'l
7-
n
SECTION 7
SECTlON7
AIRPLANE & 8YSTEM8
SYSTEMS DESCHlf"TIONS
DESCRIPTIONS
AffiPLANE
CESSNA
CESSNA
MOD&L
MODEL 1112
152
n
n
n
n
n
"i.,.. ..
Figure 7-2.
72. Instrument
In.tnlmenl Panel
PMel (Sheet
(8b,,",t 1I of
012)
11)
,.,
7-6
1 July 1979
<o
o
o
"oo
~
CD
CD
<
i,
,
-.
,
"a
"
,,.
6.7.
,.
,.
Turn CoordlnalOr
Coordinator
Airspeed
Alra.peed Indicator
l"dl<>a\Ot
Suction
Gage
Suc:Uon Gag.
DI,,,,,Uonal Indicator
Indic .. 'or
Directional
AIUlude Indicator
lndic"lOt
Attitude
Airplane
Alrplane Registration
Regi.t'Mion Number
Ve,Ife .. ] Speed Indicator
Indle ... or
Vertical
8.
Altimeter
Allimeter
9.
DigitaI Clock
Digital
1.
,
2.
3.
4.
5.
,
"
""
"
10.
-.1
Slope
lndlc&tor
Slope Indicator
11.
12.
'l'nnspon<ler
Transponder
13.
Marlte, Beacon
Be"""n Indicator
Indicato. Lights
Llgh\a
Marker
14.
".
Nav/Com Radio
Ro.dlo
Nav/Com
15.
Panel
Audio Control Panel
""."
".
"
".
AOP Radio
!\adIo
ADF
Rnd Switches
SwiLche8
and
16.
l'Hg)>! Hour Recorder

Flight
17.
l'8.<)hom.""
Tachometer
18.
Eoonomy Mixture
Mb:lu .... Indicator
Indiea lor (EOT)
Economy
(EGT)
19.
ADF
ADI" Bearing
Bea""g Indicator
IndlealOr
20.
00.
Addillo n.l Instrument

InBlmmaDI Space
Spa.ce
Additional
21.
L<>w.voll&g<l Warning
W. rnlng Light
Llghi
Low-Voltage
Ammeter
22.
~.
Cou .... Deviation

Devi"';on and ILS Glide
Olido
Course
.."
.."
23.
""
Map
M.p Compartment
Comp~rlment
24.
C.. bin Heat

Hu&< Control
eon.ro]
Cabin
25.
~.
C .. bl" Air
Alt Control
Cabin
27.
Wlng Flap
f'lo.p Swtlcll
PoIII!!on
Wing
Switch and Position
28.
Mixture
Mialu .... Control
Com.w
'l'hrotlle (With
(WlIh Friction
Frle!!on Lock)
l.<x:k)
Throttle
26.
29.
30.
31.
"
",.
n
".
"""
Clreult Breakers
Bre&lr.ers
Circuit
lndk.. tor
Indicator
M icro phone
Microphone
35.
ElevAtor 1'rim
Wh ... t
Elevator
Trim Control Wheel
end Position
Po.ltion Indicator
Indle ... or
and
Carburetor
Cuburetor Heat
HUI Control
Conlrol
Eloctrlcal SW;Whu
Electrical
Switches
011 Pressure
P,...
GAgo
Oil
Gage
Dii Temperature
Tempo,a..u", Gage
G~
Oil
36.
Clga. Lighter
Liglt\n
Cigar
37.
In.\cume"l Panel
Pan.l and
.00 Radio
!\adIo
Instrument
32.
33.
34.
"
"
.,".
38.
"u ....
Dial
01 ..1 Lights
Lij:h18 Rheostat
Rheolll.'
LoIf1 and
.. nd Right
ftight Fuel
J'ul>l
Left
QuanU1y Indicators
Indlct.lors
Quantity
39.
Ignillon Switch
Swllcll
Ignition
40.
Master
M"" ... r Switch
S ... Uch
41.
Prlmer
Primer
42.
Parking
ParklDI Brake
Br.lle Control
Conlrol
"
,~~
,,>
>
II
t-<
~
>
Z
z
<
"<
K
EP
ra
H
M
~
a.
Cfi
'.
~~
88
ZZ
CD -J
"<
n
SECTION 7
SECTION
AIItP!.ANI!: '"
AIRPLANE
& 8YST&MS
SYSTEMS
CESSNA
D
~ SCR I PT I O N S
DESCRIPTIONS
MOD!.:!. 152
1~
MODEL
M.I'M"'I .'Ohll\U1' o,.., "".lOlno 1M .Iovotor trlm 'oh oetuoto,_

.'",ctlo<!
. "'-" 01
o!n 1p.t.'
lenond
struction 01
of 1M
the ol.v"'o,
elevator con
consists
of o
a m
main
spar .M
and I>oUe.....,k.
bellcrank, left
and
n&bt
.... p-around .kln
pon.l . orni
lIIn.""
skin
kln on the
'h. left
10ft
right wrap-around
skin panels,
and .a 10""0<I
formed ....
trailing
edge
ba!!
ntl ... 'nllinll
nlbl half
h.lI io
blnllod oDd
half al
of "'"
the .I.v.",,,
elevator; .....
the entire
trailing odll.
edge al
of .b.
the right
is hinged
and
IQ"""
'b elevator
Inato' trlm
bolill.noDd
....' elevo,"",
forms the
trim IOb.
tab. Th.l.adlol""""
The leading edge 01
of both
left and n
right
elevator
Ilpo incorporate
Uto<>rpor." u"n,loDo
.... oo weights.
w.lllb .
tips
extensions wblch
which con.aID
contain 1>al
balance
horizontal stabilizer also contains the elevator trim tab actuator. Con
Con
"
FUGH
T CONTROLS
FLIGHT
';r."'"
The al!"l'lon.'
airplane's flight
control system 1_
(see 1l1JU'"
figure 7.1l
7-1) """"101.0
consists 01
of
TIte
ili .... ""'''t'OI
"''''o.tlonol
d .'.volOr
. .",1 ,urI",,".
conventional .1l0t'Oo.
aileron, rudder, and
elevator 0<>
control
surfaces. TIto
The con.",I
control
surfaces or.
are manually
operated through
linkage using
ouri",,"
"'",,0011..- "!M'n"'"
"'",uRb mechanical
_
....10.1 Ilnk"""
ua,., a
",,"Uol
wb ..llor
<bo oll.,..,.o
Iovotor. &Dd
ru_,/1>r&lte pedals
pedalo for
lor
control wheel
for the
ailerons Ond
and .elevator,
and rudder/brake
the
rudder.
Iho ruddot.
rudd.,......
Exto""IQDO
ruddorlbn.llo pedals.
pedalo. They
TbOYOODObl
010a
Extensions ueovo,loblolor<bo
are available for the rudder/brake
consist of
>"U01<!
... pedal
po<I'" fooo.
t",o OprtDg
. To 'n"."
rudder
face, two 'p_n
spacers .M
and two
spring ollp
clips.
install ..,
an ex,"
exten
olon.
plOOO 1It.
'bo bottom
boIlOm <>I
'ho u,"noioD
wtd., the
.b. bottom
bo''''''' of
01 the
<bo
sion, place
the dlp
clip OD
on the
of the
extension under
rudder pedal
~al ..,d
0111>.
l'OdoJ. Check
Cbr<:k
and .D.p
snap 'bo
the top clip OV"
over iii.
the IOp
top of
the rudder pedal.
\ho,
rInnly in
la pl~.
<ho extensions,
o" te"ol""o. reverse
rovo,... the
.bo
that 1It.
the o~te""loa
extension lo
is firmly
place. Ta.-.mave
To remove the
_bovo
...
above proclur
procedures.
tu_.
TRIM SYSTEM
A manually-operated elevator trim tab is provided. Elevator trimming
is accomplished through the elevator trim tab by utilizing the vertically

mounted trim control wheel. Forward rotation of the trim wheel will trim
nose-down; conversely, aft rotation will trim nose-up.
INSTRUM
ENT PANE
L
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
TlHt
In",,,,mo .. ' panel
panol (000
.. 7_2)
IO do"gnO<l
pl_ .ho
p",,,ary
The instrument
(see llgu
figure
7-2) is
designed to place
the primary
flip.
inotn>monta d''''''Uy
'ho pii",.
TI>o lfYJ"O-<>""rate~
Uillhl
flight instruments
directly In
in f1o<>.t
front o'
of the
pilot. The
gyro-operated flight
Iinstruments
. ."",,,,,n,-" a
.......
...,..., ono
1.11 of
al the
Uto
are
arranged
one _bovo
above lIto
the alltor.
other, ,UlhtlY
slightly to "'"
the left
control oolumn.
column. To!ho
To the left
of these
are the
airspeed indicator,
oOnl"'l
I.n QllIt
Iinstruments
... """"'nta ....
"'" .InI~
IMltator.
lu,n
nd ."",tIan
'.rtloal speed
.~
turn """"U"ator
coordinator,
and
suction i'S",
gage. no
The clook.
clock, altimeter, vertical
Indico"'
. ond
IDolrllrn.D,-" are
~ _bov.
IO the
"'" right
righI ol<ho
indicator,
and uavlgoUan
navigation instruments
above andio,
and/or to
of the
00",,..,1
Avlo"l .. oqulpmon,
Istacked
....,kod aapproximately
pprnx lmAtoly GO
control calamo.
column. Avionics
equipment is
on \ho
the
""n,.,rUne
,'" opaee
lo ... ,
centerline 01
of <ho
the panol
panel,...
with
space lar
for addltlonal
additional .q'Hp",on.
equipment on Ilt.
the lower
nright
.. h side
,do 01
pano' . Tho
0.100 contains
"",,"'mo
of .bo
the Instrumont
instrument panel.
The ngM
right .Id.
side 0111>0
of the 1"'-"01
panel also
<h ....,""m
... '. omm
...,. 1O
.. vollO," Il
.. b~ economy
oooo_y ml"
uro indicator
Indlc._
the
tachometer,
ammeter,
low-voltage
light,
mixture
(EGT) 'nd
and addi.lao.1
additional in.''''
instruments
as o
a flight
recorder. The
(EOT)
..... '' .. such
o"cb ..
fllibt hour
ba", RICOrdo,.
TlHt left
1.11
''''lOh
i>'"ol. under
und., the
<ho primary
p,lmary instrument
In.trum.", panel,
po"ol. ""n
lno
switch Ond
and con<>'
control panel,
contains
"'U"","',.
,.,
'Ju'y'''''''
7-8
1 July 1979
CESSNA
,.,
~!
-;
.0
o,
:; ~a"-'.!8d_=
MODEL 152
SECTION 7
-.
92
~
0
~
,
E
>
ZZ
~i~5i:il.!:
]Jj . ~
~!I""
e..,
:!-~
'!
s ... gJ;o'O
o'i"~
"= ~ 5"
f,.!:
~ E~
etaf-<p.H
~ .. -lI ~
_li!
ih!.!I..,8<3.
~..
=:"
""0
-"
."a:!l'SSl! "'il
sj:"" ~..: ~~",,-' ~g!l--"2
~.~
g~"
.. ..,.
~"'l'\l<l>'::
~ ~ .!!~"
,,;t Et .... ~ .. ~ ~
g-~i~~il:!>
21.!3:H.:;~~~ ,n~
00
the fuel quantity indicators, cigar lighter, and engine instruments posi
tioned below the pilot's control wheel. The electrical switches, panel and
,
.l!]p~
..:
,,--."
;tJ:!gH",~
O-l ""~8
"e
.. .a g g~ a.-'
c_~
.~
.;ni~~H
i'i' 3~::~
"j11",
",,'
::: ...!! 'Ii:!l Il E
radio light rheostat knob, ignition and master switches, primer, and
parking brake control are located around these instruments. The engine
controls, wing flap switch, and cabin air and heat control knobs are to the
right of the pilot, at the center of the switch and control panel. Directly
below these controls are the elevator trim control wheel, trim position
indicator, microphone, and circuit breakers. A map compartment is on the
extreme right side of the switch and control panel.
.- ...
".
.0
0
"
-l
H
.. cS" ,.
,~i
""
' o
o
.,}
.. = "o
il
.1
l!:
.!li!?
e..: ..
o , ,
8 "'~
..- o -!'''
" ""
.,
.' ! "
o
h-s z
For details concerning the instruments, switches, circuit breakers, and

controls on this panel, refer in this section to the description of the systems
to which these items are related.
'
."
"
,.. "oz l;ii=i"l~
GROUND CONTROL
.I <lo:r.
,"'!
g;'s.
:"'M: r;!l"f."
f!:
'l""
I-lIH h3
"-::" 8:10: ..
9.!!i!.-5':2..
-"",-I
';~,;S~I.!3
_~ ' - 0
-e,,e_"
.. 1""9
.!:ie~eh
"
l!:.:a..aOl",
- h,,~
-,::;
~e"'''"
.. ..,
<Il
8t:3"i!~1
g
"
0_
~~ =l~h
] ~d.::: ~
10i i.;; l' 2 ~ E
... ,,;;.,, :, E
Effective ground control while taxiing is accomplished through nose
i 3 ,!!"
~..,
....
~>.
wheel steering by using the rudder pedals; left rudder pedal to steer left and
"ti
e"~"Oll
~i:,,':!ii.,a
spring-loaded steering bungee (which is connected to the nose gear and to
right rudder pedal to steer right. When a rudder pedal is depressed, a
'I:!c;;.
.. ':;:
"'~.
the rudder bars) will turn the nose wheel through an arc of approximately
J~
8.5 each side of center. By applying either left or right brake, the degree of
....
>,
,,
(/
~
>>>
t
~
1 July 1979
Figure 7-3.
Wing Flap System
turn may be increased up to 30 each side of center.
7-9
/\
~
n
$ECTION 7
7
SECTION
AIRPLANE &
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM$ DESCRIPTIONS
DESCR IPTIONS
AIRPLANE
llIe urpl.ne
Cl!;$SN ....
CESSNA
MODEL
MODEL 152
1~
Il,,,,d l,
Moving
easily accomplished
Mo"I'" the airplane by
by hand is most
moaleuily
aooompUlIlIed by attaching
Mlacl>lnr
a
strut. If
tow
IO'" bar
b...- to
IO the
tbe nose
nOM gear
eee. $l.NL
II a.. tow
1ft-. bar
bl.r is
t. not
no' available,
..val1able. or pushing
puolline is
I.
1"1'
roqulred. use
UM the
Ula wing
..
. ' N'" .
. push
pu_h points.
potnlL Do
DD not
not use
u .. the
llIe vertical
ve"l,,""l or
or
required,
struts
as
u.
horizontal
surfaces to
airplane
to be
horl.ontal.urf..,..
'" move
",ove the airplane.
Irpl ...... If
Il the
UI
Irpl"". is
1.10
bo towed
IOwed by
v.llld never
I1.v.r turn
luru the
Ibo nose
........
h"1 more
more than
UI .... 30"
.lIh~r side
.ide or
vehicle,
wheel
30 either
of center Or
or
structural
damage to
nose gear
could ....
result.
~INC1.Ural do.map
\O the
Ihe..get.. oould
uIL
",,,,I<>,
The
of the
airplane,
differential
n
, minimum
minlmum turning
.urulnl radius
.....11... 01
III
Irplan . using
_h'l dilr
..."ua.l
braking
is approximately
feet 8
bralnns- and
and nose
n<>Q wheel
wh"1 steering
_leerlnr dduring
.. r lnll" taxi,
taxi. ia
&pp",,,h"a"'ly 24
Z4 1_
B
inches.
during ground
iDeb.,.. To obtain
obla.l" a minimum
mln.l",,,,,, radius
tsd.I".. turn
I...... d",inII"
IrolUld handling,
1Ir.mllin,. the
!be
airplane may be
around either
main
gear by pressing
.apI"""
be rotated
roI.I.ted uou"delUl'
.....
1n landing
IaDdln"urby
preMi", down
do ....
OD .b.
""lIoo".Jul\lo
........., of
oflhe
vertleal stabilizer
nablllzer to
IO raI..,lh,
n..... wheel
wll ....]
on
the tailcone
just forward
the vertical
raise the nose
alt
ero"......
off the
Ihe ground.
WING FLAP SYSTEM
ne '"
Ine flaps
nap. aare
r. o,
lha sin
(fl lOl type with
wlth ea maximum
m e~ m 11m deflection
deneello" 01
The wing
of the
single-slot
of
In,
lO"
_ figure
ngu .. 7,3),
ndltd o,
nolraet.<! by positioning
po.lllonine the
III, ..
30 (
(see
7-3). They e,.
are .....
extended
or retracted
wing
n.p .,..ll<:h
la",r on the
UI, instrument
1""Nm."1 panel
p"".l to
'" the
Ula <1
.. 1.-..1 flap
nap d,n""u"n
flap
switch lever
desired
deflection
poai.lon.
... ll<:h lever
levar is
le moved up oor. down In
.101 in
In \he
.. n'
position. Th.
The a
switch
in e
a slot
the Ine'N",
instrument
pana] that
Utal provides
provida. mechanical
mMehenlcal ."'p.
al the
III. 10
III" end
po.lllona. For
l'o. flap
n.p
panel
stops at
and 20"
20 positions.
HItWIl"" II"",QIIt.
IO', move
mO"tU.a,w!WIl
111M right
.Ight to
IOdn.llla
settings
greater lh&n.
than 10,
the switch lever to the
clear the ."'p
stop
.nd
poaitlou it
Il .as. d~~lrod,
poi"IC:. 011
!lIQ left
I.rl side
old. 0.1111.
and position
desired. A sul~
scale a"<1
and pointer
on the
of the "wllcll
switch
leve. indicates
Indl"""'a flap
nap travel
Iravel in
In deVflctI.
",Inll: flap
flllp Iyww",
lever
degrees. The wing
system circuiI
circuit Lo
is
protected
a 15-ampere
circuit b."keT.]~beIO<l
breaker, labeled FLAP,
right side
of
proll1.e<l by ..
I~ . mpe,. Clroull
PLAP, on the
Ille d,hl
sldc 01
lo,,,'"
tnslrom
.. n1 panel.
pane!.
instrument
111e
the
"
LANDING GEAR SYSTEM

Tb,
tandin" "gear
.... is
I. al
u.. 1,lcycl.
typa Wllh
bi. nu
wb
... land
The landing
of the
tricycle type
with .........
a steerable
nose
wheel
and
t.t
IwO mai"
h.al., Th,I&n.IlliIIIU'
",ay be equ
lppood wUh
... 1 f&irIDg:a.
two
main ..
wheels.
The landing gear may
equipped
with wll
wheel
fairings.
Shock oboorplIDn
Il provided
pl'O>,ldod by Iho
la<l<ll"lI"
absorption is
the lub"la.
tubular Iprllllot.WIIIl&ID
spring-steel main landing
gear 9Iru
struts
and
the ..
air/
oil nose
gear shock SI'''\'
strut. Ea.ch
Each main
gear wheel
is
re&/"
......
<1 Ihe
1'/011
nOMlnrshock
m"ln IJM'
... be&11fI
equlpped
bydraulleal1y &Clu
....... dl_type
b.al<. on 'helnbo
.. rd .\de
equipped wlUl
with a hydraulically
actuated
disc-type brake
the inboard
side
or
eh wh.,l.
f.,r,ng:a e,.
... IlOKl,."
of ..
each
wheel. Wban
When "'ha,l
wheel fairings
are ;n
installed
an aen>dyoamlc
aerodynamic lelrlne
fairing
cova
a"",1l
. alca,
covers
each b
brake.
BAGGAGECOMPARTMENT
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
The t>a.Kk"ll'
baggage oo."p&J'\lllenl
compartment conll,n
consists 01
of III
the
from III.
the back DI
of th.
the
Thc
...area
re.. lrom
pll<M
d p.aseop."H&lIlO
.. blll bbulkhead.
.. lkhcll4. ACC9'~
Ih~ ~
pilot ....
and
passenger's seats to the &.Ile
aft cabin
Access '"
to the
baggage
710
7-10
I1 July \979
1979
CESSNA
MODEL 152
11>2
MODEL
SECTION
7
SECTlON7
AIRPLANB ..
8Y8TEM8 DESCRIPTIONS
DE8CRIPTtONS
AIRPLANE
& SYSTEMS
rraee
compartment
is gained
the airplane
cabin. A
net
<:<nnpUl.lnenlll
.... IliO<! from
lrom within
....tllllllille
.. Irplaneoabln.
A baggage
.....
nel with
.. ilh
sae
sil< tie-down
<ledown s!r
..pe is
I. provided
provldO<! for
fo ...,.,rlnr
b....
I
tlAe~ed by
by
six
straps
securing baggage
and is
attached
,ylna: the
III. str
.. p. to
'" tie-down
Ila-do .. n rings
. Ingo provided
p ....... l"ed in
In the
tbl airplane.
.Irpl..., . When
Wb.., loading
laa.dlng
tying
straps
the
airplane,
children
should not
Ihe ..
Irpl.n . "III
I" ... n 1II0uld
nOI be
bi placed
pliICed or
Or permitted
po-nnll\ed in
l .. the
tbl baggage
ba.gg"l!"
eompanrn.n
.. unless
unl. .1 a child's
~IIUd. seat
_ , is
Il installed,
Inl\alle<l. and any
lUlY material
m"\eri&! that
1II.1
compartment,
might
be hazardous
airplane or
should not
mlllli bi
Il,,,,anlQu. to
IO the
tbe &!.rp1Nl'
o. occupants
-"p""'l8 ~uld
nOI be
be placed
plr.oed
anywhere in
dimensions,
to Section 6.
a.nywbere
In the
~ airplane.
.Irpl.n.. For
For baggage area
.-.&dlm
.... lon . refer
r.t.r"'Sect.ion
II.
b&&I,....
SEATS
The ....
seating
of two
Tl>e
Ilnl arrangement
....... nnm.nl consists
C<>"8ill8 01
110'0 separate
M~1e adjustable
adlu$\able seats
_1.8 for
tor
the pilot
and
if installed,
a child's
the rear
cabin
pllo
nd passenger
pal. .npr and,
I0Il<1. U
1n""UO<!...
~1I1ld.. seat
_ I in
m !be
rea' eabIn
....
L T~
pdOl. and passenger's
p-u ....... er. ".18
vaUtoble in
In two
",""deslpc:
!ou ...
area.
The pilot's
seats .......
are available
designs: four-
'h.
way &noi
and li,,way
six-way adjuslable.
adjustable.
FOO. ..., ....
18 may
m .., be
bi moved
mo""" forward
to ..... 1""11 or
Dr aft,
alt. and
Ind the
u.. ...
b&ek .ngle
Four-way
seats
seat1 back
angle
cll.nge<!.
........
11111110
lov.. under
undo. the
1M inboard
1nb<>,,1""11 come.ol
changed. To poRlllon
position olth
either
seat, lift
the lever
corner of
Ithe
h .......
tho
In'" position,
po.llion ....
1.... the lenr.
th.111uI
seat, olld,
slide the
seat, into
release
lever, and "beck
check that
the
seat1 i.
is locked
adjust the
seat back,
forward o
on
....
IDCk"" in place.
piace. To o.dJ"lil
IhO .00'
back. pull
p"U lorwanl
.. the
Ihe knob
Itnob
""dc.
Ihe """ter
,,01 Ippl,
prell"ure to
\O the
the back.
baok. To return
rolurn the
tho
under the
center ..
of1 Iho
the "'"1
seat ..
and
apply pressure
""
.. I back to
\O Iha
up.l,hl position,
posilion. pull !orw
.. r<t on the
Ihe exposed
""po""" portion
\XI"lon 01
the
seat
the upright
forward
of the
..,al
Ir.mo. Both
BOlli seal
180 10101
!orw~rd .
seat back frame.
seat bMb
backs wll!
will ..
also
fold full
full forward.
The .Ix_w"l"
six-way ."
seats
may bi
be moved
adjusted for
Thl
.. " mal'
movod forward
lorwlrd or aft,
.. ft. a4jUltod
to. height,
bela:h~
.,,01
thl .....
b&ek Inile
IIftlnr \he
lubul..,.
and the
seat1 back
angle cb&nied.
changed. POlilion
Position ellber
either lui
seat by lifting
the tubular
handle
under !be
the IIIhc>J.rd
inboard front {)Orne'
corner 01
of Ih.
the se.t
seat bottom
and 81\""
slide the
seat
bol"'m .nd
\h ........
b .... dle undor
\O
sl.-.cl \XI,ltI
011. Release the
th. 1lever
tver &noi
th. "".11.
In
to \.bo
the de
desired
position.
and ~b""k
check Ih.t
that the
seat is locked in
plll<le. To r.lse
lO"" Ihe
" .. rotate
rot.te the
th. c.ank
loc.ted un
... the
\ho
place.
raise O.
or lower
the ...
seat,
crank located
under
OUll)o.ard
h .....
. .I back
b""k anSi.
",talinA" "a
outboard {)Om.r
corner 01
of ....
each
seat. S
Seat
angle 1.lldju.labl.
is adjustable by rotating
le"
.. on \h.
IlIbQ,o.rd oome.
Ither ""'.1
b&<:k.
lever
the ",LI"
rear inboard
corner or
of ,,,,,b
each seat. To adJulI\
adjust "either
seat back,
rotate the
\h . I.vo
aft
n IDd
pre.. uro ....
linf\!be
b&<:k untU
lever
and Ipply
apply pressure
against
the back
until II
it ,,,,,,,,
stops
moving; \hell
then rel
release
the lever. The seat back
may bo
be returned
to the
movlnlr.
...e \he
baIok m.y
returnecl lo
\he
upria"bl
_ilioll by pulling
pulUn .. Icnoilord
th exposed
~_ portion
portlOD 01
lo....
upright position
forward OD
on the
of llul
the lower
...
1 _ lever
Ilv Il
......
1"",111 to
'" Iits
.. v.";cu
seat, b...::k
back "&1IIe.
frame. Check
Check th.I!b,
that the ...
release
has
returned
vertical
ne!_
..,&1.
""I
position. 80th
Both ....
seat1 backs
will
fold full forward.
P'Nlllon.
b&ek...
111 101"
lo .... rd.
A cbilel,
1 ilo
child's .....
seat
is Iv&IJabl,
available lo.
for 1II..u.u.1I011
installation In
in !be
the teer
rear 01
of !be
the .,&bln.
cabin. Tbe
The
secured "'!b"
to the Q&bln
cabin ~_&lJI.
sidewalls, IDd
and !be
the _t
seat beltolA
bottom is
attached
".tleChed
\O
.. cn
to b.....,ke
brackets
on u..
the noor.
floor. T:b..I,
This ""II,
seat is 1I01I-&dJlUllable.
non-adjustable.
seat
back b
is
_
I b&c:k
I1
.""".-.cI
Ju
ly lt'l'11
July
1979
7-11
n
SEC'TION
SECTION 7
CESSNA
AIRf'I..ANE
AIRPLANE .k
& SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
..
MOOEL 152
1:.2
MODEL
"ONO". '""", ...

STANDARD
SHOULDER
" "'"
HARNESS
NARROW RELEASE ST
(Pull up when lengthi

harness)
FREE END OF HARNESS
(Pull down to tighten!

SHOULDER HARNESS
(PILOT'SSEATSHOWN)
l'''OT"'
" ... , '''OW,, )
CONNECTING LINK
(Snap onto retaining st
" .. "" /'"""'011

.UN'" """ '.10"
SEAT
BELT/SHOULDER
HARNESS
."
WITH
INERTIA
REEL
SEAT BELT LINK HALF

\ND SHOULDER HARNE
DETAINING STUD
FREE END OF SEAT BELT
(Pull to tighten)
_---
....... __ . . .
- ...... _-----SEAT BELT BUCKLE
(Non adjustable)
SEAT BELT/SHOULDER HARNESS

ADJUSTABLE LINK
(Position link just below shoulder

level; pull link and harness down
_~_M
ward to connect to seat belt buckle)
r lgu .. 77-4.
.....
Figure
S
o., Belts
Bol.. o.n<I
Ho .... _ _
Seat
and Srn,uJdo,
Shoulder Harnesses
1 July 1979
7-12
CESSNA
MODEL 152
!~
SECTION7
SECTION 7
AIRPI.ANE && SYSTEMS DESCRWl10NS
AIRPLANE
DESCRIPTIONS
SEAT BELTS AND

ANO SHOULDER
SHOULOER HARNESSES
AH ....
POOIUOD' ....
",'b _
, belts
bol .. ((see
... figure
Ii"" ... 7-4).
?-i), Th.
All
seat, positions
are oqUip~
equipped with
seat
The
pilO\', ....
" passenger's seats are oo
i'h "p
....... ""oul<lll,
pilot's
and
also oqulppo<l
equipped ..
with
separate
shoulder
ham
....... lnl<tsrated
o, belt/shoulder
bolli """ul<lll, lu.rn
. ..... with
w]t~ inertia
la.nla reels
....1. ca..
harnesses.
Integrated ..
seat
harnesses
can
bo furnished
lumlobo<! for
lor Iba
pllo", &od
pUHOp'O ...
_"1000 \f
be
the pilot's
and passenger's
seat, positions
if 400h.:'.
desired.
_age"o .........
SEAT 8ElTS
BELTS
o.'
Th
. .seat
. belts
bollO "ood
.. 11b the
Ibo pilot's
pil"", _~
.... OIl" .....
,. and
IUId Ibo
The
used with
seat, P
passenger's
seat,
the
1..... lIod) .re
_Md to fiUlng.
noo..-rd The
ohlld
..,.,
child's
seat (H
(if installed)
are ..
attached
fittings 011
on Ib.
the floorboard.
buo~" half
haJ. o'
'ho ........
",.
..,h ........
d has
bu ..a I,nd
buckle
of the
seat belt
is In""a""
inboard ol
of each
seat and
fixed longlh:
length; lhII
the
llnk
hall 01
l. O<>'_rd
po.rt 01
ilio ....
l~
link half
of .h.
the boli
belt is
outboard 0JId
and I.
is lhII
the adj,,",""l.
adjustable part
of the
belt.
To use
u .. \ho
... belts
bol .. for
lo, the
\h. pilot's
pilo'. aod
po...oSO, ......
the .
seat
and passenger's
seats,, "".]t;.,,,
position \he
the
..
a . .as. doaltod
,d then
lIIon lonll""o
UI. Ilnk
bol. .as
.D
_ bbyy
seat
desired,.....
and
lengthen the
link haJ!
half 01
of Ib.
the belt
needed
Il
..... plog the
'ho o,de.
IhIIllok
pulUng agaln
the
'be belt.
boli. Insert
In .." and I""k
grasping
sides 01
of the
link .od
and pulling
against
lock
'he
boli link
Unk into
Into the
"'O buckle.
buOklo_ T!gb"'n
bo" to aU,.ug
tttby
....
the belt
Tighten IO.
the belt
snug fit
by pu'''ngtno'
pulling the free
end
nd Of
Ih. boli.
boell lo,
......
In,"'l4od) is
I. "Nel
'ho
of the
belt. Tho
The ...
seat, belt
for III.
the ohild
child's
seat (II
(if installed)
used In
in the
same ......",..r
manner u
as the
belts
for the
pilot's
and
release
""'0
Ib. boel
.. lor
Ib. 1',1",'
.....
d passenger's
p ..... o".". .seats.
.. tt_ To "'l
. . ..
\h.
on' belts,
bol ... STuP
"'" top o!th.bucklooppo.l1<tIb.Unkaod
pulJ upwonL
the seat
grasp the
of the buckle opposite the link and pull
upward.
SHQU
LD ER HARN
ESSES
SHOULDER
HARNESSES
u. ...
Eaen shoulder
o~"" 'd" Hm
.... Iis
"ae~tlo
cabin doo<,
door. To .lO"
stow
n~. Uld
i. t<O"'o<!
bohiod
"''' .....sheath
b .,h abov
.....
"'.
.... lold
r.nd ,,1_
lhII oltooth.
... i.
the bo.m
harness,
fold li
it and
place il
it bohi.o.d
behind the
sheath. No hom
harness
is ovol!ab"
available
lo,
.b. child's
oblld '. H.L
for the
seat.
The ohould.,
h""'oSS<lo .....
I "'o,ng .od
ing the
<ho~"
shoulder harnesses
are uxd
used by fastening
and ad)u
adjusting
seat
belt IIn,
first. Th.n.
Then, lengthen
the bom
harness
on Ihe
the
boli
'.oll'lhoo lhII
. . . .as. required
,oqulrod by pulling
pulUnS 00
<",,,,,,,,Un~
ili end
nd of "'.
b.,ne. . .
od.bo
...1.... strap.
alnpconnecting Jmk
link 00
on the
the harness
and
the Darrow
narrow release
Snap the
connecting link firmly
onto the
stud on the
seat boli
belt link
8nap
Iheconn""Uolllnk
nO'ntlyonlO
<b. retaining
", .. l~!n~~'"don
'hO ....
Ilnk
half.
Then adj"o'
adjust to length.
Removing th.
the harness
is oocompH.hed
accomplished by
hol!, Th.n
I.nlr'h. fl<tmoving
ham .... i.
p""!nll' upwan:l
n.l'TOw release
... loUII ..
rap and
r.nd ....
"""'Ing the
"'o harness
home ..
pulling
upward <>11
on Ib.
the narrow
strap
removing
connecting link
the "U<!
stud OD
on the
seat belt
an ."'.
emergency,
""nno,,"og
Un~ from
'rom!h.
Ih .....
bolO link.
IInk. In
I.. ""
'gonoy. the
'M
.Muld.."
.... n may
Inay be
bo ...
",.,...o<! by ...
1...101 the
"'o ....
li", .....
d
shoulder h
harness
removed
releasing
seat boH
belt first
and
allowing
the harness,
still
attached IO
to III.
the link
of the .
seat
drop to
.110,..
!t>. "'.
ba ....... ,
dl .,....,hO<l
llnk half
hall QI!ho
.al belt,
bo U. to
IO d'QP
the
of the
seat.
'h
side
id, ot
th. Ha'.
,h.
adJ".tod
Adjustment
of the oho.1d.
shoulder
important. A
I\dj"~'m.nl Qf
, harness is
I. ImponanL
Il properly
pro"""y adjusted
hm ....
!.,.,...rd
ham".. ..,lll
"'O """"pan<
le"" forward on..ugh
harness
will l'''rnI''
permit the
occupant to lean
enough IO.H
to sit ""mpletoly
completely
.~',
., Ivo forward
lo""ord movement
mOvOmOn' r.nd
...
I.h Ob}K1O
erect, bUI
but p,,"von,
prevent ..
excessive
and con....,
contact
with
objects
du,inl
..... <100. Also,
Alto. the
u.o pilot
l'Ilo' will
.. III """I
.. O<Iom to
IO ..
.ch
during .uddeo
sudden <101
deceleration.
want ",.I
the freedom
reach
all wolrol
controls
aU
easily.
uUy.
1I July
Ju'y 1979
177\1
?U
7-l
"
SECTION 77
SECTION
AIRPLANE
AIRPLANE &
'" SYSTEMS
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
DESCRIPTIONS
CESSNA
CESSNA
MODEL 152
152
lNTE G RATED SEAT

SEAT BELT/SHOULDER
8ELTl SHOU LD ER HARNES
SES WITH
WlTH
INTEGRATED
HARNESSES
INER TI A REELS
RE ElS
INERTIA
In'ft~.. 1ed .....
bell/abnulM'
h .. m ....1 with
.. III> inertia
In.rtlo. reels
...1. "no
...
Integrated
seat belt/
shoulder harnesses
are a""I1
availa
"
bi. for
(o. the
the pilot
p,l'" and
... d front
lronl",ll
p ......IlIrt'. Th
.......
1o.1l1.huulda,
ba"' .......
ble
seat passenger.
The
seat belt/
shoulder harnesses
cxleBd
IAertl" reels
..... '-l_!ed
ID'bl
uppercabiJIaide
.. IlIJjust
...t aft
o.tloloa.cb
extend from inertia
located in
the upper
cabin sidewall
of each
cabin door to
frontl seale.
seats. A sepa.ace
separate seat
Cablll
IO attach
attacb points
poln.. outboard
OIItbo&rd of
of the
lIIe lTon
se'" belt
belI
half and
u.d buckle
00""111.
10()&!ed inboard
InlMl.rd of
of the
1II",seats.
... te. Inlrtlo.
.... ballo
.. complete
oompl_
is located
Inertia reels
allow
rr-tom of~
m.,.,.m.nl. However,
HO,""I'. in
,nlll
event
".n,m
o. sudden deceleration,
LleceII".llon.
freedom
of body movement.
the
of a
1II&,.
they will
... m lock
1",,1l automatically
..ulomo.'i""U,. to
IO protect
prollC' III.
the """"p
occupants.
......
."_'1
To use
..... the
lIIe .seat
. ., belt/shoulder
boitllllhov.lder harness,
h&nIItH. position
pOlillon the
I.lw adi
..""'bil metal
....1&1.
adjustable
linll. ""
UL<r harness
b.rne. . .
.t>ou' shoulder
IlLoulde, leve!'
tbe liJllI.
banHIalo
link
on the
at, about
level, pull the
link a&Ld
and harness
down
downward,
.... n! ....
and
d insert
iJI..,n the
Ihe link
UMln
in the
III. .seat
. ., bel'_le.
belt buckle. Adjust
AdJ ... , belt
btl'lens"'''
tension
acron
\be lap
l.p by
by pulling
pul1hll upward
upwal"d OD
obe aboulde.
.... Removal
Remo"", is
b
across the
on the
shoulder h.me
harness.
acoom
accomplished
pllshod by releasing
releulnl the
ili. seat
HaI belt
bel. bucll:le.
buckle, which
whleh ..
will
m .Uow
allow the
\be
lnenl ......
IO pull
plill the
\bI harness
h.,.,. ... oulbo&",
lIIe ....
1.
inertia
reel1 to
outboard 01
of the
seat.
ENTRANCE DOORS AND

ANO CABIN
CAB IN W
INDOWS
WINDOWS
.:nll)' to,
lo ....
d uil
\b" .l.planl
Entry
and
exit from the
airplane l.
is """"mpll.h.,d
accomplished Ihrolllh
through IllIIe.
either or
of
two
entry dom'"
doors, ono
one on .
each
side 0
of1 the
cabin ((refer
to Sectlon
Section 810
6 for
cabin
'wo Inll)'
.cb .ido
Il.. cab,n
..fl' lo
. cabln
&nd
~.bi" doo,dimen.iO..-).
Tbt doors
doo.. !ncorpo
.......
<:tII_ oxl.eno.
and cabin
door dimensions). The
incorporate
a recessed
exterior and
Interio, don,
b&JIdle.
don . lnek
1y) ...a doo
stop
Iop
interior
door handle,
a 1lo)"Op\l,"11/d
key-operated door
lock Olh
(left doo.
door un
only),
door
openahlo
",echa.uJ"",. a.nd
wl"dOw.
mechanism,
and ,"o
an openable window.
To opan
open the
doors
airplane, IIlil1ao
utilize the
recessed door
TO
ULe doo
from outside
oulllide the
lhe.lrplano.
Ibe reoouc<l
handle neM
near the
edge Ol
of ......
each
the forward
edge oIlhe
of the hand!e
handle
h"odle
Ibe aft
~ft odle
h door.
don . Grasp
G, .... p 'he
fOrwMd .,dre
..and
nd pull
pllii Olll
TO olose
Che doors fTom
Inslde 'he
Ihe
out. To
close O'
or open the
from inside
the alrplane.
airplane, use the
.... ce od door
doo. handle
handle and arm rest.
..... C. Both
Uo t ~. ubln
should
hollld be che<;kod
recessed
cabin don
doors
checked for
""""
. ICy prior
l'Mo . to
'" flight,
nlrhl .
nd should not
noi be openod
security
and
opened Incenllonal1y
intentionally durlnl
during
flight.
flIlM.
N''''
NOTE
oponln,
cabln d"".
.. hC dUI
opening of a cabin
door In
in l!I
flight
due '"
to
lmp""",
...lnl' does
do.. not
nOI ""n,U'
.....a noed
improper' cl
closing
constitute
need lo
to l""d
land the
&1rplan
. Th.
_ I procedure
prllOlCl ..... is
tllO
..". In"
airplane.
The best
to MI
set up u..
the airpl
airplane
in a
trimmed ""
condition
at
65 KIAS.
KIAS, momeot&l'
momentar
"',mmld
.. d,"<>...
1 aapproximately
pprod ...... ly 8a
ily shove the
outward ,U,btly.
slightly, &1,d
and fo,"""fully
forcefully d"
close
!Il'
Ibe door oulwud.
..
Aeeldlnca.!
Accidental
Ilio".
Exit frwn
from \be
the o.lrpl&JIetl
airplane is o.ooompltohed
accomplished by ,.upln,
grasping lIIe
the lorwud..,dre
forward edge
Edl
of!be
pulllIlC. To lock \bI
of the doo.
door handll
handle and pulling.
the .lrplane.
airplane, l""k
lock lIIe
the tip,
right c.aJ>ln
cabin
door Il'Om
from Ih.
the inside
In.IM h)'
by lifting
llfUIIC IIp
up on the
Ih. l,,,
lever
n"'T
near \b.
the att
aft Id",
edge of
of lIIe
the don
door,
.
close the left
cabin don
door,
using
ignition kll'.
key, lIx:k
lock \he
the dooT.
door.
dOA'h,
Iin .,.,bin
and ...
inS the
Ib, Isn,lloll
July 11179
1979
11 JIII)'
ti".
Uli don
.
the
door.
714
7-14
"
CESSNA
SECTI0N7
SECTION 7
AIRI'LANE
AIRPLANE .lo
MOOI':L 152
.:\2
MODEL
Both cabin doors are equipped with openable windows. The windows
are held in the closed position by a detent equipped latch on the lower edge
of the window frame. To open either window, rotate the latch upward. The
windows are equipped with a spring-loaded retaining arm which will help
rotate the window outward, and hold it there. If required, the windows may
be opened at any speed up to 149 KIAS. All other cabin windows are of the
fixed type and cannot be opened. Two additional fixed windows may be
installed in the cabin top.
CONTROl
CONTROL LOCKS
A control lock is provided to lock the aileron and elevator control
surfaces to prevent damage to these systems by wind buffeting while the
airplane is parked. The lock consists of a shaped steel rod with a red metal
flag attached to
it.
The
flag is labeled CONTROL LOCK, REMOVE
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE. To install the control lock, align the hole
in the top of the pilot's control wheel shaft with the hole in the top of the
shaft collar on the instrument panel and insert the rod into the aligned
holes. Installation of the lock will secure the ailerons in a neutral position
and
the
elevators
in
a slightly trailing edge down position. Proper
"
installation of the lock will place the red flag over the ignition switch. In
areas where high or gusty winds occur, a control surface lock should be
ony
installed over the vertical stabilizer and rudder. The control iD<k
lock &:Id
and any
otbu
L,ypoo cl
Io<kIng "-vi""
l'<lmovO<l prior
prtor to
IO .starting
1.Utlog the
lhe .nIrln
.
other type
of locking
device .hould
should bo
be removed
engine.
ENGINE
The airplane is powered by a horizontally-opposed, four-cylinder,
overhead-valve, air-cooled, carbureted engine with a wet sump oil system.
The engine is a Lycoming Model O-235-L2C and is rated at 110 horsepower

at 2550 RPM. Major engine accessories (mounted on the front of the engine)
include a starter, a belt-driven alternator, and an oil cooler. Dual magnetos
are mounted on an accessory drive pad on the rear of the engine. Provi
sions are also made for a vacuum pump and full flow oil filter.
ENGINE CONTROLS
Engine power is controlled by a throttle located on the lower center
portion of the instrument panel. The throttle operates in a conventional

manner; in the full forward position, the throttle is open, and in the full aft
position, it is closed. A friction lock, which is a round knurled disk, is
located at the base of the throttle and is operated by rotating the lock
clockwise to increase friction or counterclockwise to decrease it.
1 JulJ'
July .979
1979
7
1~
7-15
SECTION'
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE '"
& SYSTEMS OESCR1PTIONS
DESCRIPTIONS
TII4
The
,.
CEseNA
CESSNA
MODEL 152
La:!
ml ~,", o 000''''''.
m~"n"" ..
t>ovo the right corner of the control
mixture
control, mounted
above
pedestal, is a red knob with raised points around the circumference and is
equipped with a lock button in the end of the knob. The rich position is full
forward, and full aft is the idle cut-off position. For small adjustments, the
control may be moved forward by rotating the knob clockwise, and aft by
rotating the knob counterclockwise. For rapid or large adjustments, the

knob may be moved forward or aft by depressing the lock button in the end
of the control, and then positioning the control as desired.
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
INSTRUMENTS
Engine
operation
E
.. ,,"~ 01>*
....110" is
I. monitored
mon'","'" by the
,~. following
follo wl .. g instruments:
I.. o.rumo .... , oil
011
gage,
oil ....
temperature
gage,...
and
a tachometer.
economy
ppressure
......",. iati
.. cII
"'per.''' .... 110-110
"~ ..
_bomo"',. An """DOrny
mb,,, .. (EOT)
In~lo .. "'r is
I. ..
I.., _nn_bio.
mixture
(EGT) indicator
also
available.
Tho
p ...... u .... g~
. L",,"""
d 00010""(>1
p.Q"I,lo
The DII
oil pressure
gage,
located on 1"0"'11
the left .wll<:h
switch ....
and
control panel,
is
opera
.... ~yOII
p_.u ..... A dI"""
p ...." .. oillino
lrom the
ULeongUwdellve
..
operated
by oil pressure.
direct pressure
oil line from
engine delivers
oil .at, oOlllno
engine opentlng
operating pressure
to 'ho
the oLI
oil pressure
gage. Gage
0,1
pro"",o IO
~ro .. u ... Ii""t<".
O,..... markings
m .... kln p
""ho.Le
IhL minimum
mlQ;muro IdlLnl<
... ou,o I.
IIn.l. the
Lho normal
norm..J
indicate that
idling ~,
pressure
is 'I:f
25 l'SI
PSI (re<!
(red line),
o~e<aog
p ....,,'" is
l. 115
II~
operating rango
range io
is !IO
60 IO
to BO
90 PSI (,,,_n
(green &/"01.
arc), and mnlm"m
maximum pressure
l'Sllrod
lino),
PSI
(red line).
Oil temperature
is indl
indicated
gage located
left switch
and
011
"'mpe""u" ,.
.... od by a golf1'
l"" ..,"" on
OD the
Iholon
OWII<!t.""
control panel.
1' ..... 1. n.
.... d by an
"" ol.ctrl.o.Ireoio"'noo
Lypo
The 11080
gage lo
is opor
operated
electrical-resistance type
temperature
receives ""
power
electrical
"''''p'tra'"
. . .sensor
. noo. which .-.Ivoo
.... from
,"'''' the airplane
~Irplane ol
.. trl.al
system. Ol!
Oil temperature
limitations
are the
operating range
(green
BY8"'m.
",mpera,,, .. II,,,U",o
U1I
Lho normal
""rmoJ o""'a'I"'
.... h~ (,,""
aarc)
rei whlob
0) '"
" (118'C)
d Llto
m .. lm"m (r<>d
lino)
which I.
is 100'1'
100F (38
(38C)
to 14~'
245F
(118C),....
and
the maximum
(red line)
I. 2.,'
r (118'0)
whlOh
which is
245F(118C).
TIt.
The
m..,nonl l ... nome"" I. j""."d nu, .no
~ngtn
... dt1v ... mechanical tachometer is located near the upper
~ppe,
engine-driven
-a".' PDrll"n o, 'hO lu,,,,",,,", pan.l. Tn. Ino'",m.nt lo oallb...... In

center portion of the instrument panel. The instrument is calibrated in
increments
100 RPM &nd
and indicates
both 'OgID'
engine and propeller
speed. An
i"o",mon," of '00
Indio."'. ""'b
p",,,,,1)", opoed,
A.D
hDar
.. \.ho
""",,,,," .Iopa!
OD"'"
hour mole'
meter bolo
below
the con",."f
center of 'ho
the "",hom."',
tachometer dio!
dial records
elapsed engine
,,"'.
.. &Dd
Do<rumOD' m
ot1<in,o include
IDOI ude a normal
"" rm.l ."",
.."ng
time in Mu
hours
and "'D'ho.
tenths. lInstrument
markings
operating
range
(green ."'1
arc) of
of 1900
2550 RPM,
and a rnulmum
maximum ((red
of 2550
...... go ("Nn
1Il00 to
'" 2f>OO
RPM , oM.
..... line)
"n.)~,l!MO
RPM. TM
The upper
end of LIt.
the green
is "
"stepped"
to indicate
approximate
IU'M.
ap",", """
~D arc
&/"O lo
...ppfoI).
and at 1000
8000 feet
(2550 RPM).
An economy mixture (EGT) indicator is available for the airplane and
is located on the right side of the instrument panel. A thermocouple probe
in the muffler tailpipe measures exhaust gas temperature and transmits it
to the indicator. The indicator serves as a visual aid to the pilot in adjusting
cruise mixture. Exhaust gas temperature varies with fuel-to-air ratio,

power, and RPM. However, the difference between the peak EGT and the
EGT at the cruise mixture setting is essentially constant and this provides
a useful leaning aid. The indicator is equipped with a manually positioned
reference pointer.
7-16
l1 July 1979
1m
CESSNA
1~
MODEL 152
SECTION 7
"'ECT10N
AIRPLANE & !>YS'l'EM6
D&60"IPl'lONS
"'' /'LANE ''
NEW ENGI
ENGINE
BREAK-IN AND
NE BAEAKIN
ANO OPERATION
OPEAATION
""do"".'"
The O",''"''
engine underwent a .....
run-in
at the
factory and lo
is roody
ready 'or
for ilio
the full
Tbo
"'n al
1II01..,1o<)'...,d
/un
range
It is,
suggested
that crulai.l>g
cruising J.
be ...,.,.,mpll~hod
accomplished .,
at a
<U.~ of
o, use.
"'0. 1\
io. however,
howover. o"gg
.. IocIIb.,
~ power
powor until
UDW.
b ... ..,.,umuloled
rnlDlmu ... 01
minimum
of 75%
a Iota.!
total 01:M
of 25 houro
hours has
accumulated or 011
oil
co"ou,npllon
b .......
b11l""" Tb/o
\11 eno
..... propor
tho rings.
rtngo.
consumption has
stabilized.
This ..
will
ensure
proper "".Un,
seating <>I
of the
Tbo
.... e I.
..... from
l rom 111.
prevo"Uve
The oJrpl
airplane
is d.lIvo
delivered
the loeIo'Y
factory ,,'III
with corroo_
corrosion preventive
oil
the en~n
engine.
25 hours,
oil must
only
011 in
In 111.
.. If,
Il. during
dUrlng the
th. first
hrs1 ""
"""r o. 011
mti", be
bO added, tiuse
... Qn!y
""<kId.
"
ov'.Uo" grade
,r""o .""gM
.. '"
MIL_
aviation
straight m'no'OI
mineral 011
oil conlorml"
conforming
to S_lIIeoHop
Specification No. MIL-
L-6082.
ENGINE Oll
OIL SYSTEM
Oil for engine lubrication is supplied from a sump on the bottom of the
engine. The capacity of the engine sump is six quarts (one additional quart
is required if a full flow oil filter is installed). Oil is drawn from the sump
through an oil suction strainer screen into the engine-driven oil pump.
From the pump, oil is routed directly to the oil cooler and returns to the
engine where it passes through the pressure screen, if the engine does not
incorporate a full flow oil filter. If the engine is equipped with a full flow oil
filter, oil passes from the pump to a thermostatically controlled bypass
valve. If the oil is cold, the bypass valve allows the oil to bypass the oil
cooler and flow directly to the filter. If the oil is hot, the bypass valve routes
the oil from the accessory case forward through a flexible hose to the
engine oil cooler mounted on the left forward side of the engine. Returning
to the accessory case, the oil passes through the filter. The filtered oil then
enters a pressure relief valve which regulates engine oil pressure by

allowing excessive oil to return to the sump, while the balance of the
pressure oil is circulated to various engine parts for lubrication. Residual
oil returns to the sump by gravity flow.
Ali oil
oiI filler
UIlOr co.ploll
lo located
Io<:o'od a,
.......
An
cap/oil dlpo.'l<:k
dipstick is
at 111
the
rear 01
of 'hoonllno
the engine <>Il
on 1bo
the
nght
. The
Tho flUO(
" " " door in
right oid
side.
filler eopl<l!po\1Ok
cap/dipstick 'o
is ..,,,,,o"blo
accessible 1II""",b
through &ti
an "
access
the
cowling.
The ODjjiDO
engine .ho"ld
should ,,'"
not J.
be oJ>O"'tod
operated O"
on less
than lo"r
four
'he engine
'''ilno 0010
11"11. Tb.
I... \h...,
qu ..... ot
mlolmlzo loss
10.. aI
011 through
'hrouih the
U.obro.\IIor.1II1
IO five
Il'''''1''0''''
quarts
of 011.
oil. To minimize
of oil
breather, fill to
quarts
lor
fiI ..b 0/1
.... than
III .... three
III .... bou",.
" 0"<1<0<1 nl,h'
l<
for ormal
normal flights
of less
hours. 'or
For .extended
flight,. 1111
fill '"
to .I
six
quo'"
indloallo" only). For engine
e"iflno oll
quarts (dlpotlcl<
(dipstick indication
oil grade and opocifloa,lono..
specifications,
""""0
'ilio handbook.
nondl><><>k.
refer
to "'"""on
Section 5
8 of this
,nod.
AD oU
dnln valve
voJvoi.
plu, in
[fi ""'011
An
oil qwok
quick-drain
is avo1lobi.
available '"
to ropIOQO'bodnl.
replace the drain plug
the oil
""mp
drolD port.
IUId provides
provI"'" 'Iulckor.
.. drol"'"jj"
sump drain
port, and
quicker, 01.&1>
cleaner
draining 0/\110
of the ."g;".
engine 011.
oil.
To drain
d .... ln the
,bo <>11
wltb this valve
voJvoln,'oJlod..
h ond
To
oil with
installed, ollp
slip o
a hOH
hose over 'the
end 01
of 'no
the
voJv. Md
pu"," upward
up w ~rd ""
,bo volvo
valve
and push
on ,bo
the end c/
of the
valve untlllt
until it &<l.poln'"
snaps into 'b.
the opcn
open
po."lon. Sprl"ll
wlll hold
bold .bo
voJve """n.
Ahor ddraining,
.... i"ln,. uuse
....a
position.
Spring <llp,
clips will
the valve
open. After
suitable
ul .. ~I. tool
\001 'o
'be vOlve
to an"p
snap the
valve ln'o
into 'ne
the _endO<!
extended 10_)
(closed) po.llion
position and
hOH.
remove Ih.
the dralo
drain hose.
'bi.
'"",""vo
1l17li
1I July 1979
7-17
SECT10N
SECTION 7
AIRPI.
...
AIRPLANE
CESSNA
MODEL
MODEI. 152
IO!
m" SY8TE M8 OESCRIPTIO;<lS

JG
N ITIO N START ER SYSTE
M
IGNITION-STARTER
SYSTEM
EnglM
I. pro01dod
" "oenlflned'I".n
..o ......
d two
1_
Engine Ign"'QtI.
ignition is
provided by two
engine-driven m~
magnetos,
and
apH~
plug. In
.... 'filo
<Igh! "''''''''0
Il .... 'hO
.... <rl"
hI and
ond
spark plugs
in "en
each eyllno
cylinder.
The right
magneto fires
the 10
lower
right
Ulo
' left
,~ft .pu
~ plugs,
plugr.,.no
Il ... the 10"0'
"""
the uppo
upper
spark
and the l.ft
left "'.""10
magneto fires
lower 101,
left and
"'o
,n.
upPfl"
"gM opot'lt
plugo. Normal
Nonnl-I opo.allon
.... with
.. ,U. both
bo\h",.
gu.
upper right
spark plugs.
operation l.
is OODdu<
conducted
magne
..,..
rnor. compI
. ... ~W"Dlo.
ruol"I, mi
~ !ut. wlUl
tos duo
due IO
to ,n.
the more
complete
burning 01
of Ulo
the fuel-air
mixture
with dual
1..,1lI0D.
ignition.
Ignition ....
and
starter opoto.<lon
operation lo
is C(I.Il'roIlod
controlled by O
a <91OrY
rotary type
llf'liliOD
d OIarlot
1.1'....switch
",Ik:h
1"".11
.. hob ....
d canlml
panel. Th
....
il<:h J.
located on lI!o
the 10ft
left .switch
and
control panel.
The
switch
is lobelod
labeled eloolr
clock
wise, OFF, R,
L, BOTH.
BOTH, &Dd
and ST
START.
The engine ."""Id
should be
operated on 110'"
both
wl".
R. L.,
ART_ Tbo_lli"o
beopetaledon
O"".
magnetos
(BOTH pOOI"QtI.)
position) '~C01"
except for
checks. 'fii.
The R and
mat;n
..... (60TH
'0. magneto
mago"", ehock._
""" L
pO.ltion ..,..
pur-pON-t "nd
o", ncy UN
li,
positions
are lo.
for ohecklng
checking purposes
and emergency
use only.
only. When the
switch
w lld. l.
... o..\ to
IO the
th. oprlo.loaded
p<).iUoo. (wlll!
_.<et
is ro
rotated
spring-loaded STAR!
START position,
(with "'"
the master
switch In
in the
the
contactor is
energized ....
and
.wll<h
\h. ON position),
p<>.moo). !b
starter
t ...... t ooot.olO'
lO' onennMd
d the
lile
....
rte. will
wlU orOZlll
" !lino. WII.o
Ib. ...
Ik:1I is
I. released,
",leued. it
Il will
,,, illnlOm.U
starter
crank !be
the .engine.
When the
switch
automati
cally ....
return
to "'.
the BOTH
position.
co.llr
,uro IO
50TH poomon.
AIR IINDUCTION
NDUCT10N SYSTEM
The engine air induction system receives ram air through an intake in
the lower portion of the engine cowling. The intake is covered by an air
filter which removes dust and other foreign matter from the induction air.
Airflow passing through the filter enters an airbox. After passing through
the airbox, induction air enters the inlet in the carburetor which is under
the engine, and is then ducted to the engine cylinders through intake
manifold tubes. In the event carburetor ice is encountered or the intake
filter becomes blocked, alternate heated air can be obtained from a shroud
around an exhaust riser through a duct to a valve, in the airbox, operated

by the carburetor heat control on the instrument panel. Heated air from the
shroud is obtained from an unfiltered outside source. Use of full carburetor

heat at full throttle will result in a loss of approximately 150 RPM.
EXHAU
ST SYSTEM
EXHAUST
p......
f:xhuot~
.. ltom
.ch oyllod
passes through
,-"",ullh riser
tI .... aassemblies
.. ombllH IO
Exhaust gas
from each
cylinder
to
a
mulne. and tailpipe
",lIplpO on
On \h.
~nd"",l d . or
Ih engine.
n~i .... Th.
mulfl is
I.
muffler
the underside
of the
The muffler
""
.... truo'od wiUl
llIe oulOide
whlch forms
fo.mo ..
hoa""1\"
constructed
with a .hroud
shroud &r<>Und
around the
outside which
a heating
eham"",
lor oul>ul'et(l,
h ... , and
.ca <"h!n
b.. t al._
chamber for
carburetor heat
cabin heater
air.
The
is equipped
up-draft,
jet <
carburetor
Tn
engine
nllin. luqu!
pp04 with
... \ln an U
p.d,.&lt. float-type,
n(lO."'YpO. fixed
I! ~ ... l.'
..bU "'0<
moun,od
'b. bottom ".
lo *,!ulppod
wUh an
mounted Oh
on the
of llIe
the .nline.
engine. Th.
The <uburolO.
carburetor is
equipped with
enclosed &<oel.,olO.
accelerator pump,
an idle
cut-off mocl",ni
mechanism,
and
ondQoe<!
pUlllp. ""
Idi. cu'QIf
.. n .....
d a manual
manuo.l
mlxtu
.. oooltol.
~"u.1 i.
Ib. cubu
.. IO, by gravity
g.nlty flow
now from
fr<Im
mixture
control. Fuel
is doll~._
delivered 'o
to the
carburetor
77-18
-18
..,
CARBU
RETOR AND
A NO PRIM
ING SYSTEM
CARBURETOR
PRIMING
'97'iI
1I July 1979
"
CESS:>!A
CESSNA
l~
MODEL 152
SECTION 7
SECTIONl
iii SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
AIRPLANE &
Ib&
fuol oy."'m.
th& Cl.rbtll"&to
fuel
fu.' 'o
..... proportionally
PTOp<>n!ODolly mixed
"" ~ ,,,
the fuel
system. In the
carburetor,
is aIO""
atomized,
with ",
intake
air, and delivered IO
to the
through intake
manifold
.,Ib
... Ile a".
"'. cylinders "'''''uslt
," ...b "'",,;101<1
tubo
.. Tho
pn>pan'oD "I
'bo'IO
.... ..
Ilbln hml
... by
by
tubes.
The proportion
of atom'_
atomized fuel
to .,.I.
air is """t"""
controlled,
within
limits,
Ib. mlS'b""
the
mixture eont",,1
control on u..
the lnonu",.'"
instrument 1>&".1.
panel.
d.""._
The
The
"Yllnd."
For
starting, the
engine is
equipped with
manual
system.
"'''' oto.nlnl.
,n. "lino
I. 6QUIPP""
.. IUt.a "'''D
.... I priming
p'lml""oy."''''.
P\I"'P ..
h"'~ <in
... Ifuel
... , tn>m
Ibo fuel
fu. I
primer lo
is o.otu&lly
actually a omall
small pump
which
draws
from the
l'n"",.
strainer ..
when
is pulled
out, and injects
the c)'ILodo.
cylinder
ho" the
Uto plunger
P'''''P< \.o
puU'" o"l
'''lodo it
Il into
',,"'!ho
01<""'.<
intake
when the
is pushed
in. Tho
The plunger
on the
IntAk. ports
pa .... wbon
"'" plunger
pl""p"o
p"oh'" back
"-Il In.
pIan .... knob,
kn<>l>. <>II
tho
instrument
panel, is
equipped wl!h
with a lock ""~
and,. after
being pushed
in,
InOlrumsn. 1'..,.,1.
lo ooqulpped
alte. bolnl'
"".hflll full
tullin.
muO'
roto.l6d ."h
.. 10ft
"eh' until
uolll the
Ibe knob
uob <:ann<>t
bo pulled
puJ!fIII obl
must bo
be rotated
either
left '"
or right
cannot be
out.
COOUN
G SSYSTEM
YSTEM
COOLING
Ram air for engine cooling enters through two intake openings in the
front of the engine cowling. The cooling air is directed around the cylinders
and other areas of the engine by baffling, and is then exhausted through an
opening at the bottom aft edge of the cowling. No manual cooling system
control is provided.
"
wlnlM'lzatlo" kit
Il'' is
,. anllohl.
. Details
Do"'"ool
klloce
A winterization
available lo,
for U.O
the 01'1"0
airplane.
of !hlo
this kit
are
pr...,,"'" In
presented
in So<UOD
Section 9.
9, 6"PI>I.m."lo.
Supplements.
PROPELLER
l'ho
1"'.
.... fixed-pitch,
IIx ... pllch, ""
.. p'_
The .1."1",,.
airplane I.
is 6Q\I'Pp6<I
equipped ...
with
a noo-blad
two-bladed,
one-piece
forged &I"ml
aluminum
alloy propeller
which
is ...
anodized
corrosion.
10'1<'"
."m olio)'
p""""ne< ..
biellio
odi .... to
'" retard
.... lanl oolTOoIon.
ne
Incb ... lin
.. <11"",01
...
The propeUo,
propeller lo
is 89
69 inches
diameter.
FUEL 5YSTEM
SYSTEM
The o.Irpl...,e
airplane may
equipped wi\b
with e,'he,.
either a """".nll".'
standard fuel oyo'.'"
system 0'
or
l'h.
m>.y be
bo equlPP""
"'mg '''''p .y... m (...
90th systems
"Y .. emo ""Dal
... 01
twovent'"
fuol
long range system (see IIi'!'"
figure 7S).
7-6). Both
consist
of two
vented fuel
W>k. (ORO
wl "l'). oa fuel
lu o, .h
ulolh
alvo. fuel
f".1 o<n.1
no . manual
mM ual prlm
.
tanks
(one li,
in M<:h
each wing),
shutoff
valve,
strainer,
primer,
""d
Ref '"
... 7~
lo. fuel qoontlty
.... for both
bQ.h .y-...
..
and .,.,..,,,"''''.
carburetor. Refer
to Il,,,
figure
7-5 for
quantity d
data
systems.
fu.,
...
Fuel flows by gravity from the two wing tanks to a fuel shutoff valve.
With the valve in the ON position, fuel flows through a strainer to the
carburetor. From the carburetor, mixed fuel and air flows to the cylinders
through intake manifold tubes. The manual primer draws its fuel from the
fuel strainer and injects it into the cylinder intake ports.
Fuel
system venting l'
is .....
essential
to OY".'"
system o~
operation.
Blockage or!h.
of the
ruOI oy.tom
"".1 '"
.... uon. 9IOCk.,.
v.."""'
venting
system ..
will
result In
in ,a d""",uin,
decreasing luo'
fuel no,"
flow ""d
and evtnluol
eventual O"!I;no
engine
v.nUni' OYOIo".
;U ","ull
stoppage. Venting
is """"",pllobod
accomplished by ""
an interconnecting
,"'pp.go.
V.nU"8 lo
Inlort",,<I<lllng line
l!.n. from
Irom the
tb.
r1Jh<
IO the
Oh. left
l.n ""le
o len
I. v."to<!
throuih ..
right lu.l
fuel .anlt.
tank to
tank. n
The
left tonk
tank is
vented ovorl>o&n:l
overboard through
a
vent
line whlch
which is
equipped wlth'
with a elIO<k
check valve,
the
von' !In.
lo "'Iull>peo:I
valvo. and protrudes
pl'OIrudo. from
lrom!ho
l1 July
Jul)' 1979
,l17li
7'18
7-19
-"
CESSNA
SECTION 7
SECTION
MODEL IlII!
152
AIRPLANE & I:iYSTEM8

SYSTEMS DESCRlPTlONS
DESCRIPTIONS
AIRPLANE"
FUEL OUNll1TY
QUANTITY [lATA
DATA C
(U.
fUll
U. IS.. "GALLONS)
... llONSl
mTAl
TOTAL
USABLE fl/EL
FUEL
USAlLt
TANKS
T"'NKS
ALL (LIC..,.
FLIGHT
CONDITIONS
CQHOITI0N5
24.5
(13 G",
Gal. h"h)
Each)
Il)
LONG RANCi&
RANGE
LONCi
37.5
31.5
(19.5 Gol,
Gal. E"""I
Each)
ilU
Figure
"Ip", 7-5.
7~.
"
fUlL
FUEL
V(lLU"'[
VOLUME
,.
,.
" .
STANDARD
STNlD"'~O
TOl.o,L
TOTAL
TOTAL
UNUSABLE
UNUSAlll
FUH
FUEL
1.5
".
1.5
~,
26.0
39.0
Fuel
Quantity Dala
Data
Fu"C Quanmy
wi".
bottom
surface
of the
the wing Il,,,,1
strut attach
right
boM,.. .urf
.... DI
"'a left
1.11 wing
wlng near
ne'" tbe
.. ttah point.
poiOlI. The
Tllo <lalll
lu.l tank
lank filler
fiLI cap
co.p is
\. al
... vented.
v... ted.
fuel
also
P\lel qu.ntlt)'
~ ......
urwd by 1_
no .. L-IJ'PI' fuel
(\I.lqu
.... LI\J' transmitters
tnLaMnI""''''
Fuel
quantity is
measured
two float-type
quantity
(one in
and indicated
electrically-operated fuel
quantity
(ODe
In each
...::11 tank)
l&JIk) &nd
jnclicatood by
by two
l''''' alecuiclilly-opec.aled
fucol quUltlly
Indlea.lO ... on the
tM lower
10 __ left
lalt portion
portion 01
11M instrument
ina=enl panel.
~"l""'emply
u.nlt
indicators
of the
An empty tank
is
When
an indicator
an
lo. indicated
Ind\eo.ted by a.. red
....t line
lino. and the
tha letter
!.tI. . E.
E. Wb
.......
lMloalo, shows
obowa...,
empty tank,
approximately .75
a standard
empI)'
tank. approxtm-"'ly
.'75 gallon
pllo.oI remains
rem ..... in
in either
tlth .....
!.aDdan! or
or long
IO!!.1"
........ tank
!.ank as
......
",.0.1>1. fuel.
CuorL The
The indicators
iDdlo.tono 0UlD01
be relied
reUed upon
upon for
for
range
unusable
cannot be
accurate
slips,
attitudes.
&<:curala readings
...dill,. during
durill&' skids,
oIdda.
UpI. or
Or unusual
""WI\I&\ anlwd
.
The
ne amount
o.mounl of
01 unusable
un".ab1" fuel
fuall.l'1Ilatlva
is relatively
ly small
.m&ll due
duo. to
1.0 the
lhe dual
dual. outlets
DuLleta
at
a' each
....,h tank.
lanl<. The
The maximum
m&xlmum unusable
unu . . bl. fuel
(ual quantity,
quantlly, as
... determined
dal.4lnolned from
lrom the
Lbot
most
gallons total.
mOlli critical
critte'" flight
fUl'hl condition,
""n'UIlDn, is
I . about
.. boll i 1.5
1.5j{"'lcnM
1.Olal. This
11>111 quantity
qUL<lllly was
w ....
not
reasonable
nDt exceeded
uc.-ded by
by any
r.ny other
cUl . ........
ooable flight
!lillbl condition,
condlUoo. including
locludlnil" pro
prolonged
longed 30
30 second
...,.,nd full-rudder
IIIU_rudder sideslips
,Ideallp. in
In the
tbe landing
la.ndlo, configuration.
oonfl,,"n\.lon.
Takeoff
s have
T .......,I!.
b"vt not
nOI been
_ " demonstrated
deIllODIII ...1ed with
...11b less
le.. than
Ibr.n 2t gallons total
tei'" fuel
roel (1
(1
""uon,
gallon
" ....1011 per
PC' tank).
I&nk).
1"he fuel
fu ..1 system
.yll.." is
I. equipped
Mjwpped with
.. l\b drain
dmll valves
vlllv to
1.0 provide
provlde a.. means
me .... for
lor
The
the
Ihe examination
.. aznlnallon of
et fuel
Ilid in
iII the
Ibe system
IlYstem for
ID' contamination
_ ' ....In..lon and
..,d grade.
"n.<k!. The
TM
system
and after
-'l'n .... should
aII""ld be
be examined
.,.I<ni ..... before
belore the
Ibe first
n.1II flight
mlbl of
01 every
ev'ry day
day..,d
..ne.
ucl> refueling,
mutli .... by
by using
ualca the
Ibl sampler
..... p!e. cup
cup provided
prov1<1ed to
to drain
d n.lll fuel
ro,1 from
lrom. the
Ilio!
each
wing
an
w;"8" tank
L&nk sumps,
Mump . and
end by
hy utilizing
1I11It:.IIlC the
Ibe fuel
lod strainer drain
dr.. lll under
..
aD access
&eOI'IM
panel
the engine
cowling.. The
fuel tanks
filled
pallel on
ca the
Ibe right
riChl side
ddo of
oflhe
~",,(lOWUn,
Th"roel
L&nkt should
should be
!>e/1lI'"
after
alle. each
c~ flight
flIibl to
to prevent
pAVeIIl condensation.
oondan .... loa .
",""'"eI"
ncle.
When
Wlwo the
lbe airplane
.. l.pl~ is
I. equipped
oqnlpped with
wllb long
lon" range
,.."p tanks,
ta.nk .. itIl may
may be
bo
serviced
INIrvlcod to
te a.. reduced
rocl.uced fuel
fuel capacity
ea.po.cll)' to
to permit
poInnl! heavier
""avlt. cabin
c .. bln loadings.
10a<Llnp. This
is
I. accomplished
acoompllahed by
by filling
/1IlIn, each
.&ch tank
ta.nk to
te the
the bottom
boltom of
cl the
lhe indicator
IlIdlc .. to. on
on the
l lul
fuel
fuel filler
fiU .. neck.
neck. When
When filled
l!lIed to
to this
thle level,
level. the
Ihe1.&nk
tank contains
conia In. 13
13 gallons
goUono (12.25
(12.25
1"1".
'
usable
.. ,..,hl, in
In all
..11 flight
n1lht conditions).
oondlllon_J.
July 1979
11179
1I July
7-20
"
CESSNA
MODEL 152
1111
SEC'TI0N7
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE ..
OESCRTP1'lDr<8
AIRPLANE
,... ,,.....,.,,.'-."""
FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS
Il
FUEL
QUANTITY
- --,-..
FUEL
QUANTITY
TRANSMITTER
TRANSMITTER
'''''''
"""''''''''''
......
."'.-
TO ENGINE
CONDITION:
SYSTEM SHOWN WITH
FUELSHUTOFF VALVE
IN ON POSITION
DO~
CODE
LZZ]
FUEL SUPPLY
c::::J
LZZD
w.t
VENT
_.--_
.
r--'-'---, __ ----O
.......
------0 .' '.'
n_,,,.
_..... ..
'
TO ENGINE
MECHANICAL
LINKAGE
"* ''''IO''''
Due to crossfeeding between fuel
ELECTRICAL
tanks, the tanks should be re-
CONNECTION
topped after each refueling to
_.~
Figure 7-6.
assure maximum capacity-
Fuel System (Standard and Long Range)
Su l~ 1979
III'i'Il
1l July
77-21
21
.-.<"~
".
-.:
o
: .. S "' .. E '"
~jl[~_
~i <>. i: U};~~
~ -"1'1100"
." ..
cf"'""
S
1-.":::;"".
;i1~d~
1':8~g;~iI~';
""> W """5<>.'1:;;
~" " '"
. '1 "1._c..g_
D
,,"
".
"'> ~~OO~.... -i!~; ," .g ... o _;:0-";I"5_
..
"'W e-~~i~:~~ . --~"-"
".5_
;:= .. -3
.il
i':.l
8--"
~
e
-~
gj
q .-.!! .. q
SECTION 7
m
~
BRAKE SYSTEM
CESSNA
MODEL 152
<,
,.
".,
""
"o
"~~'''i'''6
"o
g~!~"h
"0""",;';
__
i:::
- -:;;
. ~ ....-,..~~'"
;;;:;'=lIi'li~
~ 8c.1ld~
~!!!-''''.
",.-2 ... -",
rrt'6f;;~'"
".o~~i~l
-1 Dft
Do:>."
.. t
.dti-i~~
...
=;o __
; " .. -:i,e- li
E E :; 1: ;j c>..!!
main landing gearwheel. Each brake is connected, by a hydraulic line, to a

master cylinder attached to each of the pilot's rudder pedals. The brakes
The airplane has a single-disc, hydraulically-actuated brake on each
1P!,sH
airplane is parked, both main wheel brakes may be set by utilizing the
right (copilot's) set of rudder pedals, which are interconnected. When the
are operated by applying pressure to the top of either the left (pilot's) or
..." " "
instrument panel.
parking brake which is operated by a knob on the lower left side of the
...
<.
'-,.
t; .".
':ii
<>.!l ":l-.-~
DOtl2Q ... !
l- il;.:;
~a:: ~;
s~
.. ::::,;
.<o, ;'i""i..-~"-a"'lo
8"H,. Ii'"
.
l"<>~~
"a..,..,:t== .. ~ ..
.
,-'
",. -"-'"'-l'
. .-S"""je-.
.. '"
...
: '~
.,,-
~EI
For maximum brake life, keep the brake system properly maintained,
of the
symptoms
of impending brake failure
are:
gradual
_,,~~~5~:~
.... lE5: .. g_
5al.!! ..i i ell

,.
!! ." li '" -: E1: .
~OaD~.
<Il
~_ ~".
g;0i~
....
'!I~oE .. i ....
"' r .
"'
-" ,-,- r _. "
11;Ht[n~
decrease in braking action after brake application, noisy or dragging
Some
and minimize brake usage during taxi operations and landings.
,.
,
''''"t
al
n'll~~:r~=
~--l "-1
~. <> "
o"'~~.
~i 2 E"" ""'" ~
brakes, soft or spongy pedals, and excessive travel and weak braking
;~is~
action. If any of these symptoms appear, the brake system is in need of
0.0""'_0
immediate attention. If, during taxi or landing roll, braking action de
~ ~
~
"~..ai"O
creases, let up on the pedals and then re-apply the brakes with heavy
o .... ~
pressure. If the brakes become spongy or pedal travel increases, pumping
use the other brake sparingly while using opposite rudder, as
required, to offset the good brake.
fails,
the pedals should build braking pressure. If one brake becomes weak or
5E=Ii~oJ_ .. _
"
-lll-g 1 _-Sf_D
",,,,,,,,o
" .S -"~.!'
.. ,,_~ ~'C
r ..
~
w l;;"egJ
..
"'~e,,~
~
S '::
.!!'/:'" il"~ ~~ 5.s-",2
. s ... " ~ ~ "
> ~~.
-.gi~'" ~~
~ g~;~2"=P'H
fEjh]lo2:"
...~r:- S"g ,, 1 !la,,
.. - ...';;'
i!
_;hHr~;~~
"'=-J~' "<~e
=~i1(~~~5~~,g
0:; ~ ",,".Il
..
."'~
iii:. "i.!:!
t-" .."
.. i 1.s~="
e.g"l,,~ ,'!:oJt
.-o .>.!!~~Og.!lg:!1
system (see figure 7-7). This system uses a 24-volt battery mounted on the
/:~!~a1!~:!l~~
The airplane is equipped with a 28-volt, direct-current electrical
'H" '"-:l-'''
~'"
"jjg~~;~e~H1
,,-.
.;;
~"j~-~"ilD~i"
"iii
~.g.
li
>
belt-driven 60-amp alternator to maintain the battery's state of charge.

Power is supplied to a bus bar, and a master switch controls this power to
all circuits, except the engine ignition system, clock, and flight hour
recorder (if installed). The flight hour recorder receives power through
activation of an oil pressure switch whenever the engine is operating, and
the clock is supplied with current at all times. All avionics equipment
should be turned off prior to starting the engine or using an external power
source to prevent harmful transient voltages from damaging the transis
right forward side of the firewall as the source of electrical energy and a
~_
:>
._
_~
c.~
,
:;
MASTER SWITCH
~c
tors in this equipment.
:'''>''Ii
......
i':'i;
u .. <>~
;;->
"
i;].
<;:;~
~,~e.
jj~=
I8.t
.
..
.~
-.. --
~:?J":8
~ "il..: .
" .!!..c
"
(.!:>:
!l-.
i';i
~ ~
"
7-22
i
-',
!'"'.g
- gg
'~!!'i~
.:. .. 'ii ,
<io .. ..,
-.,,~~
~n
8v
.. g.0l!:i
''.".
=
__"'11":
l
1;i~-i
e.s~j
The master switch is a split-rocker type switch labeled MASTER, and

is ON in the up position and OFF in the down position. The right half of the
switch, labeled BAT, controls all electrical power to the airplane. The left
.-,-j'
half, labeled ALT, controls the alternator.
,S ".-
I
I
,L
., '
1 July 1979
,~
IECTlON7
SECTION 7
"'''PLANI:
AIRPLANE Il
& SYIfl'EMI
SYSTEMS DEIC"IPTIOm;
DESCRIPTIONS
CESSNA
CE8SSA
152
MODEL ur.a
LOW-VOLTAGE
WARNING LIGHT
TO FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS
TO FLASHING BEACON
TO PITOT HEAT
rt
I
ALTERNATOR
TO DIGITAL CLOCK
CONTROL
UNIT
TO STROBE LIGHTS
TO CIGAR LIGHTER (WITH FUSE

AND CIRCUIT BREAKER)
ALTERNATOR
FIELD
CIRCUIT
TO LANDING AND TAXI LIGHTS
BREAKER
TO STROBE LTS.
TO IGNITION SWITCH
CIRCUIT BREAKER
(DIGITAL CLOCK ONLY) i|
TO WING FLAP SYSTEM
TO RED DOORPOST MAPLIGHT

TO LOW-VOLTAGE WARNING LIGHT
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
TO INSTRUMENT, RADIO, COMPASS

AND POST LIGHTS
TO OIL TEMPERATURE GAGE

FLIGHT HOUR
TO TURN COORDINATOR
RECORDER
TO WHITE DOORPOST MAPLIGHT

-TO AUDIO MUTING RELAY
TO CONTROL WHEEL MAP LIGHT
TO NAVIGATION LIGHTS
TO DOME LIGHT
CIRCUIT BREAKER (AUTO-RESET)
TO RADIO OR TRANSPONDER
AND ENCODING ALTIMETER
CIRCUIT BREAKER [PUSH-TO-RESET)
-})-
CAPACITOR INOISE FILTER)
FUSE -|4 DIODE JVW RESISTOR

CIRCUIT BREAKER
(PULL-OFF, PUSH-TO-RESET)
Figure 7-7.
Electrical System
7-23
1 July 1979
SF;C'TION
SECTION 7
AIRPLI<NI!:"
AIRPLANE & SYSTI>MS
SYSTEMS OESCRIPTIONS
DESCRIPTIONS
CESSNA
MODEL
MOOEL 152
" .."
Normally, both sides of the master switch should be used simultane
ously; however, the BAT side of the switch could be turned ON separately
to check equipment while on the ground. The ALT side of the switch, when
placed in the OFF position, removes the alternator from the electrical
system. With this switch in the OFF position, the entire electrical load is
placed on the battery. Continued operation with the alternator switch in the
OFF position will reduce battery power low enough to open the battery
contactor, remove power from the alternator field, and prevent alternator
restart.
AMMETER
TM
..<><I OD
nll"h! ai<kl
!b. instrument
lD.lnImonl panel,
p~~'.
The .."mo"',.
ammeter, ,,,,,
located
on u..
the U,,"",
upper right
side 01
of the
lDdlc"'''
ID 0"'1"''''0.
.no .".m
..,. to
le tM
indicates u..
the a",oun'
amount 01
of cUITon'.
current, in
amperes, IT<Im
from the
alternator
the
b'U.y
In. bO'''r)'
.... o'.plan.
. .. m. Who
.. the
tM
battery O,
or lrom
from the
battery IO
to ,the
airplane o..,.,tri<:al
electrical oy
system.
When
e"K''''
tbo master
m ..... owitcn
lo 'turned
u,nod on,
ono the
'bo a",,,,
... ,
engine ,.
is OPO."'OO(
operating and the
switch is
ammeter
indicates
charging
rate &ppUod
applied to
the battery.
event the
Indlc .... the
u.. cb
.....r i,,~ ....
IO III.
hl"'ry. In the
Ih. ev.o'
III.
alternator la
is not functioning
electrical load exceeds the output of the
&J"rna'<"
lunc<>ll.log or the
llMt .leclricallo&doxcndollleou'p",oltM
ol
... ma"'.the
no amme"',
lodl.,._ u..
ba'U')' dlocn"'lI.
roU.
alternator,
ammeter indicates
the battery
discharge rate.
IlO'
Al
TERNATOR CONTROL UNIT AND
ANO LOW-VOLTAGE
LOW VOtTAGE WARNING
ALTERNATOR
UGHT
LIGHT
"'li"
'0""'.'0'
The
airplane
equipped
combination 0.1"'0010'
alternator regulator
Th
....
..,,1 ...... Iis....
ulppod with oa cOnlbln.'ioo
nlSb.Low
uDII mounted
... o"o!ed ""
engine
"i'0' .Ido
Il,.w.U
high-low voJlap
voltage conl",1
control unit
on .b
the
side 01"'"
of the firewall
and a re<!
red warning
light, labeled
under the ammeter
...,d.
warnloll","'.labo'
od LOW VOLTAGE,
VOL T AGE. Under!bo
.","'.... on the
!b.
instrument "a"ol
panel..
'0"
In.'rum.n'
In
ho olum&\o,
con'ro)
In 'IlO
the w.n,.n
event an <",o.vo"op
over-voltage coMltlon
condition 0\0,...
occurs,the
alternator control
uni'
. . .alternator
'urno"" 1I
0id cU,""'"
whlcn .hu\.O
III
unit au\<l",.,jcally
automatically ffm""
removes
field
current which
shuts oown
down the
The ba.lO.,.
battery ..-Ili
will ,ho"
then aupply
supply oyo'.",
system <uno,,'
current u
as shown
alternator.
'10"'010'. Tno
alwwn by
by a
dlsobarllo
, a '" OD
.... Under
Uod., these
'h... coDdlUoDO.
discharge rate
on !bo
the ""'m.'
ammeter.
conditions, o'p*"dlnll
depending O"
on
electrical .~a
system
the low-voltage warning light will
illuminate ",ho"
when
ol"",,-let.!
.. ", load,
10&<1. tIIalow_voU"",wa."lnll",h<
wl1ll1l""'I"'"
oorm.l. "l"he
unII may
moy be
bo
system voll"",
voltage drop.
drops "'10"
below normal.
The .'lOmolo,
alternator oon,rol
control unit
reset by 'umlnl!"
turning ,Ite
the mali""
master ""'Ucb
switch 011
off ,nd
and back
on ap.ID.
again. If
the ..
warning
"""'"
I>&<k 00
JI "'"
amlDII"
lIlI"M
III"m! ..."'. normal
nonnal altorn.'o,
<harglnl!" has
.... resumed;
, .. umM:
light <1"".
does no'
not illuminate,
alternator charging
"o,"ovo
Il
... light
IIln, <10
.. UI"m'n,,,,
", rune"o" has
b . oo<:urrod.
however,
if ,the
does
illuminate &galn
again,.
a malfunction
occurred,
~"d
bo "'rm!na!ed
pnell bl .
and ,,,.
the n!O(ht
flight ,hQuld
should be
terminated ..
as ...,n
soon ..
as practicable.
')'lI"""
NOTE
Illumin.'lo"
,ho low-voltage
I" .. yo'tap light
\l,h' and
0<10 ammo",
Illumination 01
of the
ammeter di.
dis
.narp
mo.y "".u
' durlnl!"
charge '",:l1caUono
indications may
occur
during low RPM oond!tion.
conditions
with On
an ol"",c&lload
electrical load On
on the
system, o"e"
such ...
as du.ln,
during .'0
a low
"''''
ono .~."''''.
..
RPM 'u;.
taxi. Under
these
conditions,
the Il'hl
light will
out .
at'
RP)!
Uodo< ,n
... condlt1on
"'.
.. ,1) go
I:oou,
nlllho,
..... owllo"
. . - not
DO' be
bo ,recycled
. .yclod since
alnotl
higher RPM. Tb.
The "'
master
switch need
an "".rvol..."
over-voltage ""ndllLo"
condition has
not oo<:u,.,.
occurred
'""
h.. no'
.... to
IO ode-activate
....."lv...
,.>
7-24
Jul~ 1979
,Q7;
1I July
"
CESSN
A
CESSNA
MO
DEL 152
I~
MODEL
SECTION 7?
YSTEMS DESCRIP'I'IONS
AIRPLANE &
& 6
SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS
the o.I'uu.I<I.
alternator ""
system.
!.ho
.. om.
The
warning
light ....
may
tested by turning
landing lights and
'l'h
. ...
aml ft(l" !l,h'
)' be
bo *'-<1
, ~ ... i.ll on
Oft the
Ohol...,d'nllllghlll
"""
momoft"'rily .umlng
Ib . ALT portion
pon lon 01
m..........
1_ ..
OU.
momentarily
turning olI
off the
of .ho
the master
switch
while
loavlng the
Oho BAT
8A T ""n
loo .turned
umlNl 00.
leaving
portion
on.
CIR
CU ir 8R
EAI(ER S AND
ANO FUSES
CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
M.,., o,
tb. ele<lrJool
1111 in
lo !.he
a 'rpl.,.. are pro_III<!
by"push-to'p""h-toMost
of the
electrical d:"
circuits
the airplane
protected by
.......
bruko ... mounted
mouoted under
undor the
Oho onfloo
.... 1. O"
<ho
reset" 1)'""
type clreuL'
circuit breakers
engine 000
controls
on the
instrument panel.
alternator C\L'P'"
output is
"pull-off"
1"""''''0'''
pan.l. However,
Howov&r. al",,,,,ol<l'
I. protected
pro\eG1.O<l by oa p
uliolr
type ol",ul.
b ... lto r. '!'be
.. , is
I. equipped
oqul pp<><l ...
iOh a manually-reset
manually_'o ...
type
circuit breaker.
The nlp,
cigar [(,,"b
lighter
with
type .....
circuit
located
of the
lighter
and o
a fuse
behind
ml' bbreaker
~alre, l""
... d on the
.bo back
ba< k 01
.ho lISb
..,."d
''''' ....
o'Od the
rIMI
instrument
panel.
control
wheel
(if installed)
is protected
by
In
..",m..,' p
....,. The
T'" .,.,"
.... ' ..
n..' map
m.p light
"S"' (U
'o. ..""') !O
prole<to<ll>y
"'.
NAVI DOME oL",ullb
.."ko< .....
d a fuse
ru .. boh'r>d.
tho instrument
in."",,,.. ,,t panel.
p a .el
the NAV/DOME
circuit breaker,
and
behind the
Electrical
circuits ..
which
circuit breakers
El.-eh'co.l OUO\l'"
hlcl> aare
.. not
DO' protected
ProlOe'-<l by 0("'\111
o........ are the
tho
battery
contactor olooh.
closing
(external power)
circuit, olock
clock dr<uit.
circuit, and flight
00'1or;!' 0<>.',",,10.
~ {ule,ul
t><>_ rldr<luit.
m,h!
tLou. """'NO'
. . . .circuits
i",ul.. &M
prolOe'''' by fuses
ru .... mounted
""", ,,le<!
hour
recorder cl:u1t.
circuit. 'l'h
These
are protected
adjacent '"
to the
battery.
ad!"",,"'
'he ba'lery.
GROUNO
VICE PLUG RE
CEPTA ClE
GROUND SER
SERVICE
RECEPTACLE
ti,.
od ......
.,. plug receptacle
_eJ><o<:I . may be
bo 100""''''
u .... o,
A o"
ground
service
installed lo
to permit the use
of
OD
p olarlwg
OIId durini
I.n~y
an oxternal
external power
source
for cold .....
weather
starting and
during lengthy
m.' " teUn'" work

.. ori< 00
Oh electrical
1..,lrloo.l ...
d .1""",,010
Dotalla 01
maintenance
on the
and
electronic &qulp",e"t.
equipment. Details
of
'h. ""uod
,.,,10. l'lUi<
ocl. are
a .. presented
p .... ole<! in
In S..,Iloo
the
ground ..
service
plug rweop.
receptacle
Section 9.
9, Supple.
Supple
m.n ...
ments.
lIGHTlNG
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
EXTERIQR
HTING
EXTERIOR LIG
LIGHTING
Convenllonal
navl,.. lon 11ghla
"'p 01
Conventional navigation
lights .,..1""01<1<1
are located on Uto
the "'nll"
wing "l'O
tips and top
of
Ut.
Add'''"oo.lli1l:bIL0ll'
Incl .......
,ng'. or du"
the ruIldor.
rudder. Additional
lighting is avo.ll.bl.
available and includes
a single
duall
londlngl
tAXi light
Ilg>t' mounted
mount.e(! in
lo ,ne
no .. "ap
n .... hin' beacon
bO"':"n
the ..,..iing
cowling nose
cap,
a flashing
landing/taxi
located OZI
on top
of tho
the vertical
fin, aod
and a ""'"
strobe light
installed o~
on "cb
each wing
loeuod
toP or
vonioo.l Itn.
Ii,b' inotaUO
,..,bo light
Uglu .y
", ...
p...-ntod In
Secllon t.
tip. Details
of the
strobe
system
are presented
in Section
9, Supple_
Supple
ments.
-"~
i"'''''''
An .~
.. rio, lights
IIgh'. aare
.. oon.",l1<><1
"",k.....
.ho !eh
All
exterior
controlled by rocker
switches 00
on the
left awU,,"
switch
nd oon.",1
pane!. Tb
. ...
'<ohM .....
the
no up position
pc.lUen and
. nd OPI'
,n'ILe
.and
control panel.
The
switches
are ON'
ON in
OFF in
the
down position.
po.,,,cn.
bo""""
The nMhi
flashing
beacon .should
clouds or
'!'be
n, bo...,.,n
n""ld not
nOI be used when
wh . n flying
n~I", through
Ih",u~h oIn"""
ov.,."....,
hlns light
IISh' ",n""t.e<l1
rom water
w. 10' droplt!13
... in
In .h.
overcast; "'.
the n
flashing
reflected from
droplets o.
or J>&nlel
particles
the
,.
atmosphere,
particularly "
at. night,
can
vertigo ond
and lo
loss
orienta
atmespM'
. pan'eulOtiy
n'ghl. O
... produce
p_llee vertlgo
.. of
01 o".n'"
IlOn.
tion.
I1 Julf
July
I~
1979
7-25

C";SSNA
CESSNA
1oI00EL
MODEL l$il
152
SECTION 7
SECTION?
AIRPLANE "& SYSTEMS OESCRIPTION8
DESCRIPTIONS
AlRPt.AN'E
INTERIOR Ll
LIGHTING
tNTEAIOR
GHTtNG
Instrument
and
control panel
lighting il
is pro~i_
provided b)'
by nood
flood lilfhling.
lighting,
[n.I .... "'.'U ....
d conlZ'ol
p ..... 1 lilJhUng
integral lia;hUnl.
lighting, &<><i
and potIllI&"hIiD&"
post lighting (II
(if Inl\ll.llod).
installed). Two ooneeDI.nC
concentric ,rheostat
l.alolgr&l
heost.1
COlIlrol
\h. left
loh ...
ltoh ....
d CODlrol
..... I. labeled PANEL L
T ....
d
control kDobs
knobs OD
on the
switch
and
control p
panel,
LT
and
control
intensity 0
of
the instrument ....
and
control pane'
panel lighting.
RADIO LT,
l.T . oon
trol In'."all)'
1 th.lu<rument
tI ""ntrol
I1gMlng
A
slide-type .wHellllf
switch (if installed)
on the
overhead
console,
labeled PANEL
A .lIde.\ype
I" .WI"") OD.
\.b8 ""
...II,ad ""n""I
. lebeled
l'ANElo
LIGHTS, il
is used
select fiooci
flood lighting
in 1111
the FLOOD
L1GHTS.
ulMld to
IO ",Ie<:t
U,bUlI1I In
F't.OOD position,
)X>1,1L(Ul. post
pOlli
lighting in !.he
the POST
or a comb'n.\lon
combination 01
of post
and flood
lighting
liahllnlllD
POBT position,
poslUolI. Or
posllUld
nOO<! IlgllUnll'
in Ihe
the 80TH
BOTH position.
In
poettlo...
Instrument
and conlrol
control panel
consists 01
of a
single r1Id
red
In"trom ent.."d
pAne! flood
nO<><! lighting
I1gM!"1 conlll".
~ olnll.
nood
non<!
ItroM in
l" III,
!orwar<l part
pe" ollhe
. To use
u .. the
III. flood
flood light
the forward
of the Dve,lIead
overhead conllOl
console.
Itghlinl". rotate
,o\et. Ih.
l'AN~L LT
l.T rheostat
,h..,.lal ""DI,ol
knab clock"',
.. to
IO the
lighting,
the PANEL
control knob
clockwise
desired intensity.
du'twd
l"te""i\y.
The instrument
equipped with
Tbl
1.1111"""."1 panel
p .... el may be eqllipplld
.. I!.h post
poti lights
Ilgl:tl8 which
",hich are
&ft
mounted a
at,!.he
the q
edge
of e..,h
each 111&lrumeDI
instrument ....
and
direct lighting.
The
l:IlO\lutod
e 01
d provide
pro"lde dl~
IlI"ti"l. Tht
IlrohlS are
..... openled
b)' placing
pl..,lnl!.he
PANEL LIGHTS
LlOHTS Hlectonwlt.tb.
\()Ca"'"
lights
operated by
the PANEL
selector switch, located
in
overhead console,
in the
and adjUO.IDgllp.I"
adjusting light intensity
In the
lIIe ovetbea.d
00"..1.. I"
the POST position
pooUlon ancI
..... hy
with
rheostat
..
1111 the
Ihe PANEL
PANEL LT
L T 1'1\
... _ ' control
con.rol knob.
knob. By
8y placing
pl aclnl the
the PANEL
" AN!':L LIGHTS
LIGlfTS
selector
_J.o::I<l, ...
switch
;t.eb in
In the
lIt, BOTH
80TH position,
posi" ...... the
Ib. post
p01Il lights
U,bl8 can
.... be used
.. _
in
i.n
combination
combinali
..... with
w,th the
Ihe standard
.ta.nd&rd flood
fiooci lighting.
liglnh,&.
The
Tbv engine
I lIlJhlt instrument
"'attulllODl cluster
dusler (if
(I! post
POSI lighting
lirhUnr is
le installed),
Inlu.l\ed). radio
radio
equipment,
operate
"'Iuipu,cllt. and
lUld magnetic
marllo.lc compass
oom pa.ss have
lIave integral
Inlerral lighting
lIeMlnr and
&1Id opo
r.. '"
independently
w de)X'nde otl)' of
DI post or
Or flood lighting.
!lp Il n e . Light
LI rhl intensity
In ",n.' Iy of
o r the
UI. radio
fa,Un lighting
11 gMing
poli
nood
is
the RADIO
l. controlled
eDlltro!led by
bylhl
nAOIO LT
L T rheostat
rh ..... u.I control
conlrol knob.
knob. The
The integral
lnlllg ...1compass
"" ... pae.
I. """I,,,Il.d
and
intensity is controlled by
"nd engine
enrlne instrument
lnlt",m.n l cluster
elultef light
lightlntenlity
b)' the
Ih. PANEL
PANEL
LT
LT rheostat
r~eoo ...1 control
oonlrol knob.
kn ol>.
A
A cabin
CAbin dome
domi light,
1IrM. in
l'' the
Ihl overhead
overhN.tl console,
consol., is
lo operated
oporaled by
by a.. switch
Iwlt<lll on
Oh
!he left
lef, switch
",,"ueh and
snd control
conlrol panel.
p.nel. To
To turn
lurn the
thl light
UeMon.
"'OVO the
Ih. lwlt<lh
IO
the
on, move
switch to
the
ON position.
th.ON
poillion.
A
is available
of
lo control
c"nlro! wheel
wb"1 map
m.p light
!labIle
Iv&ilabl. and
end is
Il mounted
D>Ounted on
On the
tbl bottom
bonomar
the
lite pilot's
pllo.' .. control
co,,"ol wheel.
.. bO<lL The
Tbc light
liahl illuminates
Wumina"'. the
liti lower
lowwr portion
pOrtio .. of
of the
lhIt
cabin
the pilot and
cabm just
JIIS' forward
fo""ard of
oftbepllOi
&Dd is
ls helpful
holpllli when
whtll checking
~klIIr maps
n.apa and
.... d other
oth~r
ape,""
flight
melll data
d&u. during
dur1IIe night
III,h. operations.
operatlolll. To
To operate the
tbe light,
lIell<. first
Il, .. turn
ili." on
00 the
\be
NAV
NA'" LT
LT switch;
, ..1",11. then
tbell adjust
adjuM the
ilio map
m.p light's
Urll's intensity
1111.",11)' with
wltb the
Lbo rheostat
rlI ..... t.1
control
knob located
the bottom
OOlIll'Ollmob
Ioc&ted at
altbe
bouom of
cf the
III. control
oontrol wheel.
.. boel
A
and
forward
A doorpost
"oorpo" map
",sp light
111M is
Il available,
.vAllabl e .....
d is
t. located
loca"" on
on the
, hl left
1.lIlorw
.....<1
doorpost.
and
d<)<Jrpoe" It
II contains
conlAin. both
b<>.h red
twd and
,,"d white
..111'" bulbs
bulb .....
<1 may
"'ay be
1>1 positioned
pol,Uonl<l to
IO
illuminate
light is controlled
switch,
,lluminl'" any
any area
I ... desired
d ..irad by
by the
lite pilot.
pilcL The
ThelllJhll.
""n lrollld by
b)' a.IWilch
above
light, which
labeled RED,
and
bo". the
thl\l",hL
whicb is
,ollboll<l
REO. OFF,
OFr .....
<1 WHITE.
WHI TE. Placing
Pl""",g the
litI switch
. w itch
in
theobottom
'" the
tbo top
"'p position
pOliUolI will
..ili provide
provl<1e a1 red
redlight.
\l,III. In
IlIlh
bol",m position,
pOlilion. standard
Ol.lnd .. rd
July 1979
lll'lll
1l July
7-26
728
CESSNA
SECTION7
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE &
... SYSTEMS
BYS'TEMB DESCRIPTIONS
DESCRIl'TIONS
MODEL 1:12
152
pnlv!dod.
whl .. I4IbU~i
III the
u.o ooole<
_m,,~. the
\be map
"'"" Il,,bl
white
lighting I.
is provided. In
center position,
light io
is lurnod
turned
oli.
L1llb< lD
..... lty oIu...
!111M is
io """,,..,U
.... by
by the
U..I'ANEL
L T rheostat
,b..."""
off. Light
intensity
of the _
red light
controlled
PANEL LT
'-
control kDob.
knob.
"",,""I
Tba
",o.' probable
pl'Ol>&bla e'UM
The most
cause <>1
of a
li""
<>n'
f,Un,.., is
l, a bumod
light failure
burned out buI!>:
bulb;
bo",va'. in
In tho
..",. fail
f,1l '"
Ulum' .. a.. when
wbOn
however,
the ""0,,1
event ony
any of "",U.buna
the lighting ofa
systems
to illuminate
""
&II.,
\uni
.... "n.
.. oll"OuU
....,kU". If
Il the
u.. olT<>ul.
b ....
ha.
turned
on, ohe<>k
check the appropria
appropriate
circuit b
breaker.
circuit breaker
has
opllno<!
pOppod oul)
....d III
..... is
la no obvIou.
ln,,;oa\lOll 01
opened (wblle
(white buI"'"
button popped
out),. and
there
obvious indication
of a
o~o'"
lreu Il (aonok,
.. 011
llibl ,switch
,.,llcb <>1
u.. affected
r.tIocted lights,
IIl1"b'"
short o
circuit
(smoke o,
or odo,).
odor), Iu,
turn
off III,
the light
of the
reset the
breaker, ood
and turn
the .switch
on .
again.
the b
breaker
opens .
again,
......"
Iho b.--lou.
lu,"" "'"
.. jlc~ O"
.aln. If
Il!h,
..... kor opll"'
.aln.
"" no,
IL
do not .-&&0,
reset it.
CABIN HEATING,
HEATING. VENTILATING
VEN TILATING ANO
AND
OEFRQSTING
DEFROSTING SYSTEM
TIuI
........
d volume
voI umo of airflow
al rf1cw 1.1>\0
u., cablo
bo regulated
rtlsuJated
The lemporUu
temperature
and
into the
cabin aon
can be
b)'
m ... lpulaUoD of the
\b. push-pull
puob pul! C"'S!N
AIR 000""1
by manipulation
CABIN HT Ltld
and CABIN AIR
control
,,""
... ((see
.... I~
.. 7-8).
knobs
figure
H
. . - fresh
r_~ al,
blaOdO<! 1.1>.
oobU. manifold
",r.:ufoldJ"".an
Heated
air ud.
and OUlOid,
outside ai,
air are blended
in a cabin
just aft
or
fI ..... &l1 by adjuotmOM
\b. heat
hM' and ,l
al, l.
U;,,'"
of U.o
the firewall
adjustment of the
air, oo"trol.;
controls; ibis
this air
is then
v.,._ ,,.,,,
.. lTom
tlotll in
lo the
ilio noli!
.. manifold
man lfold ....
' lb.
puor ..,..
vented
into tho
the oabl
cabin
from ou
outlets
cabin
near
the pilot's
and
p
.....,.,..,. 100(.
al,
ppIlO<! bf
duOl 10...,.1
...
passenger's
feet. W"",oble'd
Windshield dol",
defrost
air J.
is "00
also
supplied
by a duct
leading
from
a pair
of ontlo"
outlets below
the ""
windshield.
Il"Cm the
III. manifold
mani/old to
",.
1',1' 01
bo!O" ilio
..dohlo!d.
...
For ...
cabin
the CA81N
CABIN AIR knob
out. To ..
raise
the air
'0'
bln ventilation,
vontU.Uon. pull "'"
"""~ ,,.n.
loo 1lIe.l<
tempo
...u",. pun
k"ab oul
....!f 11
4 to
\o 1/2
1/ 2 lnch
temperature,
pull tho
the CAlltN
CABIN HT knob
out .pp"'Klm
approximately
1/4
inch
fo. ,a omaU
.... Additional
Addltloo&! bu.
lo .v.nollt.
pulll"l
for
small omGUn'
amount of oollin
cabin b
heat.
heat is
available by pulling
r....... or. mujmum
the k"""
knob ou'
out farther;
maximum Mat"
heat is ava.tlolllo
available ""Ih
with 1110
the CA8IN
CABIN HT Imob
knob
pulled ou,
out and
the CABIN AIR knob
pushed full
in. When
is desired
pullod
.... " Ib.
kMll pu.~'"
!\Ili In.
Wbon no heat
boat Iodoa'rod
t.. 1110
ilio CASIN
knab 1.0
fldt in.
In.
in
the coll,n.
cabin, the
CABIN t!T
HT knob
is puobod
pushed full
ti,.
'-
oli"""....
Additional ventilation
air may be obtained by
opening !h.
the adju.Ubl.
adjustable
Addltlonai
VtlnUlal10D ai,
~y opout..~
vootl1."'
... near
nM, .h.
uppo.letl
!"11M CO'
....... of the
III. windshield.
wlndahleld.
ventilators
the upper
left and right
corners
PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM AND

ANO INSTAUMENTS
INSTRUMENTS
The pitot-static system supplies ram air pressure to the airspeed
indicator and static pressure to the airspeed indicator, vertical speed
indicator and altimeter. The system is composed of either an unheated or
heated pitot tube mounted on the lower surface of the left wing, an external
static port on the lower left side of the forward fuselage, and the associated
plumbing necessary to connect the instruments to the sources.
July "1'19
1979
l1 Julf
7-27
P
CE66NA
CESSNA
SECTION 7
6ECTlON
AIRPLANJl:
Ilt;SCRIPTIONS
AIRPLANE ...
& 6YSTgMS
<:>
MODEL lS1l
152
<:>
-n
DEFROSTER
OUTLETS
CODE
CODE
0<:I ...... ~. 'lOOr

RAM AIR FLOW
,,.. Y,,,,,....,,'<' "'

VENTILATING AIR
.... HEATED
....... 0 AIR
...
_cr_
.... "'_D"'
BLENDED AIR
MECHANICAL
"'O<.oJo"",c
CONNECTION
Figure
FI~ .. 7-8.
7L Cabin
Cabl" Heating,
H ..liII ... Ventilating,
V.nUl&U" ... and
."d Defrosting
t>etrosll".. System
Syal"'"
J .. Ly 1979
1f79
1I July
7-28
l
SECTION 7
. ..:;;.!~:
00
.-f
~!agH
.~
~eh" .,
o .!l",sS.5.!
~ ~ '" :I
, -s!:lii'i'3
~ t .. e,8
~
> :,~i a"
: ... ~~'ii!
""-~f&l
~ ~1<
5g~a"
~..,o~o..,
l
li1:::S_o..
" ;-5=".;
~g!;H
8;., oio""
J-i>-~.go:~~
ai' o .. "
,-:;:1:-8
"h iZ ..
i~~l]
,
."
o.
<-
."
.0
.0
J!~:-51
':""'1.:1 .
~; L i.s~
The heated pitot system consists of a heating element in the pitot tube,
.8~~~~
CESSNA
MODEL 152
.,
~~':il~~
a rocker-type switch labeled PITOT HT on the left switch and control panel,
a 15-amp circuit breaker under the engine controls on the instrument
~~~jg!
_ . CI..=
required.
tion in possible icing conditions. Pitot heat should be used only as
element in the pitot tube is heated electrically to maintain proper opera
panel, and associated wiring. When the pitot heat switch is turned on, the
<.
" >C 'i

"il :=..-<
.
-.
f'
-.
:ii-".::!
.
..
..,
"

f..1!
"
!.,
~;'"'!
!~~h.!l:~~l~ li~ " " -
.
-,- i! "j ;1;
->
A' "
."
'1'.
'
1
-.'
.!Igo"t"
~ li!.
::,
.,'
.o ."
.
.,
o' 1 ts!lg-<
~-8ee-l
.. gli"..
s ....
4 ,
'"
.5 .
"
s~ .. "t..,~;; 5"51~1i"
,
'.
,
u
"'_!.
..
.5!_
,
;l~
.!!aosfOl
..
o h- 18 e ~ ". ,,- l o '0' -, .
,
"
S
] .. l
"u .s "i -.!I~!~-5"!'hh
o l'o
,00
lg~PSgiHcHe
>
,.\
o III
'"
j
.""
-. "
'li ~.!I01"'~ ~h~.
f :!- 01"
=..,
-z ~ .~
,
-', ;1< '"
01~..,..=~
-~ ~"-:!l~
o
i:~s:l!~ .t'se
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
"~o
,-:",'" 5.
=30
," .'."
'0
=-3~
'" o;'::::'
-;:,
''l"".,-.
,--.'
-.'
.
,
<l
The airspeed indicator is calibrated in knots and miles per hour.

Limitation and range markings (in KIAS) include the white arc (35 to 85
knots), green arc (40 to 111 knots), yellow arc (111 to 149 knots), and a red
~:ill
" o
j
, o
.::;~ :
5~o'b
i.. ~ e'ii
.Hee-3~ ~
8~ ... "il ee ",,1lt ~
--o l!
...
=.';;'~I-~ Si ..:!!-;;
'i~.!'i"
li .. ogOie
'i,;,":.!. ~ li
Il ~15~
&.:lH ~ "' .. 01 e!~ ~1i ~
-"'r~rll~'p
"'.= -~ : -g=l
3:;'l ...":i] .. i~;;ir
.~'S="'E1,l!iE.!1
.li :;1-
If a true airspeed indicator is installed, it is equipped with a rotatable
line (149 knots).
:Z '" ~~P!.gH rp~.;~

!lo!! ~j;!fS w":~gR
P:a"!11"!1]
~:"~~~
!!.!:!!'h
r.,s
"
.... ~-;!~8! .. ~H "":1
"l:
ring which works in conjunction with the airspeed indicator dial in a
:n~~ s
manner similar to the operation of a flight computer. To operate the
'"
E.!I o " E CI."C o -!3
indicator, first rotate the ring until pressure altitude is aligned with
outside air temperature in degrees Fahrenheit. Pressure altitude should
f~e".s'C.cu~
"~E=e=,,
not be confused with indicated altitude. To obtain pressure altitude,
..
gjs;!!. .. SE..:
momentarily set the barometric scale on the altimeter to 29.92 and read
pressure altitude on the altimeter. Be sure to return the altimeter baromet
ric scale to the original barometric setting after pressure altitude has been
obtained. Having set the ring to correct for altitude and temperature, read
the true airspeed shown on the rotatable ring by the indicator pointer. For
best accuracy, the indicated airspeed should be corrected to calibrated
airspeed by referring to the Airspeed Calibration chart in Section 5.
Knowing the calibrated airspeed, read true airspeed on the ring opposite
;!
l-l
:.: :!l
~~
the calibrated airspeed.
1:o~S"
>
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR
./Iti~
.. ~ i
.!
, ' ,.
.;-!!.~
"
,."
.-
~"''''
-~'"
~i
-e.;,;':~
o"
li li :::
0_
,h
1;
;.!i~
feet per minute. The pointer is actuated by atmospheric pressure changes
The vertical speed indicator depicts airplane rate of climb or descent in
3'
-.
ALTIMETER
resulting from changes of altitude as supplied by the static source.
CI.
0-
<~
"..
.
e" .S'
~ ~
iji
~~
!
_!l ~
.5~_
- o
! . ,-
",.. '" -,,
,'!
..Jl ..
""il,
o.
Oi
Airplane altitude is depicted by a barometric type altimeter. A knob
".-
;;:;:~
~J
near the lower left portion of the indicator provides adjustment of the
t: 11
instrument's barometric scale to the current altimeter setting.
VACUUM SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS
,
~,
,
'"wz
z
a
z
~
~
'
An engine-driven vacuum system (see figure 7-9) is available and
<
1 July 1979
o
>
7-29
"
CI=:SSNA
CESSNA
SECTION 7
MODEJ..I~
MODEL
152
AIRPI..ANE.
AIRPLANE & SYS'J'EMS
OVERBOARD
O"l~IIOA"D
VENT LO"l
LINE
V'''T
VACUU"
VACUUM
PUMP
~-
VACOJU"
..
VACUUM SYSn
SYSTEM
AO~ "cnR
AIR
FILTER
aooo
o o o
o
o
*:
o
o
VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
o
o
n
n
DIRECTIONAL
INDICATOR
CODE
c::J
INLET AIR
o~cn
.... "
c::::J VACUUM
vACuu ..
~ 01SCHAR(;[
"OR
DISCHARGE AIR
Figure 7-9.
Vacuum System
UI'/9
1'JUly
July 1979
7-30
CESBNA
CESSNA
MODEL 152
MODEL
provides
prov"i. . the
h
SECTION
S ECTION 77
AIRPLANI!: & SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS
AIRPLANE
a.
suction
u.lon necessary
"_'~1lI')'
to
IO operate
Ope ...... the
1110 attitude
.Ilitu<lc indicator
indiCillOr and
... d
dln>c. IOJlIII indicator.

Iudica", . The
Tho system
,,.etam consists
eo."o1 ... of
01 a vacuum
va<:"um pump
p"mp mounted
mc"nl6d On
directional
on
!ho engine,
enfflne.
vllOUUrn relief
rellol valve
.... I.....
nd vacuum
vaeuum system
,y,"m .1.
m ... on
<m the
t.b,.n.
the
a vacuum
and
air filter
aft
.ld.OI
side of the firewall
"rew,.1! below the
t.b.lnotrum,nl
instrument panel,
p....I. and
,.nd instruments
Ins.ru"",,"(rndudJ..D.1!:
(including
,. ,,,cll<m
pc.) on the
III, left
lan side
.idc of the
\ha instrument
h .. uu ....111 panel.
p .... ol.
a
suction gage)
ATTITUOE INDICATOR
INOIC AT OR
ATTITUDE
An
An .U1'uda
attitude indicator
indica...,. is
ilo available
,. v,,1 olbia and gl
gives
v....
a visual
v""., indication
l nd ICIl<\<In of
01 flight
fil ,Il'
,.nhude.
8a..n1r. atlltu<la
I. presented
P"",,"IN b,
,. pointer
poin....
lite top
IDp of
DI the
t.b. indicator
IndI""",
attitude. Bank
attitude is
by a
at, the
..
1... lvo 101110
_lo which
wllleb has
Ilull>du
matII, at
.110".!lf1>.
3O".eD".
""d_
relative
to the bIutk
bank scale
index marks
10, 20, 30,
60, and
90
.11110.
01 the
Ulo unte.
Plloh and roll aUIW'"
p~nled by
by,.a
either aldo
side of
center mark. Pitch
attitudes ~
are presented
mIni .." . . .
1",1..... '''pertmpowd
ov ,.
.ymbollc horizon
hortso" area
_
(\Jvidc!d
miniature
airplane
superimposed over
a symbolic
divided
'nlD two
'wo sections
"",,<lon. by a white
wlll" horizon
IIcn""n bar.
b. .. Tb.upper
"bluo .ky"
d the
into
The upper "blue
sky" ...........
area and
lowtlr "ground"
~uDd .. .....
Il,.ve arbitrary
.rtlnry pitch
pllcll reference
.. I... ne. lines
lin. useful
u...1U1 for
10rpUob
lower
area have
pitch
.n
...... d. <>Wl'"'!.
A knob
koolo at
al the
III. bottom
bottom of the
III, instrument
'no'.,.me .. ' is
I. provided
prnvlded for
lo.
attitude
control. A
InnJllII adjustment
o.dj ... lmeD' of
01 the
\ha miniature
mini .. ,,, .....
1",I,.n. to
IO the
ilio horizon
Ilon ..... bar
ba. for
lo
mc ...
inflight
airplane
a more
accurate
lIOCu '" flight
mllll .\llIude
attitude indication.
Indl ...tlon.
m,."".
OIRECTl O NAllNOICAT
OR
DIRECTIONAL
INDICATOR
... IO. is
I, ,.v.lI
.. blol4Cl
dl,pl'Y' airplane
tJ",I .... e heading
bco.d;""g on
.... ,.a
A dl_lIon&lIndI
directional indicator
available
and displays
eompa.s.
compass cud
card in
In relation
...1"'10" to
IO.a fixed
Illtfld ,hnul
simulated
..1Od .I.pl
airplane
.... 1m.1r'!
image ."d
and index.
indn.
The dl.O<lIlOtltJ
directional lodlca.lOr
indicator will precess
slightly ov.,
over a period
Tho
proce .. 'lIll11ly
pe.lod of time.
lime.
Therefore,
compass ",.d
card ,1I"uld
should be
set in
accordance
Therolore. the
iliO oompu,
bo "II
.. aooortl,.
.. ee with
wllll the
IIIc magnetic
magnotie
compass just prlo.
prior to
and _u\on,.U)'
occasionally ....
re-adjusted
on extended
compa.ss
IO takeoff,
<alt0<l11. ,.nd
&<IJus1.ed On
eXlendcd
flights.
edge 01
of Ihe
the instrument
is used
adjust the
m,hla. A knob on the lower
lo",.. left
lell edle
In81""mon' 'a
u""" to
\O &<Iju.'
t.bo
cnm
p ... c.m
lo. any
~n1 precession.
p.-toslon
compass
card to 00""1
correct for
SUCTI
O N GAGE
SUCTION
GAGE
A sue.lon
.. ~ is
I.loca~on
<h,lon
panll when
wl1en
A
suction g
gage
located on the
left aldeolll1elnelrumenl
side of the instrument panel
l",lano la
-..J 11l a vacuum
vo.cuum ")'alem.
.. _v
.. doble for
lor
Ihe
the ..
airplane
is equlpPed
equipped with
system. Suelio
Suction
available
operation
of the .lIllude
attitude indicator
directional indicator
ope
... Uon olthe
Indica"'. and d,,,,,,,liunal
",d,c.",. is
l. shown by
this ,~.
gage, whlch
which I.
is c.llb
calibrated
of mvrcury.
mercury. Tlte
The desired
suction
Ihla
.... d in
In inches
lnch.. ot
d~... "od Sucllo"
range is
to 1'0.4
5.4 inches
of mercury.
suction reading
below this
n.ng<o
Il 4.5 IO
\nch .. DI
m.reul")'. A .u<>flon
re&dlnl wlcw
U,ls range
ran""
may .ndlc."
indicate a 0)'111m
system n",JtuJ1Cllu
malfunction
.. or hDproper
improper adjuSlmen
adjustment,
. and in
In ,lIi$
this
eas..
case, thl
the 'Ddu,
indicators
..",. . .should
Ilould not
IlOt be OO"lldore<l
considered ...
reliable.
lIloble
STALL WARNING SYSTEM
'!'bI
willl ,.a p"eum
.. U... ,ype ~C.tJI
w.mlng Il'stem
The ,.lrplane
airplane le
is equlpped
equipped with
pneumatic-type
stall warning
system
con.uIUn&,
leo.dlnl edp
... open.led
consisting o,
of .n
an Inlet
inlet In
in liIe
the leading
edge of
of <IMI
the le!\
left wl"l.
wing, An
an tJ
air-operated
horn ne
near
the u
upper
corner oIliIo
of the wl...ah
windshield,
and
associated pl
plumbing.
110m
t.ba
l'per left
len 00"''''
leld . ....
d &QOC:\ated
um bini.
Alliba
As the ...
airplane
",1."approaches
pp""",,II ,.a ....
stall,
11 . 'h,
the low
lowpressure
pre ..."reon
on the "pper
upper ...
surface
rr..... ol
of
\he
the wings
W"'II" mov
moves
.. !o>'w
forward
.... ,.round
around iii.
the lead'nl
leading edpolthe
edge of the wlnp.
wings. '!'bI
This
.. low
t1 Jul)'11I'N
July 1979
7-31
731
"
SECTION 77
SECTION
AIRPLA."E &
'" SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS
AIRPLANE
CESSNA
CESSNA
IdODEL 152
I~
MODEL
p"'** ..... creates

C.... ~ ...
~lff ...,llo.l pressure
p ............ in
tn the
UI. stall
,t&JI warning
w ....lnJ system
1)'11em which
wblcb
pressure
a differential
.u..
drlW' air
Il. through
throul'b the
UI....
mln. horn,
homo resulting
llln.ln.."
a .. ~lbI ....
ml ... at
aUto
draws
warning
in an audible
warning
5 to
IO knots
I<no'- .bo".
11&11 in
In all flight
(lJ!fht conditions.
conditlon .
10
above stall
Thc stall
stall warning
_millll' system
1)'I"'m should
.buuld be
be checked
cbacl<-.I during
dU""1f the
\lI1 preflight
p...nlght
The
IMpeellon by
b)' placing
pl""lnl' a clean
IIlea.n handkerchief
bllldl<erohiei over
oye. the
U,e vent
YeHI opening
opo",nll and
o.nd
inspection
appl)'lnllue.lon
A sound
.o"nd from
Irom the
Ule warning
.. unlnll horn
hom will
",m confirm
OOlII"m that
IIlal the
I<1
applying
suction. A
I)'.'.m
lo operative.
o~ ...lIv.,
system is
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT
AVIONICS SUPPORT
Il the
u. .1",1."0
lo equipped
"'Iulp~ with
whb avionics,
avionicI. various
v lo"l avionics
.vlonlca support
IUpport
If
airplane is
equlpmcnl
w.)' .1.0
be installed.
iD.UoUed. Equipment
Equlpment available
.,.Uabl. includes
Incl .. de. two
tW<l types
I)'pes
equipment may
also be
01
audio oonlrol
plt.l1ela. microphone-headset
mlerophon.-h_'81 installations
Inllalllll oni and
and control
con.rol
of audio
control panels,
ourl_ ....
le dischargers.
d1fJChITlJtl .., 11>.
follo,.,ing paragraphs
p~ .... ph. discuss
di..,,, .. these
lI>eu items.
i"'mo.
surface
static
The following
Oescrlp. lon .nd
.al lon 01
.adlo equipment
oquipmont is
,. covered
oo".,.ed in
In Section
Sacllob 9Il of
01
Description
and o~
operation
of radio
Ul 1. handbook.
b.ndbook
this
AUDIO CONTROL PANEL

Two types
of Iaudio
control panels
(see
figure
are 1.,&1llble
available for
l'wo
I)'P'" 01
.. dlo oomrol
plllci. (
_ n""
... 77-10)
. 10) ....
lor
11>,.
Upoll whclhe.
packap includes
lncl .. des a
this li",II"I.
airplane, dlpolldlnr
depending upon
whether Ihl
the ulOlllcl
avionics package
ma.ku l>eo.con
rO<lolver. The
Tbe ope
tlonal feal
...... 01
boUl audio
.,dlo control
oonlrol
marker
beacon receiver.
operational
features
of both
pancia aro
Ulo follo",lnr
p.UfrTllph
panels
are alroUa.
similar IlId
and are dl!lOusse<I
discussed iD
in the
following paragraphs.
TRANSMITTER SElECTO
A SW
ITCH
SELECTOR
SWITCH
Whcn
pacujle irn:lud
.. Iwo
In.rullnu", ... Ia two-position
Iwo.po.IUnn
When tbc
the .",onico
avionics package
includes
two transmitters,
toggle-type
labeled TRANS SELECT o.
or XMTR (doopond!nl!l'
(depending upon
IOfrfrla
l),pe Iswitch,
wllCb . l.bolcd
upo"
",blch
dlo co"lrol
IO Iwl\(!h
which ...
audio
control panell.
panel is IIIS\.aUM).
installed), lo
is pro.,lded
provided to
switch Ionl
lI'a!Ulmll~. the
Ihe pllo'
IO "H.
phone IO
to Ih.
the transmitter
pilot deslres
desires to
use. Tbo
The numho:no
numbers l1 (Up
(up
p!1lillon)
r""'pond '"
UI, Il,,,1
IOp
position) .."d
and 11
2 (down pO'lIIlon)
position) CO
correspond
to the
first and ..."",d
second (Irom
(from top
IO
.......
peellvlly.
to bonom)
bottom) tr&lUlmlu.
transmitters,
respectively.
action 01
of ..
selecting
transmitter
using UI.
the tno.nsm!tlC"
transmitter
The ICtiOIl
""'11"8 a particular
p.n",uI U'1Dlmm
... ullnC
..
l.., IO switch
w; IIOh Isimultaneously
i m U1'-... 0 ...1)' .l.et.
p III"' .. "'OC::I.
Wc! wl
UI
selector
selects Ihe
the audIO
audio am
amplifier
associated
with
lI>alln!1Smil~.
example,
"unplo. lf
' one
that transmitter IO
to proYldo
provide opo"'.,
speaker audi<>.
audio. Fo
For
if Ula
the numbe
number
transmitter llocltctc:d.
is selected, Ule
the ludio
audio amplll;
amplifier
in thol
the "
number
NAV/COM
I.;l.ttsmh~.
... In
.. mba .. oone
... NAVICOM
is olso
also Mloc::te,.
for ALL 8POoJ.te.
speaker a
audio.
In the ~""nl
event u,.
the ludlo
audio
la
..dlo. Inlhe
amplln
ln"N
.,ldence-d by !osI
.. dlo. ..
leclinj!;
amplifier
in use fllll
fails,. .
as. .
evidenced
loss 01
of alllpoak.,
all speaker Iaudio,
selecting
Ulo
... mll~. ",m
.. dlo utlng
the Olh.r
other I.a
transmitter
will ~stabUsh
reestablish speoke,
speaker a
audio
using Ih.
the o>lh
other
",.nlmiller
transmitter a"dlo
audio Rmplilier.
amplifier. Hoa.d$l'
Headset Audio
audio I.
is noi
not &1/0<ltc:d
affected by audio
Ampl,/i
. . """rallon,
amplifier
operation.
7-32
11 hl)'
July llI'7lj
1979
CESSNA
MOD"!.
SECTION 77
SECTION
A!RPLANE BYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
CESSNA
I~
MODEL 152
USEO WITHOUT
W!THOUT MARKER
MARKER BEACON
BEACON
USED
SIDETONE
~'O"l
SPEAKER.
NAV/COM
1
2
ADF
(5) OFF
zTRANSMITTER
lll_"nEII
sntero"
SELECTOR
"'UOIO SELECTOR
SHEClOI'I
AUDIO
SWlTCHES
SWITCHES
-,~
SWITCH
... UDIO SELECTOR

s.&L[ClOII
AUDIO
SWlTCH
SWITCH
SPEAKER
SPE"'KER
SIDETONE
$1l'ETONE
VOLUM(
VOLUME
CONTAOL
CONTROL
U$EO
WITH MARKER
USED WITH
MARKER BEACON
BEACON
COM BOTH
COIoIIOTH-""""
>II;"ClSH SlOETOOIf
HEADSET
SIDETONE
NJDIOiUECTOI'I
AUDIOSELECTOR
INTERNAL
'NTER
..... L ADJUSTMENT
"DJU$IM~N'
"CC[$$
ACCESS
~,~
SWITCH
I~!
~
XMTR
"~n
,Q
~ut
ADJVSlMENT ACCESS
Ac.ceSll
ADJUSTMENT
ADI
OMI
ANN
LTS
lT~
1"1
.. ."t':
.~
SPEAKER
SIDETONE
51'1:"KEI'I SIOErONE
IHTUNAl
INTERNAL
TIIAN$MITTEA
TRANSMITTERSELlCTOI!
SELECTOR
SWlrc
..
SWITCH
CO"
UTO
COM ...
AUTO-1
AVOlO
$H{CTO~
AUDIOSELECTOR
~,~
SWITCH
NJDIO
51cLECTO~
AUDIOSELECTOR'
SWlTCHU
SWITCHES
ANNUNCIATOR
ANHONCI'"
TOII
LIGHTS
llGHTS
BRIGHTNESS
el!'GHINtSS
AND TEST
ANDTUT
SWITCH
$WITCH
ftgu,,"
Figure 7\0.
7-10. Audio Coulfoll'Met
Control Panel
I1 July LII7'i
1979
7-33
SECTION 7
.. !ll- ..
<
,
.. .. i
.,
i:,.!! ~ ~=_:l- e
,
_.c
___
_
,,=
"
.. f.
=:! ,o
,to x -1\l'i!!O=~;;.!l
'i
J.
"'.: '" '"
o o
,.,
.. &.
..
Olt_
0.
, ~ - 3-:;,2.:':>
___
".,!l,
o -f ! ",o.. , 3"-e-- - s
'8
O
,
"
'.""-"
o'
b~
w_
w<
o s.!
" >"'S" .::;1;1
,o -Je~..'ih.8.
w
~
w
AUDIO SELECTOR SWITCHES
CESSNA
""
"o
""
00
MODEL 152
<,
,o;;~~
"~_~;;1);:: Z
D
i".c.2.!
~
,,_.~l:
.:!l
~c:t
c ~ .. 00..
) .... O .. -~
<L_
5~'ii~ .. ~'io:5
,
"" <>"8
~g
cl! .. ~ !'. ".!!.2

~'ilp .. ~;",'lI
"il .... . . .'! ..
-> .. .. _ ....
<:>-0_
--~O"";i -
>-- -:' '' ''".", ,,_ t:
!l .. ~ .. ~~o::
;~~"c
-jiW~::4_.Oi
Both audio control panels (see figure 7-10) incorporate three-position

~O~"~~D-1
c.~'io-.c<o;"
.!!"'~O
J-~!!
.9i.-""D
"~&~._c
"0-..,_ _ t:"
..
",_Oa<>.
.c!>~O<>;-..;';_
toggle-type audio selector switches for individual control of the audio
-. '".... .,. ......

. .. ..,e
.
o,!i_ ..
c" .."""5
"
"'-eo
~
8
"E 'I; ..
from systems installed in the airplane. These switches allow receiver
.,;~
_""_",,
audio to be directed to the airplane speaker or to a headset, and heard
D "
0 __ ~
singly or in combination with other receivers. To hear a particular
~-l-3O
.o~",- -
receiver on the airplane speaker, place that receiver's audio selector
..
..,~ ~ .
<lo'"
switch in the up (SPEAKER) position. To listen to a receiver over the
.,..,>1
D"
.o_w
.~.
headset, place that receiver's audio selector switch in the down (PHONE)
01
~ ~
""
NOTE
!l
~H~l ~ ~
fS
, "
ih
Il
>
Volume level is adjusted using the individual receiver
receiver.
position. The center (OFF) position turns off all audio from the associated
..
"
volume controls on each radio.
',
'0'0
>
<'
"
:!l:
.,-"' ,.
~;,
.,
il
=,
,.
.,".. '" 8<",- ;'lI=
~,
When a marker beacon receiver is not installed, audio from both NAV
and COM frequencies is combined, and is selected by the audio selector
", .
!.-
';1
,o
_ <l ~
.. -!!
ari =';;~io~
- .. ::~ I-
~U]
., .
'0
<-3
; _ ...
.. ~-.::
u
~"'cO;
_
5
00"
SI
switches labeled NAV/COM, 1 and 2.
,!-z"
.. '"
>
-,
=<'8 :;: "'-f z:!8Z~
.. D
E:!l!!>i
:5~",Z.-
"E~<'"
1:0 h"',2
'~sep
]~d ~
!'''~~l]
f"'" ..
.." :>'":!ioo
__ 0
11'0
.. ~'~~~1i
c > ..
s%li~~
08!!~ob$
;i:;,s~l!
.:l ,,-go ..
A special feature of the audio control panel used with a marker beacon
" :;: -: :nl.!!

~8~H;
~sa_.g ..
..~;:"'io~1
u
receiver is separate control of NAV and COM audio from the NAV/COM
!lS5~
0:..0
~.
radios. With this installation, the audio selector switches labeled NAV, 1
_~!
described in later paragraphs.
COM, AUTO and BOTH. Description and operation of these switches is
and 2 select audio from the navigation receivers of the NAV/ COM radios
only. Communication receiver audio is selected by the switches labeled
,,"
,O
,oo
2 }!~~=l~~]~
,o !!~~i~~i~i~
... ~ ",.g:s"s
ai-!:~~
,o 5!!- " ;--.::.;;
! ..
s
e .. .,,1=, 01. 3r-"
. ~~
~c_gsd1.l
oo -j"'.-""
",8 le,:;", E ..
i
w
w
COM AUTO AUDIO SELECTOR SWITCH
=.l!lE~g-~:ig .H
... -0_
~-~
~~ue~
o~
e::>;;~;;l:!.!';]
""<<C~--" =
Z-l!:
-" "=
.,;:;:
_ .. Ce~-::
"'u!!:5-2:"'5~J
_ .. "" ...... >
"O'D~
P"'!!~'ii--i
~~h~HH:.
g-"~i""O
..
-0
" --e"''''-,,iI~H I E,!l~'"
1D-.~,.~E
g-_
:51.. Se
.. ~"E:!l.!!~
g-,
"~O'l!':
!i'."~08_~E:5
g ........ e""
'" s"::>si" li
'::~.c;<e illi
~-=!/.c:Oe1l k~
"il~gO- 'i=~s
<>.
'"
e.e~s
If the airplane is equipped with an audio control panel having marker

beacon controls, a three-position toggle switch, labeled COM AUTO, is
provided to automatically match the audio of the appropriate NAV/COM
communications receiver to the transmitter selected by the transmitter
'"
",~._"~o~
~~
c _>l
eC_o..~.!.
selector switch. When the COM AUTO selector switch is placed in the up
(SPEAKER) position, audio from the communications receiver selected by
i'"....
.!~'"
<>
the transmitter selector switch will be heard on the airplane speaker.
Switching the transmitter selector switch to the other transmitter auto
_
c-
matically switches the other communications receiver audio to the
<>~
- ."
~:
7-34
speaker. This automatic audio switching feature may also be utilized when
S
,,
1 July 1979
"
'
"
, ,
00
~!
.: ::
'0 iiI
o
, =-3_!2."-
-. .--'.
, -,. ,.
>
SECTION 7
: .
. .:: ... - .. "li !:.
e=
..
"'i .'
<>.[
>,
i
.--,.,. -"Bi":liaofi =_''''1
e
"l'"
~ g
... .- , :::,," i jil~!H li .H'j!. -'l' ....--"."" ".. ...
~f,;i:: h~ ,
E
.. 1-
.-."," ,'<Io_- "p"::!bi-a
.
"i
.' . ."'D_"."
,
-"E-.
.
, "
, .-
e ..
_
.0
.0
oz
CESSNA
MODEL 152
'."
,,
,"
J
~
" . o
o
'l'
0 '- i
1
:S'ii.
.,.,
~
o
-.""s; w
~
0"
'il~.!
: ~ .<:
".!l
.::: o>~
e-2"
... S-g :5:=_ 1O
_.-~
i ~;;
o .,
~
.!E~~~ .""
-c '"
.. " 0 - ..
cZo
. 0.
-r~ .lL~~"=,,,~:r
;; :r :::> o
~~~iiUi~
::: !!:.< o
listening on a headset by placing the COM AUTO switch in the down
"' 0 .
'0
... ~g
(PHONE) position. If automatic audio selection is not desired, the COM
..
AUTO selector switch should be placed in the center (OFF) position.
:::" ,,'" 1: ~ S :!
"w ;<>. ! :Ilo ~"=~5O~Sll"
2'
"
"'<~D
~
o .. ;;"j:E O~,,"..2 -go"' ..c:5
~
~s
o ; . oH';j~ll:!lg1:i
COM BOTH AUDIO SELECTOR SWITCH
.""<'!.- - ..n<
- l.eS
~~ ':!!---~ .:"
s ~i~t
.<>:c~".2l
!l:ti~g~:!lP"'g~
~O.=~c~~~.~]
,,0:;'::0
0.=2:._5.
;;iS8.!~ ~;~ .... :;;
~:!;o:,,:~ "'i~~8.
"""- - g'f!!1~!:J~~.!!.
"'g"'-S
~
::~r~~'ri.!l'!i
, - 'i....
-f~g 1--1;":r ~-.::
'iO:
If the airplane is equipped with an audio control panel having marker
~.~e
-.;s~~=1-,,~~i~
"llco."-,,"2= )0
8io,,~~c~-.-;I;
.,
.~ ...
_<> E. .0e '_""_-"
-g .. '!:Ss.]:SI~~~o;
."'s!l~ Se
... ~
~ ..
,,~S "88"-8
~~~';:DE .. ~ -~5i-
beacon controls, a three-position toggle switch, labeled COM BOTH, is
'~.~-J.;:;J
-<>:5=5=
o: . ~
.... oo"t!0
heard in addition to the number one communications receiver audio. This
position so that the number two communications receiver audio will be
switch, place the COM BOTH selector switch in the up (SPEAKER)
receiver audio without changing the position of the transmitter selector
speaker. If it is also desired to monitor the number two communications
number one communications receiver audio will be heard on the airplane
transmitter selector switch in the number one transmitter position,
provided to allow both COM receivers to be monitored at the same time. For
example, if the COM AUTO switch is in the SPEAKER position, with the
ll;!! .... _.. .
ii
BOTH audio selector switch in the down (PHONE) position.
:! >"
,S ..~"'Ji~Oi
NOTE
:!l:!
u
.:i .:i
.c.., 'ii ~ g io..
,~2:;o~:Sl!~
~::
~~~~d;
-coo:!!i"
:1; "'''.8 .!l8:!i!! e ~ 1'1
:!! .. .. .l!.J!'", ..
.. 'Oe-l
o~_; "
"'=~45~ ~
~.:!E- 5':
The combination of placing the COM AUTO switch in the
S;:i~'1l:~ ~ ~
e:.:Ol'i~Sie. o
SPEAKER position and the COM BOTH switch in the
I-C
PHONE position (or vice versa) is not normally recom-
'
feature can also be used when listening on a headset by placing the COM
<..>
<>
mended as it will cause audio from both communications
r
'ii" :9
j
~5
8 ~J-; o
2:.Si
receivers (and any other navigation receiver with its audio

selector switch in the PHONE position) to be heard on both
>z.c
~f
the airplane speaker and the headset simultaneously.
O ~1i~JH~
a.c_"'1l1=
'"
i .s'=~':~"=9_
3.'!'<>.{_. H~
o -g5'<:~
.... ---,t
ll,,"fil ,,=
_g'
5H~t~~h
,,
o
o
,
"
o
o
.EO~"~,,
Z
~_:!l!
!l-Cl-~
,,-~< c o
When a marker beacon receiver is installed, the audio control panel
ANNUNCIATOR LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS AND TEST SWITCH
--""1""
H-5;i S;.~.
i_ 11 5!';
.. ..,- .=,,:dl
c ... -;
;og"i:!lJi~';
li"'''
.. ~ 51:,-" ..
";"'-;:~~8
!.!S--=
" ..
"~-()"O
" ...
... ,,=
-:r- z
g:;;-;;",s. ; <s o
oC5~o i "
Jl':!- ~-.::s!l_
5.l!~'~hh
",~ ':~
,~.=,,~-.
:!lg-E
ii
-; '"
- !!.!!E,sa. ~
_cC:!l"~
Il ~
.. 5",>--~"-'" z
" ~<"'- "'.1l
iii.~"'.!~-'<>'_
,,-~~
-o
includes a three-position toggle-type switch to control the brightness level
"'_ c =~ "c..,.
center (DAY) position, the indicator lights will show full bright. When this
of the marker beacon indicator lights. When the switch is placed in the
-g-~~",-
switch is placed in the up (NITE) position, the lights are set to a reduced
M_
level for typical night operations and can be further adjusted using the
~l
o
"Swil ~!:
~
~-
all lamps
RADIO LT dimming rheostat knob. The down (TEST) position illuminates
0;"0
~-
!!.2
(except the ARC light in the NAV indicators) which are
col!'
controlled by the switch to the full bright level to verify lamp operation.
."
_.,
~ <>!!
' '.'"
S s ~ ..
-"':-5
.--s,".c.=-;
.. "a
. ..
" .....
.-,
.. 1132
~!!: ..
'li
Cessna radios are equipped with sidetone capability (monitoring of
SIDETONE OPERATION
-o-. !
.'
.=", ~
"
"":!l "
lB~ ~
~ ~ S
e-1:-
.g_.!l
..c ..~ 8= '"~
the operator's own voice transmission). While adjusting sidetone on either
i,!
o.
0 -_.<:1
1 July 1979
7-35
audio control panel, be aware that if the sidetone volume level is set too
~-,'"
high, audio feedback (squeal) may result when transmitting.
,~
,~
SECTION 77
AIIU'1.ANE &
Ik SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
DESCR!PT10NS
AIRPLANE
CESSNA
MODEL
I~
152
On alrpl"
.. "" not
noi equipped
eq .. !pJ*'lwl
lh marker
", ..,II.. buoon
.......
airplanes
with
beacon ""'.Iv
receivers,
a con.rol
control 'n
for
speaker
p" .. lIe. sld.",n.
volume oonly
n ly is
I. provided
pruv,<M<j nn
pan.!. TD
sidetone volume
on th<r
the "",ho
audio ""ntrol
control panel.
To
.dJ .... the
III . level
l.v.1 of
d' the
Ih sidetone
ld~lon. heard
b~.,d DI'
. rotate
01 .. le the
Ib.II""I>..
adjust
on \/i,
the apull.o
speaker,
knob,
l.boILed SlDETONE
VOL. cLocllwl
... to
IO increase
lncreaH volume
vol .. me o.
labeled
SIDETONE VOL,
clockwise
or onunterelocllcounterclock
";,..,10
1de1One provided
provl_ through
.hrotlI'h.n.
h _ ... lle
.. _I"
wise
to deoo_ll.
decrease it. 8
Sidetone
the headset
is no""lj
not adjustable
pllOl on audio
_dio con
trol panels
p&llel. without
wllll"u. ",
...Ile. beacon.
ba"""".
by ,he
the pilot
control
marker
wllll marker
m .. rII.e. beacon
-...... receivers,
recelve .... sldeto""
Ls provided
provlded in
iD
On &lrpl"".,.
airplanes with
sidetone is
bot.b the ap6&ller
&Od headset
belOdH\ anytime
""'Y'lme the
lb. COM AUTO ",LIICW'
Ls
both
speaker and
selector noilC.b.
switch is
"1111_. Placing
Placln,. the
\he COM AUTO
AUTO selector
",1_switch
W\teh In
poe.llion w1ll
utilized.
in Ihe
the O",
OFF position
will
SI""to...
ellmln... sidetone.
el<leton.. Sidetone internal
ln ....... adjustments
adju.t ..... n .. "are
... "v
..llo.bl.1O
tbfI pilot
pUOI
eliminate
available
to the
Ih ..... gt> the
Ih. front
'ront DI
Ih....
dlo control
conlml panel
pUl.1 ((see
.... ,igu
... 710).
AdJ"S\meo,
through
of the
audio
figure
7-10). Adjustment
appropriate
audio
ccan
... be
boI made
m""", by removing
........ V"'II the
Ib
ppropri ... plug-button
pl"llbutlo .. from
lrom the
Ih
udio
control panel
(left button
oonlrol
p" ....1 (I.tl
buttOIl for
lo. headset
bcedMt adjustment
o.dj",tm"'l and
.... d right
"lIbl button
bullon for
lo.
,,_Ile. adjustment),
adJ ..'tme .. I). inserting
l''Hrt1n, a small
amaU screwdriver
ICrowd.lver into
IDIO the
\be adjustment
adJualal~ ..1
speaker
""",nllom..., and
&IId rotating
1'0\.&110. it
Il clockwise
cIOClrW\.. to I
n _ the
Ihe .Ideto
.... volume
voi .."",
potentiometer
increase
sidetone
lav.l.
level.
M ICROPHQNE HEAOSET INSTALLATIONS

INSTAlLATIONS
MICROPHONE-HEADSET
are offered.
The
Th ..... types
'YP"" of
DI microphone-headset
mlcrophonehead,,1 installations
Inswlat!ons ""'
offel'tld. Tbol
Three
standard
...... nd .. n:I system
.y... m provided
provldtod with
.. llh avionics
"vlonlc. equipment
l<Iulpm.nllnclu<le
includes
a hand-held
hand-b.ld
microphone
switch for
mlempho,", and
&IId separate
"'p 1II headset.
Mad.. l The
Th. keying
k.ylng.wlLch
ID' this
.hL. microphone
mlcmphDn.
is
on the
optional
are
i. Dn
\h. microphone.
mieroph"" . Two
TWo"pli"n
..1microphone-headset
"'lerophD.... h...d .. t installations
ln.t.II.UDn .....
also
single-unit
aloo available;
avall.blu: these
Il>tr... feature
lui"," a...
;nklouD;1 microphone-headset
m;eropbo"".he""'''''t combina
combino.tion
lioll which
whlelt permits
p"nniLs the
Uw pilot
pUOI to
IO conduct
oond"~1 radio oommunlcaUon.
communications without
wll.houl
;nterruptin, other
oUler control
ooo~1 operations
opo ... lloll, to
\O handle
handlo a hand-held
b .. ndhold microphone.
111lcropllo"e.
interrupting
One
offered without
One microphone-headset
mlornphone he~OI combination
oombl".lIon is
11 oflered
Wl1hDUI a.. padded
paddod headset
bcad ....1
and
a padded
The microphone-headset
~nd the
.h. other
Olher version
"" ... 100 has
h .....
pedde(! headset.
t,Ud"'l Th.
mlorophonoboad ... ,
combinations
cnmbln .. Uon. utilize
uti ti. . a....
remote
mote keying
k.yln,.",Uch
switch located
10"..18<1 on the
Ih. left
I.ll grip
(r'Ip of
o, the
tbo
pilot's
are located
pllol '. control
""nlm! wheel.
wh ... l. The
The microphone
m\<:rophon. and
ud headset
hud , jacks
Jac ll .......
1"".Led on the
Ut.
pedestal
all three
P'8<I<o~tal below
boIlow the
\h. instrument
In."u",.'" panel.
pa"el. Audio
Audio to
IO .U
lh._ headsets
h.ado.... is
I~
coIIIJ'OIll by
by the
th.l individual
individuo.! audio
.\ldlo selector
"t.eto. switches
, w;"'h ....
nd adjusted
o.d.jwtted for
lo.
controlled
and
,'Olumo level
Ic~l by
by using
""ln, the
Ibe selected
801.e1Cd receiver
l'O{)tl"". volume
volume controls.
oo .. trol .
volume
N<nE
NOTE
When
Wh.n transmitting,
".nemlllln,. the
Ihe pilot
ptio' should
,hcmld key
koy the
Ute microphone,
",lompllo....
pl .,. the
Ut. microphone
mlerophon. .as. close
01_ as
.. possible
pOMlbl. to
to the
Iho lips
IIpe and
&JId
place
speak directly
dlrwctly into
Into it.
Il
.""aIt
STATI C DISCHARGERS
OI SC HA RGE RS
STATIC
II frequent
fnq .....1 IFR
lFR flights
Oibta are
..... planned,
pl&llned. installation
ln.,&U.tlnn of
wlell.typIo static
atatlc
If
of wick-type
dischargers
dladl~'" is
bo recommended
reoommoll<ltd to
1<1 improve
hnprva radio
radiD communications
oommunicat.iD'" during
d"nnt:
et:
flight
ice
marhl through
Lhmu,h dust
dutt or
Or various
vul"". forms
lo"". of precipitation
p....clpl liDI' (rain,
(n'D, snow
.""'" or
o .;.,.
,-"
7-36
11 July
J"'1y 1979
11179
<,
~o
.0
:q;;
u,
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 7
.<
0 0
~
>
<
"<
~
g~--'
' 2,!!r:';j
tt
oo.. ~!C J
.5 "'g-<3
:r
o 1."5,.->
:;~~'iii
, ""ooil;
!li~=s
.. o ..
>0
'lli:::
.,;hsi
~~t
:::0."'_ :k
~.~
<;
,,-e-oli
~.~o
1:i::;;~
._-ii
:1::9<>0 0
.'5::::~::
h;g~ .:l:i~~l
.. o
.
;1_..
".si - 3 .. "
;=,,<1_ ,-;=""
3~5~";i :h.a$~~
crystals). Under these conditions, the build-up and discharge of static

electricity from the trailing edges of the wings, rudder, elevator, propeller
::::.!Oitl
,,-"-.~
~hU -~l!H~
.-
tips, and radio antennas can result in loss of usable radio signals on all
-_;_~
_-o iCo"""
.-;8.t:j
communications and navigation radio equipment. Usually the ADF is first

to be affected and VHF communication equipment is the last to be affected.
'.!!.li!~~
E!I~E;;2
2&~>_,",
l'"
,,~~~i
- '-.:-~
... ~O"5
~'~.hll
3,~"'O!l
~
<i-
~"1! .!::::
H.H~
..,
..!l
a~~il .... :
ii <>..,~!;!
0'::"'';1
l :
-i"- -'-r
e .. 5
21:
_
Installation of static dischargers reduces interference from precipita

tion static, but it is possible to encounter severe precipitation static
!I-- -1
'a!l!l"~k
-~.-5
~ =:l~." 'O
",.gi "''E 1:
';;30_".
,,--.
1 July 1979
0_
E'ES
...::::
7-37/(7-38 blank)
conditions which might cause the loss of radio signals, even with static
dischargers installed. Whenever possible, avoid known severe precipita
tion areas to prevent loss of dependable radio signals. If avoidance is
impractical, minimize airspeed and anticipate temporary loss of radio
signals while in these areas.
a-:*;;,,"'E'::
.9
..
"
lo
E
,~
J
J
"J
J
J

c152 Manual

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

c152 Manual

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

INFORMATIQN

For Flight Training Reference Only

CATE OF THE OFFICIAl

For Flight Training Reference Only

For Flight Training Reference Only

Maximum at Sea Level

Cruise, 75% Power at 8000 Ft

CRUISE: Recommended lean mixture with fuel allowance for

75% Power at 8000 Ft

24.5 Gallons Usable Fuel

75% Power at 8000 Ft

37.5 Gallons Usable Fuel

Maximum Range at 10,000 Ft

24.5 Gallons Usable Fuel

Maximum Range at 10,000 Ft

RATE OF CLIMB AT SEA LEVEL

Total Distance Over 50-Ft Obstacle

Total Distance Over 50-Ft Obstacle

STALL SPEED (CAS):

Flaps Down, Power Off

STANDARD EMPTY WEIGHT:

MAXIMUM USEFUL LOAD:

WING LOADING: Pounds/Sq Ft

POWER LOADING: Pounds/HP

FUEL CAPACITY: Total

ENGINE: Avco Lycoming

nlI,. ,."". _Il O",, "'''Q.mom""

n..... ,., ....

y,..".." ... ,...."

For Flight Training Reference Only

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ............ 3

............. ...... ... 55

WEIGHT & BALANCE/

For Flight Training Reference Only

For Flight Training Reference Only

Wing span shown with conical camber wing

tips and strobe lights installed.

wing tips without strobe lights are installed,

Maximum height shown with nose gear

depressed, all tires and nose strut prop

erly inflated and flashing beacon installed.

Wheel base length is 58".

Propeller ground clearance is 12'

-_.".,,,-Wing area is 159 1/2 square feet.

Minimum turning radius [sfcpivot point to

For Flight Training Reference Only

For Flight Training Reference Only

MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED WEIGHTS

' ~:,:~:~;:,":'.<.",.,...) "'""''.'''

See note below.

CABIN AND ENTRY DIMENSIONS

For Flight Training Reference Only

K"" ... Tnt

<'o'. "vo ..,

whieh the airplane is <>n'roU.bl

For Flight Training Reference Only

Revolutions Per Minute is engine speed.

For Flight Training Reference Only

MaxLmum Ramp Well"II1

For Flight Training Reference Only

:a.1 / ~-2 blank)

For Flight Training Reference Only

eq .. lpped wllh epeelflo opllolI"

Never Exceed Speed